eo See wk? eh el ot et et 4 ; é ‘ yD 9 * 5-88-65 8 A888 PP ler } 7 . : SL. wah i) eee ee be ee et ee ee . Ce ee eee ee hd bod 0.0 et ¢ = a ee ~~ » tS 4 OSM ed he ee ee kl a _* Be et ee Pd] + & 2. Pay er nt teehee et Oe pl al te . an €y a a at f.* : Sy + * ¥ aa - « cs ee te 444 8 Se . eae - J * a » Ce ae . - «= “a ye o - e * se al s PP Pk at ol pe he I . lt ae ee ae avs « 4% @ 4S 44 4 © 6 © 4 SMS . + + FPP hl yp” PY SP ok _*. a vs PM OD o*e =e > . . we ee . Por * : ee | SPS Pee « Pay alae ae f . Pats Po i we eee eee ee ee Ae eS . 28 2 G8 A 8 RMA BEN GL eae 4s ** V4.4 £2 4 3-@ 44 A +e * *. Fp Fate Pi Pe gl "a ang ta Pa ae 88s ee s - ” - ea 4a 4 St 8D GD A ck - ; . s i - SA Pee . 4 - se Be Ds SARS RMAMH | SG . oy Ce ee ee ee ee ee ed ~ 546 «8 @ 4 4m BA we A ERE ERG AS ay - et 8S i 4m 8 44 A € € 4.4 % ua . s« @ SASS AS Moga a ed e MAK 8-4 eat S&S ee 8 OA RA BH e PS wr ot wp y 4.8 4 we Ae SS ER eS - tAP POPs * ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee = OE Ed ge PP Pe ee ler ty “ 4s >. ae * * a * «<4 @ .* ae ne Pe al Be a Pe Oe et pt ee oe ee . ee ee ee Oe ee ee ed - Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee 3A .46 4 BEAR A A A EBS EA KD EA AAD 6 GS USM EMER END AN ASRS RSD < ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Ser é 64 Ws 6 368 6 tt ee 8 DE ea ae 6 HOLA Ow eH s< aM ah & 4A a AD OES Ow OM CS 4 BMA TH 48 f tt Ft t AAD ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 4448 RMA 44 44 HY O44 He BAN Oak F ap PP png ple ste ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee + & @ SEA £4 EWA a 6-3-e 645 GP GAT YEH EER 4 Oe Ce ee eee ee ee) 4 Oe ee ee oe 5% 8-4 6 6 Beh et 8 EK EHD 4 TH * b, 5 - = es ee we ew 2-4 “ eee ee ee 4 + 28 4 Be hae SA €¢ 4% (2S AS ee ee Ft ey Mavewres we ye y -6 + << “ 6 «6 4 6-9 As — SADA 4 4AM 2.9 4 a4 94-4 SHE AAAS * . ee ee 7 4 5 4-4 4A 8-44 ** = 4 4.3.4 4. 22-84 6 4-8 8 § 6 4 HS - s-6 4 8 tu 4 ae eee oe ee eee ee = € 84 @ 46-4 44 ee ee ee ee ee) * s¢ 86 6W 65 wy 4 66 eS KE NO + 03.4% - —S 6% 4.448 ©. 6 4-4 4-4-4 ES A OS 4 NS ~e so 4 we oss . aig a oe ee pee aot ey ee OAs ig* ee po ae ee eee te o ,- pam * - b- s >. «+ 8 =~ @ fF G8 EE SAAD 4EA-ETSBHEES I eS pe eB pe oie oe ee ee . “e+ 0s +S _& S443 4 G_S 3-6 Gh S -5 S M RS RA 4-H NS * “= 4 a — to -S_5.6 6446.8 3564-0 6A 48 AS 84 & 48 4 3 2 A “ +a AS 6 8-8 4 we 4.4.6 84-5 & 44 MAM EH SBA HKG 4-4 BA 6 4 a> eas 7. + S444 4.4 2 @ 4 @s oe 8 £2 4 8.8 § 4K RADA DH « . + 4 4-4 * é Sb 04 € 4 + ot = 6-4-9 - G84 8 866 0. 6 FN 6 Oat 8 et 8 8 48 ORS EA ee ee O45 5 84 4-92 4-4-4 2.9 4 4-4 *.4 « 6.8.4.4 ¢ 44-4 COM HS OS RE ‘ o> SOE SA SS 61-4. §.6.4.4.6 64. FB 4 SAG VAN-2 44 § 44 SS wa 8 S @ -4 4.6.4 94-844 6.4 5.6.4.6 4.6.6 44 44% HAN GAH ENS tS ED 4 Vy SA- O_ 4-98 66. 5-6 9 544-886 6 A B-64 EN 44K 6D G44 DOA LEN 1S OS wD + @ 44 €.4-G4 EA 48-653 8-7 8 EM 6-4-4 SH 4 HHS a4.6 244444 HAM A 4 Sel pe led ae FP TE PE EE OE ee OE EEL EY } e468 § SE 6.4 9 AS 4 8 te AO A YE HS AOE MA AH HEM A S64 G6 4 GAG R-4-§ EH BAA SBD ABAD 4B EASE AN AA EE HS O \.-$ 6-6-4. @9-4 4 S$ 4.4.4 && St 4 © H- 6-4-4 4 Oe ee ee oe ee ee ee ee 7 te 4 Pe ee ee eee = @ q £-H% 6 4 4444 4 4 4A a a 4+ © 8-9 4 4 4-4-4 . 6-3 44-9 4 oe et we HES 7 +38 4-2 -& 4-4-4 2 GW 4s 4H 8466 E* ANT DHA A OX ee 8-@ 4-t-4.4 4.44.4 4 -& 4 SEGRE GH 644 GHG TH DH aa se i +4 4 446 sa3 4h 8 ft 2 Se Ae Sw eG *@#e i SP od ete *“s i"6 — tate" aby ad be ba he ss a *° ** + w3 o.34 © S % “ « = ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eT 4 * #6» 3 4 6 4.4 44. G% . 6-6 4.9 4 & 46 4-8 § S- 4-4 48 6 4 84 + 44% = * G_t_t 4-6-3 4-4-4 -G4- - *.@@ 4 444 D3 b-4 tO a tw © 44 4% 4 4-THM 4 4 -6-@ % 4 Be ey -% 8 SB ee eee Se 4-6 6-8 OSS HH 2s «4 4 6 & 64-4 ¥-O s a0 6 S_.8-t 4% 46. & 4-8 @ #8 +4 4-4-0-¢6 ‘ + 2 «= * ~-4 & * 7 s-% -<«-@ ¢. 4. @ ~~ 2.4 = ~a-6- 6 9 8-4 @ &-@ a4 * +a * es « eww . . . ~“-* ~s & sa ec O40 4 4 4 . ‘ * e+» 3.9 © 2. * . . - a -_- ee @ * - —t. oe ° ee ee ee ee ee ae ee a ee et re eee ee 4 ; a ta eee ie a ee Me pbb esta heh Ort eee a 2itet gis a6 ale 80 eee Ret eee aah = >. = 6 6 £ she 6 8 @ a teh we ee ‘esos 2 $28 ss-eie Zs: "eis “stata “* oy . e's ~ 9S Ye) ‘ 4°, $ x te i Oe wn ee eae eee ee oe ~~ ao oon a a a 4 . - Pade ee ut fi fi ie Ae BH ‘ y [ [hay ‘ RV Diced byte Ay i ty af i Harr DAV AU aN lg at JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. VOL, XI. PART IT. (Natura. History, &C.) (Nos. I to [V.—1871.) EDITED BY THE HONORARY SECRETARIES, ad Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science in different parts of Asia, will commit their observations to writing, and send them to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.” Str Wm. Jones. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BY C, B. LEWIS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 1871. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. “ne Qeun Anperson, J.;—A list of the Reptilian accessions to the Indian Museum, Calcutta, from 1865 to 1870, with a description of some NEW SPECIES, ...ecerevecececces ee Ayrton, W. E.;—On a quantitative method of testing a pelcrestanh “Barth. oh ete ee ee Beds tle Vaweas's Buanrorp, H. F.;—On some undescribed species of Camp- toceras and other land-shells (with Plate ii), ......+. Buanrorp, H. F.;—Note on the error of the Calcutta Standard Barometer, compared with those of Kew and GEROCUWIOM ec ardlu alse sea sete eof kee ee ees SEATS Bianrorp, W. T.;—Notes on Col. McMaster’s List of Birds arent IWAOPOrG,’“.'.'.‘.'s’s Pareichatate tal pales estates eatQlee a We Buianrorp, W. T.;—List of Birds collected or observed in the Wardha Valley and its vicinity near Chanda, .... BuianFrorp, W. T.;—Account of a visit to the Hastern and Northern Frontiers of Independent Sikkim, with Notes on the Zoology of the Alpine and Subalpine regions, Dart b> (with a map, Plate xxrv),\?{i.. oes. ceweae's Day, F. ;—Monograph of Indian Cyprinids, Part I, (with Plate re) o.%.°.*sa e's ards a ers Bae Nee ee ey, Liha ee ator@etes state : Day, F.;—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide, Part IT, conti- nued from p. 143, (Plate xxi), ..... Rlale welcrotstg rare wletal ete Day, F. ;—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide, Part II, conti- nued from p. 336, (Plates xxii and xXili), ....esverees Doszson, G. E. ;—On a new species of Vespertilio, ........ Dosson, G. E. ;—Description of four new species of Malayan Bats from the collection of Dr. Stoliczka, (Plates x S11) i 3s) Sige Sa Re rie Been tic pa ee ae. veld ot alaial hatte . Dozson, G. E.;—On a new genus and species of Rhinolo- phidee with description of a new species of Vesperus, and notes on some other species of insectivorous Bats from Persia, va Cader enehe hy coe chant see emeee Page 12 177 39 446 216 268 367 95 277 337 186 260 455 iv List of Contributors. Gopwin-AustEN, H. K.;—Description of the species of Alyceeinze known to inhabit the Khasi Hill Ranges, (with Plates lii—v), ..... Abus <6 sain ye ia eee wieiee Kurz, 8. ;—On some new or imperfectly known Indian Plants, continuation from Journal, Vol. XX XIX, Part II, pp. 61—91,..... eeeeee Cree ceer ev cemcocec teres oere Kurz, 8. ;—List of Algee collected by Mr. 8. Kurz, in Burmah and adjacent Islands, by Dr. G. von Martens, in Stuttgardt, communicated by Mr. S. Kurz, ........ McMaster, Lrevt.-Cot. A. C. ;—Notes on Birds observed in the neighbourhood of Nagpore and Kamptee (Central Provinces) Chikalda and Akola in Berar, ......ec.ee. Nevitt, G. anp H.;—Description of new Mollusca from the Eastern Regions, (with Plate i),,...... were A ScHWENDLER, L. ;—On the discharge of long overland Tele- Graph: Teg icc. as sles oe eo eas array Senne sedecee Storiczka, F. ;—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca from the neighbourhood of Moulmein (Tenasserim Provinces), with descriptions of new species, (with Plates vi—viii), Sroriozxa, F'.;—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca from the neighbourhood of Moulmein with description of new species (Plates xv—xix), ........- war 8 /erotala seer wiapeta “Nie Sroriozka, F.;—Notes on some Indian and Burmese Ophidians (with Plates xxv and xxvi), ....cccecccuce Surveyor-GENERAL ;—Abstract of Hourly Meteorological Observations, November and December, ............ Woopv-Mason, J. ;—Contributions to Indian Carcinology,— on Indian and Malayan Telphusidze, Part I, (Plates xi ANG, Xi) gs pte «eee bd dence Sale Sinaia sro oasis noes aan shin jis Woop-Mason, J.;—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside, Part I, continued (Plates xiii and xiv), ..... PP Woov-Mason, J.;—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside, Part I, conclusion, (Plate xxvii,)., «000 a+s6seectoaen OLLI re Page 87 45 461 143 217 421 Ixxxiv 189 201 449 Date of issue of the different numbers of Part IT, Vol. XL, (devoted to Natural History and Physical Science.) Issued, No. 1.—Containing pp. 1—94, pl. i—v, and Me- teorological Observations for Nov. and Dec,, 1870, pp. Ixxxiv to xcix, .-.... 31st March, 1871. No. 2.—Containing pp. 95—200, pl. vi—ix, and : Rie EU, Vora\niistes wile siafe-arnin av etaias: vie. ys »-+» 20th July, 1871. No. 8.—Containing pp. 201—336, pl. x and Sic ss eee eee seceeeee 25th Sept., 1871. No. 4.—Containing pp.337—470, pl. xxii—xxvili, 29th Decr., 1871. , 4 PLATE If. ITI—V. VI—VIII. TX. XI—XIiI. XIII—XIV. XV—XIX. X—XX. XXI. XXTI—XXITI. XXIV. XXV—XXVI. XXVIT. XXYVIIT. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. G. and H. Nevill’s New Mollusca, . . H. F. Blanford’s Camptoceras, Godwin-Austen’s Alyceine, @e0eeaee Stoliczka’s Terrestrial Mollusca, Day’s Indian Cyprinide, Part I, .. Wood-Mason’s Telphuside, Part I, Wood-Mason’s Telphuside, Stoliczka’s Terrestrial Mollusca, Dobson’s Malayan Bats,...... 9 Day’s Indian Cyprinide, Part II, .. Day’s Indian Cyprinids, Map illustrating W. T. Blanford’s Journeyiin Siklimotds soso. Stoliczka’s Snakes, Indian and Burmese Wood-Mason’s Telphuside, Part I, conclusion, Dobson's Persian Bats: wes. fed Page 11 39 87 148 106 192 2038 217 267 280 337 367 421 449 435 “ om ‘ . i ) Ss s q ‘ ; : I 3 = i , 4 4 ‘wy ; ' ~ < { j j el » es ewes 7 @? * = 3 j ss ~ . 2 i i < - . é ; ¢ | « =z ° 8 a pe 4.958 ¥ *. sud bs « J ¥ gs 7 t ¢ , < 4 - pee" 7 a > 4 -_ ; ' - ni é * 5 a 5 : California Academy of Sciences sch ode poe oe Tan Det ae’ Seale : ; JOURNAL OF THE ASPATIC SOCIETY: Gp Part IL—PHYSICAL SCIENCK. SLILILLP LDP LPS LPL LLP PPA LA PPA LP PI PIP I SOLS SLIT AINSI SILL IL No. L.—1871. Ooo lOO DescRIPTIONS oF NEW MotivuscA FROM THE HasteRN ReEGIons,—dy Messrs. G. anp H. NEVILL. [Received and read 7th September, 1870, ] (With Plate I). We have already had the honor of laying before the Society two papers, containing descriptions of new Mollusca from these seas ; the present one contains descriptions of 12 new species of marine shells from Ceylon, Mauritius and Pooree (Bay of Bengal), for the several very interesting species from the latter locality, we are greatly indebted to H. C. Raban, Esq., ©. 8., who has lately been successful in obtaining some more shells, of almost equal interest, from Chittagong. We had also described, and pre- pared a drawing, of a very interesting new species of Leptocon- chus, but fortunately noticed, just in time, its description by Liénard in the number of the French Journal de Conchiliologie which we had just received ; as, however, no figure was given, we have thought it desirable to take this opportunity of doing s0 ; we have also named and described an interesting new species of Cataulus from Ceylon, the smallest as yet known, a new species of Pisidium from India and 5 new land shells from Mauritius and the Seychelles. We have also given two figures of an interesting species of Cypricardia, C. spathulata, described by Souverbie in the Jour. 1 2 G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. [Neet, nal de Conchiliologie for 1862, p. 232. Finally we have figured, and made a few further notes on two new species lately described by us in the Ceylon Asiatic Society’s Proceedings. Glauconella Andersoni, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 13, 18a, 130. T. ovalis, glauca, aperta, indistincte longitudinaliter striata ; spira paululum involuta ; labio appendiculo minimo munito ; aper- tura ampla, antice dilatata, margine antico ovaliter arcuato, postico sub-coarctato. Long. 83, Diam, maj. 63, Alt. 3} m.m. This interesting species in shape closely resembles G. viridis, Rang., the body of the shell is, however, considerably more in- volute and the colour a pale apple green; it also differs from the above, as well as from all the other described species of the genus, in the small, almost rudimentary, appendage. It is tolerably abundant on reefs at low water in the 8. Province, Ceylon. Dr. Stoliczka also found it at Penang. The animal is dull greenish, mottled with brown, the eyes are sessile, very small and black ; the shell is completely hidden by the meeting of the lateral expan- sions of the mantle, in this respect differing from G. viridis, in which, according to A. Adams, the shell is only partially hidden. Its mode of progression, at the time, strongly reminded one of us of that of Omphalotropis. Cylichna lactuca, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 2, 2a. T. anguste cylindrica, solida, leevis, nitida, alba; anfractibus tri- bus, ad suturam canaliculatis ; spira brevissima, paululum exserta, nucleo mammillato, ultimo anfractu ad medium paulo constricto, apertura supra angusta, lineari, ad suturam incisa, infra modice dilatata ac sub-rotundata ; labro acuto, ad medium paululum pro- ducto, labio levissime convexiusculo, paulo incrassato ; columella plica unica, valida, per-obliqua instructa. Long. 83, Diam. 4} m.m. §. Province, Ceylon. This milky-white little shell appears to be nearest allied to Cylichna voluta, Quoy. It also closely resembles the following, the body whorl, however, is a little more contracted in the centre, and instead of descending somewhat rapidly, it completely folds round the upper whorls ; the apex is distinctly mammillated and the outer lip is not so contracted anteriorly. It also seems to be much rarer. 1871.] G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. 3 Cylichna involuta, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 3, 8a. T. cylindrica, solida, alba, levis, nitida; anfractibus tribus, sutura sub-canaliculata junctis, spira sub-conica, exserta, apice sub- mammillato ; labro fere recto, tenui, labio crassiusculo, infra incurvo ; columella uniplicata. Long 8}, Diam. 3} m. m. S. Province, Ceylon.— Bombay and Penang (Dr. F. Stol.). Ringicula apicata, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 10, 10a. T. minuta, elongato-turrita, solidiuscula, leevis ; spira acutissima, sutura perdistincta ; anfractibus quinis, ultimo maximo, oblongo ac ventricoso, labio truncato, medio unidentato ; columell4é duabus plicis validis munita ; labro incrassato, medio interne sub-denticu- lato, ad basin sub-truncato. Long. 23, Diam. 14 m. m. Very rare, Pt. Louis Harbour, Mauritius. Gibbula Holdsworthana, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 18. T. parva, turbinata, tenuis, cornea, sparsim irregulariter viride marmorata, ad basin dense nigro-viride punctata; anfractibus quinis, angulatis, ad suturam oblique deplanatis, indistincter biplicatis, superioribus infra carinis duabus, acutis, validis, ultimo tribus instructis ; basi sub-applanata, tribus carinis sub-granulosis instructa, una valida ad marginem umbilici sita; umbilico intus spiraliter costulato ; apertura fere circulari, labro simplici, interne distincter margaritaceo. Alt. 43, Diam. 34 m.m. Rare ; 8. Province, Ceylon. This is another small shell belonging to the same group, as the one described by us in the Society’s Journal for 1869, p. 159, un- der the name of G. swb-plicata, in the present species the sculpture is more regular and the colouring more vivid, being slightly flamed with a very dark green, principally on the whorls near the apex ; also closely dotted with the same on its base ; the umbilicus is wider &e. The generic characters would seem to indicate an intermediate position between Gbbula and Margarita. RoginsoniA, nobis. Ceylon Asiat. Soc. Proc, May, 1869. The shells of this genus are of a Naticord appearance, of a thin, delicate texture, composed of a few rapidly increasing whorls, 4 G. and H. Nevill— Descriptions of new Mollusca. [ No. 1, not umbilicated, with a simple columella, the outer lip of the aperture is not reflexed ; they somewhat resemble Amauropsis, The genus was named after Sir Hercules Robinson, Governor of Ceylon. R. Crytontca, nobis, (loc. cit.), Pl. I. Fig. 5. This shell, from Matura in Ceylon, forms the type of the above genus, it is of globose, inflated growth, composed of four whorls, almost smooth, of a whitish colour, encircled with a very broad, chocolate belt ; it would seem to be very rare. Long, 11, Diam. 10, Alt. apert. 83, Diam. apert. 7 m.m. R. Pusiua, nobis, (loc. cit.) Pl. I, Fig. 6. This delicate little shell, from Balapitiya in Ceylon, is not nearly so inflated as the preceding, its form being oval instead of ventri- cose, composed of five whorls, the spire more acute and the suture more distinct ; it is of a milky white colour with a brown apex, marked on the last whorl with two, somewhat indistinct, narrow brown stripes; it resembles R. Ceylonica in being alntost smooth, only slightly marked with the lines of growth. Long. 6, Diam. 4, Alt. apert. 34, Diam. apert. 23 m.m. Fossarus Stoliczkanus, ». sp., Pl. I. Fig. 10, 10a. T. parva, alba, oviforme-oblonga, sub-crassa ; spira sub-obtusa, anfractibus tribus, multi-carinatis,interstiis striis incrementi minutis- simis decussatis ; anfractu ultimo peramplo, obliquo, ample et pro- funde umbilicato, umbilico intus ruguloso ; apertura semicirculari, labro ad marginem crenulato, uniforme curvato, intus sulcato, labio erassiusculo, recto, levi. Long. 42, Diam. 34, Alt. apert. 33, Diam. apert. 12 m.m. Rare, 8. Province, Ceylon,—Bombay (Dr. F. Stol.) Fossarus insignis, m. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 9, 9a. T. tenuis, alba, sub-turbinata ; spira per-exserta, apice acutissi- ma, sutura sub-canaliculata ; anfractibus 7, convexiusculis, confertim carinatis, carinis spinulose aut granulose rugosis; ultimo anfractu ventricoso, ad aperturam semilunarem dissoluto, profunde ac 1871. | G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. 5 anguste umbilicato; labro acuto, crenulato seu minute fimbriato ; labio tenui, levi, paululum curvato. Long. 63, Diam. 5, Alt. apert. 4, Diam. apert. 23 m.m. Rare ; 8. Province, Ceylon. Syrnola dubiosa, n. sp., Pl. I, Fig. 19, T. parva, angusta, subulata, levis, vix perforata ; anfractibus 10, planis, sutura distincta, paulo impressa, simplici junctis ; apertura parva, subovata, postice acute angulata, antice latiuscule sub-rotun- data; columellé paululum reflexa, obliqua, tenui, uniplicata. Long. 7, Diam. 2 m.m. This small species closely resembles S. attenuata, A. Ad., but can be distinguished by its only having ten whorls, by its slightly less acuminate form, by the absence of any transverse striation and by the unusually indistinct plait on the columella, The aper- ture is contracted posteriorly and rounded at the base. Sands at Pooree, Bay of Bengal, (Raban). Niso pyramidelloides, n. sy., Pl. I. Fig. 14. T. angusta, subulate acuminata, nitens, levis; anfractibus qua- tuordecimis, planulatis, anfractu ultimo ad basin sub-angulato ; sutura sub-indistincta; anfractibus fascia castanea ad suturam inferiorem cinctis, ultimis quinis supra medium fascia simili notata ; apertura compresse sub-rhomboidea, antice et postice oe marginibus tenuibus. Long. 11, Diam. 3. Alt. apert. 24, Diam. apert. 14 m.m. This species cannot be confounded with any other of the genus in form, as also in the manner in which the whorls are belted; it bears considerable analogy to one or two known Pyramidelle, such as P. pulchella, Ad. &c. The second brown belt, showing only on the last five whorls, is a remarkable characteristic ; it is also the narrowest and most contracted species of the genus yet de- scribed. Sands at Pooree, Bay of Bengal, (Raban) ; Malacca and Penang, dredged in 3 fathoms on sandy ground (Dr. Stol.) Leptoconcuus Rosiiuarpi, Lién. Pl. I. Fig. 1. Journ. de Conch. 1870, XV. p. 305. This handsome and peculiar species reminds one, somewhat, of 6 G. and H. Nevill—Descriptions of new Mollusca. [ No. 1, certain species of Ooralliophila ; the shell is most remarkably pro- duced at the base into a long, pointed canal, with a deep furrow reaching from its extremity to the narrow umbilicus, the upper whorls are perfectly flat and hidden bya callosity, the body is somewhat flattened and dilated, roughly and handsomely cancel- lated, with the interstices more or less fimbriated. Long. 21, Diam. 183, Alt. apert. 183, (extra canalem 123), Diam. apert. 8} m.m. Mauritius. . Mangelia bicinctula, ». sp., Pl. I. Fig. 15, 15a. T. turrito-fusiformis, solidula, nitida, fusco-albida, supra et infra indistincter griseo-fulve cincta ; anfractibus 6, ad suturam anguste constrictis, sub-cylindricis, ultimo basi attenuato, distincter castaneo tincto, canali recto, brevi, latiuscule desinente, anf. omninis costulis crassiusculis ‘transversis, rectis, et striis spiralibus tenuibus et confertis ornatis ; apertura angusta, postice angulata; labro ex- terne valde incrassato, albo, postice vix emarginato, intus indis- tincter crenulato, labio tenuissimo, haud distincter designato, an- tice paululum ruguloso. ‘ Long. 18, Diam. 44, Long. anfract. ult. 84, Alt. apert. 63, Diam. apert. 2 m. m. S. Province, Ceylon. Helix Newtoni, n. sp. This small species is composed of 6 flattened whorls, much com- pressed, bearing above considerable resemblance to our common English Z. rotundata ; suture very distinct, somewhat excavated ; aperture small, nearly as high as broad, somewhat angular ; margin of the lip simple; deeply umbilicated, reminding one a little of certain species of the genus Solarium, increased by its most striking characteristic, a row of crenulated, fold-like, closely approx- imated striee, which surround the umbilicus and extend over about two-thirds of the base. Very rare, Pouce Mt. Mauritius. Helix (Discus) LeVieuxi, n. sp. This beautiful little species, which is named after Mr. Le Vieux of Mauritius, possessor of an extremely fine collection of shells 1871. | G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. 7 from these seas, is composed of 8 closely wound whorls, mode- rately elevated and turrited, covered at regular intervals with very strongly developed transverse ribs which fade away towards the obtuse apex, these give it a most interesting appearance under the lens, they are continued on the base of the last whorl, where they almost completely disappear towards the centre, but appear again round the umbilicus; the aperture is very small, the last whorl angular. Alt. 34, Diam. 2 m.m. Rare ; Mahé, (Seychelles). Helix (Conulus) sub-turritula, n. sp. This small, horn-colored shell is composed of 7 turrited, rapidly elevated whorls, divided by a distinct suture, no sculpture is discer- nible, even under the lens ; apex somewhat mammillated ; last whorl strongly keeled, its base nearly flat, imperforate ; aperture angular, about as high as broad. It can be distinguished from the Indian - species of the same type, by its flatter base and less convex whorls. The animal is black mottled with yellow; it was found in a damp ravine at Mahé (Seychelles), at about 800 ft. above the sea. Alt. 4, Diam. 44 m.m. Gibbulina Adamsiana, n, sp., Pl. I. Fig. 17. Testa cylindrico-fusiformis, alba, vix rimata, teniola, sub-flex- uose costulata, costulis fere rectis ac validis ; anfractibus 8, cylin- _dricis, planatis, gradatim accrescentibus, ultimo regulari; spira obtusa, sutura impressa ; apertura sub-angulatim quadrata, dente parietali parvo munita, labro reflexo, curvato, labio columellari recto. Long. 18, Diam. max. 6, Alt. apert. 5, Diam. apert. 43 m.m. Very rare, near Curepipe, Mauritius. This very distinct, though rare, species most resembles the remarkable G. Nevilli, H. Ad. and G. Dupontiana, (Journal, Asiatic Society, Vol. xxxix, page 411); it is easily distinguished from both by the difference in form and sculpture, from the former, also, by only having 8 whorls, from the latter by the almost entirely concealed, instead of very open, umbilicus. Cataulus Nietneri, n. sy., Pl. I. Fig. 7, 7a. JT. parva, sub-fusiformis, vix perforata, apice sub-obtusa ; supra pallide-straminea, infra virescente grisea, et irregulariter albido 8 G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. [No. 1, strigata; anfractibus 6, convexiusculis, primis duobus vel tribus leevigatis, ceteris transversim costulato striatis, ultimo antice sub- applanato, ad basin acute carinato ; apertura circulari, peristomate albido, incrassato ac reflexo, intus ad basin anguste canaliculato. Operculum normale. Long 11, Diam. 4}, Alt. apert. 4, Diam. apert. 33 m. m. This is the smallest species of the genus as yet described, it is also composed of fewer whorls, the last being peculiarly somewhat flattened; the sculpture is obsolete on the first three, just discerni- ble on the fourth and very distinct on the last two whorls; the notch at the base of the peristome is less conspicuous than in the other species of the genus; the shell is of a straw colour, irregularly marbled and streaked with greenish zigzag markings ; the opercu- lum is of a light horny texture composed of about 6 whorls. We have named this interesting new Cataulus after Mr. Nietner of Ceylon, who has so largely contributed to the knowledge of the Insects of that island. Helicina Theobaldiana, n, sp., Pl. I. Fig. 8, 8a. IT. parva, depresso-conica, fulvo vel luteo rufescens, sub-obsolete striata ; anfractibus quinis, supra convexiusculis, ultimo ad periphe- riam acute carinato, basi tumido ac levigato ; carina luteola ; aper- tura semilunari, paulo obliqua, labro reflexiusculo, paulo dilatato ad peripheriam sub-angulato ; labio calloso, albido ; columella bre- vissima. Operculum tenue, minute et confertim granulatum, pal- lide glaucum, margine paululum fusce-rubro tinctum. Alt. 43, Diam. maj. 43, D. min. 4 m.m. This small species has no peculiar characteristics, it varies from a dark rufous brown to a pale straw colour ; out of some hundred specimens procured, not a single one had the whorls banded. In height it is tolerably constant, 4-4} m.m., but it varies consider- ably in the breadth, one variety being about 73, another 6 and a third (the rarest of all) as high as broad ; it somewhat resembles a species from Tonghoo (? crocina Bens. apud Theobald), it can be distinguished by the smoother surface, by the absence of stripes, by the tumidity of the base, and by the greater develope- ment of the callosity. It also is very close to ZZ. Nicobariea, Phil. 1871. ] G. and H. Nevill— Descriptions of new Mollusca. 9 from the Nicobars, indeed so much so, that some specimens are barely distinguishable, the minute spiral sculpture of the latter being almost the only constant difference. Abundant at the Seychelles, on the ground amongst decaying leaves, &c. Nucula Rabaniana, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 11, 11a, 116, 11e. T. parvula, perobliqua, valde inequilateris, crassa, moderate inflata, nitida, pallidula, radiatim obsolete confertim lineolata et concentrice striata, striis distantibus, sub-obsoletis; parte antica valde et angustatim producta, postica brevi et abrupte truncata ; margine supero, aut dorsali, utriusque valve eleganter et crasse granulato; margine interno valvarum minute crenulato; cardo dentibus validis antice 23, postice 7, instructus, fovea ligamentali angustissima separatis. Length 6, breadth 43, thickness 3 m.m. In shape somewhat resembling WV. Paytensis, A. Ad., (var. of NV. crenulala, A. Ad., apud Hanley), the posterior extremity a trifle more produced, the sculpture is, however, very different. The concentric grooves in the present species are very indistinct, often becoming altogether obsolete, there are only traces of radiat- ing striation ; the striking feature, however, is the two peculiar rows of oblique granules (nine in each row) on the anterior dorsal margins; the inner margins are unusually strongly crenulated ; the teeth very long and sharp, especially the seven posterior ones. Pooree, Bay of Bengal, (Raban). Dr. Stoliczka dredged near Penang in 4 fathoms a few specimens of what appears to be this species. ‘They are a little more elongated than those from Pooree. Pisidium Clarkeanum, ». sp., Pl. I. Fig. 4,4a. 4d. T. ventricosa, oblonga, valide inequilateris, pallide fulva; postice elongata ac rotundata, antice rotundate truncata ; umboni- bus prominentibus ac tumidis; superficie concentrice confertim striata, striis tenuibus, regularibus. Length 53, breadth from the umbones 43, thickness 84 m.m. Iam indebted for this species to my friend Mr. G. R. Clarke; it is tolerably abundant in tanks &c., close to the Damuda at Mois- raka, I have lately received avery similar shell from Chittagong, only differing by its smaller size, less produced posterior end and less tumid umbones ; it may prove to be specifically distinct. I have 2 10 G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. [No. 1, also a third closely allied species before me from the neighbourhood of Bombay, this differs, however, materially from the two former by its more produced and sub-angulate anterior end and by the more central position of the umbones &c., it is smaller than either of the preceding forms. A fourth Indian species in my collection from the Himalayas is very distinct from any of the above, it will probably prove to be P. paludosum, Hutt. (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xviii, p. 649). Cryptogramma Arakana, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 16, 16a. T. oblonga, subventricosa, alba, maculis castaneis pervariabile sparsim flammulata ; lunula angusta, attenuata, parte anteriore fusca; umbonibus prominentibus, paululum antice positis ; latere postico angustato, oblique truncato, ad extremitatem rotundate ob- tuso, antico rotundato ; superficie valvarum costulis concentricis et radiantibus ornata, primis in parte media, alteris antice et postice multo fortioribus et squamulosis. Length 14, breadth from the umbones 133, thickness 9 m.m. Dredged alive by Mr. H. F. Blanford in Arakan, to whom we are indebted for specimens ; single valves are abundant on the sands in the 8. Provinee, Ceylon ; it was also found by Dr. Stoliczka at Penang and Singapore, being extremely common at both localities. The sculpture of this handsome little shell is very peculiar, in the centre it is strongly latticed with close set ribs, which form, where they cross one another, large, nearly round granules ; at the extreme anterior side, there are no decussating ribs, but the transverse ones are continued by 4 or 5 rows of broken up, rugose granules; the posterior side, beginning at about one-third of the breadth of the shell, has somewhat similar rows of granules, somewhat distant, the granules themselves being, for the first 7 or 8 rows, erect and foliaceous, almost spoon-shaped. CYPRICARDIA SPATHULATA, Souv. Pl. 1, Fig. 20. Jour. de Conch. pl. ix, f. 2. A specimen of this interesting species was found by Dr. J. Anderson at the Andamans, and presented by him to the Indian Museum at Calcutta; it was buried in a slate-colored rock in : 11,1871, Soe A.S.B. Vol: G.NEVILL, Journ For explanation of figures See p. ll. 1871.] G. and H Nevill—Descriptions of new Mollusca. 11 company with a species of Pholas ; there appears to be no specific difference from the shell figured from New Caledonia by Mr. Souverbie from a unique specimen; my specimen confirms his statement, that the right valve is less inflated than the left one, which he appears to have thought might have been only accidental in his type specimen; he makes no remark regarding the habitat. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.” Fig. 1.— 1b. Leptoconchus Robillardi, p. 5. 2.— 2a. Cylichna lactuca, p. 2. 3.— 8a. Cylichna involuta, p. 3. 4.— 4d. Pisidium Clarkeanum, p. 9. 3. Robinsonia Ceylonica, p. 4. 6.— 6a. Robinsonia pusilla, p. 8. 7.— ta. Cataulus Netnert, p. 7. 8.— 8a. Helicina Theoboldiana, p. 8. 9.— 9a. Fossarus insignis, p. 4. 10.—1l0a, Fossarus Stoliczkanus, p. 4. 11.—lle. Nucula Rabaniana, p. 9. 12.—1l2a. Ringicula apicata, p. 3. 13.—186. Glauconella Andersons, p. 2. 14, Niso pyramidelloides, p. 5. 15.—lia. Mangelia bicinctula, p. 6. 16.—16a. Cryptogramma Arakana, p. 10. 17. Gebbulina Adamsiana, p. 17. 18. Gibbula Holdsworthana, p. 8. Lo. Syrnola dubiosa, p. 5. 20.—20a. Cypricardia spathulata, p. 10. ee eu5u—y0u“5759arFr me _5—e_—ee en _eeleeeeeee 12 No, 4, A List oF tHE Reptinian Acckssion To THE InDIAN MusEum, Cat- CUTTA, FROM 1865 to 1870, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW SPECIES,—by Joun AnpErson, M. D., F. L. 8. & F. Z.S. [Received 28th October, read 2nd November, 1870.] The accompanying list is a rough record of the number of species and specimens of Reptiles, added to the Indian Museum during the last four and a half years, with an enumeration of the localities from whence they were obtained. The Museum is especially indebted to Messrs. Jerdon, W. T. Blanford, Stoliczka, Theobald, Gammie, Peal, Godwin-Austen and Haughton for many valuable donations. The Museum collectors who have visited many parts of India during the above period, have also largely contributed to the collections in this Department. Two hundred and fifty-five species have been received during these four and a half years and about 60 of them are either new or recently described species. They illustrate 113 genera and number in all 1768 specimens. A great deal, however, remains yet to be done, before sufficient materials will have been brought together for the full and exhaus- tive illustration of the distribution and variation of the Reptile fauna of our Eastern possessions, &c., and it may not be out of place to indicate here the localities from whence Reptiles are most re- quired. Chief among these are, the North Western Provinces, Marwar, Bikaneer, Sind, the North Western Himalaya, Assam, the Khasi Hills, Arakan and Burmah, Southern India and Ceylon, especially the four last mentioned localities. Much has yet to be learned regarding the frogs, lizards and land and fresh water tortoises, and more especially of the smaller species of the two former groups. The new species described in these pages have been received during the above period. Scmncipz. Buprepes novem-carinatus, n. sp. Supranasals form a suture behind the rostral. Eyelid scaly. Preefrontals, postfrontals and vertical meet ina point. Seven upper 1871.] J.Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 138 labials, the 5th the longest. Ear obliquely oval with two or three strong prominent denticulations, Thirty-two longitudinal lines of scales round the body and 42 transverse lines between the axils. Scales with 9 keels, the three central ones strongly marked. The limb reaches to the anterior angle of the eye ; hind limb as long as two-thirds of the distance between the axils. Above olive brown with 4 or 5 narrow longitudinal black lines along the back. A deep brown band from the nostril through the eye and above the ear, along the side and on to the base of the tail, with a moderately white band above far over the supercilium along the side of the back; another through the upper labials and ear to the shoulder whgre it changes into the pale greenish yellow of the side. A very faint broken blackish line from the angle of the mouth to the shoulder and three or four from behind the fore limb along the side of the belly. Limbs with five longi- tudinal black lines with scattered white spots. Length of body 3”, 10” ; tail 4”, 4”. Hab. Mandalay, Upper Burmah. The nine keels, strongly denticulated ear, and the greater number of scales between the axils and round the body separate this species from, 2. rufescens apud Ginther, or L. macularvus. Euprepes longicaudatus, n. sp. Tail long and tapering, three and one half the length of the body. A long narrow linear supranasal, not contiguous with its fellow. Posterior frontals form a broad suture. The anterior frontal is partially divided, vertical moderate tapering behind. Fifth upper labial below the eye, much elongated ; opening of the ear of moder- ate size, no lobules. Thirty longitudinal series of scales round the body and 28 transverse series between the fore and hind limbs. Preanals not enlarged, scales with 4 to 6 keels, 4 the prevailing number. Fore limb, when laid forward, reaches to the anterior angle of the eye ; the posterior extremity covers 4-5ths of the in- ternal between the groin and the axilla. Limbs of moderate strength. Upper surface and sides uniform dark brown, lower parts pale greenish white ; vent to snout 1”, 6’”’, vent to tip of tail 3”, 9’’, fore limb J,” ; hind limb 32’. 14 J. Auderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1, Hab. Cachar. This form is closely allied to Z. monticola from which it is distin- guished by the greater number of the keels on its scales and by the length of its tail. It is in all probability a hill form. GECKOTIDS. Hemidactylus Bengaliensis, ». sp. Body uniformly granular. An enlarged white tubercle on the side of the neck before the shoulder. No enlarged tubercles on the sacral region. ‘Tail flattened from above downwards, flat on the under surface, contracted at the base and then expanded into broad verticils. A prominent almost spiny tubercle directed backwards on the posterior inferior margin of each verticil, with or without a small tubercle above it on the dorsal and lateral margin. The perfect tail a little longer than the body. Eight or nine femoral pores, not continued on to the preanal region. Thirty-five longitudinal series of scales onthe middle of the abdomen. The rostral with a longitudinal groove on its upper surface. A pair of moderately-sized rounded plates behind the rostral, separated from each other by two granules, placed longitudinally and forming the upper margin of the nostrils. Two small plates enter into the posterior margin of the nostril, the first labial defining it below. Fifteen upper labials, the hinder ones very small. Eleven lower labials. ‘Two large shields behind, broadly in contact with each other, and forming a suture with the sides of the mental and with the first labial. A pair of small shields on the external side of the post mentals. Two irregular lines of small shields of variable size below the lower labials. Twelve transverse imbricate plates in double series on all the fingers, except the thumb which has only 10, the distal on all, and sometimes the proximal, being undivided. Fingers all clawed, the claw of the thumb being very small. The upper surface of each finger is covered with about 5 longitudinal lines of enlarged almost scaly granules, the interval between them and the disks being occupied by minute granules. Thirteen im- bricate plates in double series on the second and third toes, the distal and proximal ones being undivided; twelve on the 4th and 5th toes, the proximal ones being single or partially divided, 1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 15 the distal one single. All the toes clawed. The scale-like granules on the upper surface arranged as on the fingers. Brownish grey olive, with 5 to 6 transverse, broad, wavy, brownish bands, with pale posterior margins on the back, and 12 to 138 more indistinct bands on the tail with the angle directed backwards. Sides faintly reticulated with brown. Under surface pale yellowish, brightest on the middle of the abdomen. Disks bright silvery white in life. Length 2,” 11”, tail 3”, 2” — 6”, 1". This species is common in Bengal, and is closely allied to H. Coctei, from which it is distinguished by the tubercle on the side of its neck, by the absence of the tubercles on the sacral region, the spiny character of the lateral caudal tubercles and the smaller tubercle above it, the greater number of its upper labials and by its coloration. Nycteridium Himalayanum, x, sp. Head rather flat : snout broader, flatter and more rounded than in N. Schneidert. Fingers and toes with a more developed mem- brane. Uniformly granular above, with the exception of a line of large, round, flat, scale-like granules along the sides from behind the fore limb to the loin. Thirty-six longitudinal rows of scales in the middle of the belly. Two pairs of mental shields, the anterior nearly twice as large as the posterior. Eleven upper and eight lower labials. A line of small shields above the upper labials. | Mepzillary extends nearly to below anterior margin of the orbit. Some fine pores on the snout. Rostral barbels longer than maxil- lary ones. | Teeth.—Pharyngeal teeth plough-shaped and with their sides | serrated, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5. | 1871.] EF. Day—ZJonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 135 Fins.—Dorsal arises in the adult considerably in advance of the ventrals, and midway between the snout and the posterior portion of the base of the anal fin ; upper margin of finconcave. Pectoral falciform. Caudal deeply forked or lunated, the centre rays being about 2 the length of the outer ones. Scales :—in straight rows, 6} between lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. Lateral line: nearly straight. Colours.—Silvery, every scale having a red centre, except along the abdomen where they are of a dirty yellowish white. Dorsal and caudal stained with grey, also the outer end of the anal and pectoral. A darkish line after death is seen along the centre of rows of scales. Habitat.—Godavery, Kistna and Cauvery rivers, and generally in Southern India. Grows to 14 feetin length. Is a very active fish and fair eating, but bony. 4, CrrRHiIna MRIGALA, Pl. IX, f. 6. ad. Cyprinus mrigala, Ham. Buch., Gang. Fish., pp. 279, 386, pl. 6. f. 79 ; McCelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 276, 350. Cirrhina rubripinnis, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 288, pl. 479. ? Cirrhina plumbea, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 289. Cirrhinna mrigala, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 294 ; Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 35. Mrigala Buchanan, *Bleeker, Prod. Cyp., p. 226. Mirrgah, Ooriah; Mrigah, Beng.; Nya-kyin and Nga-gyein, Burm. ie EIT 1). 8/12, PL. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, .@. 19, L.. lb 40—48, L, tr. 63/84. Length of head 2/7, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4 of the total length. Hyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head. Small pores sometimes present on the snout. The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to nearly beneath the anterior margin of the orbit. Snout not tuberculated. Ros- tral barbels only present, well developed and nearly as long as the eye. Opercle two-thirds as wide as high, greatest width of exposed portion of interopercle equals half the diameter of the eye. Teeth.—Pharyngeal teeth plough-shaped, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5. 18 136 FP. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [ No. 2, Fins.—Dorsal arises rather nearer to the snout than to the base of the caudal fin, and opposite the 12th scale of the lateral line, upper margin of fin very slightly concave. Caudal with sharp and deeply forked lobes, which have convex edges internally. Scales :—in straight rows, seven in the line between the origin of the dorsal fin and the lateral line, and 53 between the latter and the base of the ventral. Lateral line :—in single tubes, and almoststraight in its direction. Colours.—Silvery, dark grey along the back, sometimes having a coppery tinge, and the pectoral, ventral and anal orange. Eyes golden. Habitat,—Rivers and tanks in Bengal and Burma, grows to 3 feet in length. It isan excellent species for stocking tanks with. I have taken it in Rangoon 18tb in weight. This species is closely allied to C. chinensis, Giinther, the head, however, is shorter and the mouth not quite so wide. The two species might almost be classed as local varieties. 5. CrerHINA ANISURA. Gobio anisurus, McClelland, Ind. Cypr., pp. 278, 360, pl. 40, f. 2 ; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 463. Cirrhina anisura, Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Wien, 1867, LVI, *Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 37. B, III. D. =, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 38, L. tr. 73/10}. Length of head 2/9 and height of body 2/7 of the total length. Eyes.—Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout, 14 diameters apart. Upper lip entire, lower lip fringed. No barbels. ‘ i Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the snout, and base of | caudal, lower lobe of caudal longer than the upper. Ventral under | centre of dorsal. | Scales.—Five and a half rows between lateral line and base of , ventral fin. | Colours.—Silvery. Habitat.—Bengal and Assam. 6. CIRRHINA DYOCHEILA. | Labeo (Cyprinus) dyocheilus, McClell., Ind, Cyp., pp. 268, 830, ple 37,4. 1; Ouve ‘and’ Val, US Viy'p. 461; ea Cirrhina dyoehilus, Gunther, Catal., VII, p. 37. 1871. ] FE. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinde. 137 Goreah, Assam. B. III. D. 3/10, P. 18, V. 9, A. 8, C. 19, L. 1. 42, L. tr. 8/8. Barbels rudimentary or absent. Snout with pores, lower lip distinct. Fins.—Dorsal commences nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of the caudal, and opposite the tenth scale of the lateral line. Scales.—Five rows between the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. Colours.—Bluish or brownish black above, becoming silvery white on the abdomen. Habitat.—‘ It is found in the clear active currents of the Brah- maputra, from middle Assam to the rapids at the extremity of the valleys, but appears to be equally unknown in mountain torrents, and sluggish rivers and jheels in the plains.” eee: It grows to two feet and upwards in length. 7. *CrrRHINA DERO. Cyprinus dero, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 277, 331, 385, pl. 22, 1.78; *McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 267, 326. Cirrhina dero, *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 296. Dhengro, Assam. Poli. 8/10, P. 18, V. 9; Ai:7, O..19. ‘* Head oval and blunt. The snout projects a little beyond the mouth, is fleshy, and marked with callous points. x» « The mouth is small, the upper jaw protruding in opening. ‘The lipsare fleshy and smooth on. the edges. « « A ridge on the lower jaw. x x At each corner of the mouth is a minute tendril.”’ Eyes.—“* High up and small.” ‘‘ The back slopes gently before the fin, and is rather sharpened. The edge of the belly is rounded,” Fins,—‘‘ The pectoral fins are shorter than the head. x x» The lobes of the tail are sharp and equal.” Lateral line :—‘‘ is below the middle and is bent downwards.”’ Scales :—‘‘ of moderate size.”’ Colours :—‘‘ of the back and belly are irregularly indented into each other on the sides. The dorsal and caudal fins are dotted.” 138 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 2, Habitat.—Brahmaputra river, attaining four inches in length. This species may be a Labeo (Tylognathus) under which genus Dr. Giinther has placed it amongst the doubtful species, observing, “two (?) barbels, well developed, at the angle of the mouth,” their length evidently having reference to the figure and not to the text. 8. *CIRRHINA SADA. Cyprinus sada, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 3844, 893; *Cuy. and Val., XVI, p. 385. Gonorhynchus fimbriatus, *McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 282, 375, pl. 43, f. 3. Crossochilus sada, *Chinther, Catal., VII, p. 74. Beate "13, Vs 9, Ald: Barbels four, longer than the eye, but shorter than the head. Upper lip said to be fringed. From the figure the snout appears to overhang the mouth. | Colours.—Green above, silvery below. Habitat.—Assam. 9. CIRRHINA GOHAMA, Cyprinus gohama, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 346, 393 ; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p, 413. Gonorhynchus brevis, *McClell., Ind. Cyp., p. 373, pl. 43, f. 6 (from i, Bb: ws Crossocheilus gohama, Bleeker, Prod., Cyp. p. 110 (no description) ; Ginther, Catal., VII, p. 72; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 371. Kala-batta, Bengali. B. III. D. 3/8, P. 15p°V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, 1. 1. 38—40, Li; tr. 6/em Length of head 2/11, height of body 2/11, of dorsal fin 1/5 of the total length. | Eyes.—Diameter 1/3 of length of head; 1 diameter from end of snout and apart. Dorsal profile more convex than the abdominal. Upper surface of the head broad ; snout overhanging the jaws and haying a small lateral lobe. Both lips fringed. A pair of rostral barbels half as long as the diameter of the orbit. Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the posterior extremity of the base of the anal fin, caudal deeply forked. 1871. ] F. Day—Ionograph of Indian Cyprinide. 139 Lateral line :—38} to 4 rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin. Colours.—Brownish olive, irregularly spotted with black marks. Dorsal and caudal fins yellowish, stained with .grey, the others orange. Habitat.—Orissa and Bengal. It attains 6 inches in length. 10. COrIrRRHINA LATIUS. Cyprinus latius, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 345, 393 ; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 411. Gonorhynchus macrosomus, McClell., Indy Cyp., pp. 282, 872, pl. 43, f. 7, (from H. B.’s MSS.) Crossocheilus latius, *Bleeker, Pro. Cyp., p. 110 (no description) ; Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 71. B. Il. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0. 19, L. 1. 89, L. tr. 54/64. Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/9, height of body 2/11 of the total length. Hyes.—Diameter 1/4 of length of head ; 14 diameters from end of snout. Lips thin, the upper one fringed. The rostral pair of barbels rather shorter than the eye, the maxillary pair minute. Fins.—Upper lobe of the caudal the longest. Lateral line :—384 rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin, Colouration :—uniform. Habitat.—Northern Bengal, Nepaul, and Assam. It appears to be a small species. 11, CrerRHINA DIPLOCHILUS. Barbus diplochilus, Heckel, Fische aus Cashmir, p. 53, t. 10, f. 1; Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 204. TLylognathus barbatulus, Heckel, in Hiigels Reise, IV, p. 376, and in Russ. Reisen, II, iii, p. 283, (no description). Crossocheilus diplochilus, Steind., Verh. Zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, p. 791. Crossochilus barbatulus, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 72. peel DP; 3/8, ‘P.15;° V. 9, A. 275, O. 19 CEA vee ae L, tr. 43/6. Length of thead 1/4, of body 2/9 of total length without the caudal fin. 140 F. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinde. [ No. 2, Snout thick much projecting beyond the jaws. MRostral barbels short, maxillary ones minute. Eyes.—Of moderate size, situated somewhat before the middle of the length of the head. Fins.— Dorsal commences in advance of the ventrals, and nearer the end of the snout than the root of the caudal, which latter fin is deeply forked. — Lateral line :—384 rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin. Colours :—uniform. Habitat.—Cashmere. It does not appear to grow to a large size. 12. CrIRRHINA BATA. Cyprinus bata, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang., pp. 283, 386; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 427. Cyprinus acra and cura, Ham. Buch., 1. c. pp. 284, 3886; *Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 428. Gobio lissorhynchus, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 277, 355, pl. 55, f. 5. Crossochilus rostratus, Giinther, Catal., Vil, p. 72. Crossocheilus bata, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 371. Dunguda-porah, Ooriah ; Dommaret-batta, Beng. B. I. D. =, p. 19, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, Ti, Eee L. tr. 2S Leagth of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/4, of dorsal fin 2/9 of the total length. Eyes.—Diameter 1/4 of length of head ; 1 diameter from end of snout ; nearly 2 diameters apart. Snout considerably in advance of the jaws in the young, but slightly so in the adult, when it is usually covered with pores. Both lips fringed in the young, generally only the lower one in the old. A pair of maxillary barbels. Teeth, pharyngeal—The two outer teeth of the upper row plough-shaped, the rest molarform, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5. Fins.—Dorsal commences midway radi the snout and the posterior extremity of the base of the anal fin. Caudal deeply forked. * ————eeeeS-S,rt“‘( er';t‘~; 1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 141 Lateral line :—6} rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin. Colours :—vary with the age of the fish; generally silvery, darkest along the back, and with the lower fins stained orange, fine black dots on all the fins. "When about 4 inches long, there are 8 or 4 small black spots on the 5th and 6th scales of the lateral line, which gradually and almost entirely fade as age advances. Habitat.—Rivers of Bengal as far south as the Mahanuddi. As this fish, which attains nearly 2 feet in length, is extensively used for stocking tanks, it is not improbable, assuggested by McClelland, that the three varieties mentioned by Hamilton Buchanan refer to one species. In one specimen, 10 inches Jong, the snout was cover- ed by pores, another captured of the same size, and the same day, in the same tank had no pores. 13. *CIRRHINA MOSARIO. Cyprinus mosario, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 846, 393 ; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 448. Gonorhynchus gobioides, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 280, 369, pl. 43, f. 1; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 465. Crossocheilus gobioides, *Bleeker, Pro. Cyp., p. 110, (no desc.) Hertlwa, Assam. merit), 10, P..15, V. 9, A. 7, C. 19, i. LSi, Lh. te. 9 to base of ventral. Length of head is equalto the height of the body, and one- fourth of its length. Dorsal and abdominal profiles equally convex. Snout overhanging the mouth. Mouth small, transverse. Upper lip fringed. No barbels. Alimentary canal 8 times the length of the body. Colours :—uniform. Habitat.—Assam, attains about 6 inches in length. A somewhat similar fish is described as the Chondrostoma fulun- gee, Sykes, Gymnostomus fulungee, *Ginther. 14, CrrRHINA REBA. Cyprinus reba, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 280, 3886; Mc- Clelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 276, 354. Gobio limnophilus, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 279, 885, pl. 55, f. 3 ; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 464. 142 EF. Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 2, ?Gobr0 bicolor, McClell., 1. c. pp. 860, 278. Chondrostoma boggut, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., 1841, p. 359 ; *Jerdon, M. J. L. and Sc., 1849, p. 309. Chondrostoma gangeticum, *Ouv. ‘and Val., XVII, p. 399; *Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 76. Cirrhina Dussumieri et reba, Cuv. and Val., XVI, pp. 291, 292, pl. 480. Cirrhina Bengaliensis, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., XXV, Beng. and Hind. p. 186. Mrigala Bengaliensis, Bleeker, Pro. Cyp., p. 226, (no description). Cirrhinichthys Dussumert, Bleeker, Atl. Ich. Cyp., p. 28. Gobio bangon, limnophilus et Dussumiert, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8., 1849, p. 308. Cirrhina rewah, Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LVI. Crossocheilus reba, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 74. Eelemose and Chittahri, Tel.; Chetchua-porah Ooriah ; Bartle Bengali. B. III. D. 3/8-9, P. 15, V..9, A. 3/5, C. 19, L. 1. 35—388; Tate Length of head 1/6, of caudal nearly 1/4, height of body nearly 1/4, of dorsal fin 2/11 of the total length. Eyes :—diameter nearly 1/4 of length of head, 14 diameters from end of snout, nearly 2 diameters apart. Mouth anterior ; upper lip of the young indistinctly fringed, of the adult generally entire. One pair of short rostral barbels. Some fine pores over the snout. Teeth, pharyngeal, 5, 4, 1/1, 4, 5. Fins.—Dorsal commences slightly anterior to the ventral, upper margin of the fin concave. Caudal with deep, sharp lobes. Lateral line :—4 to 5 rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin. Colours.—Silvery, scales generally darkest at their edges. Habitat.—Throughout India, attaining a foot in length. 15. CrrrHINA ISURUS. Gobio isurus, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 277, 857; *Cuy. and ; Val., XVI, p. 431. _ B. TIL. D. 2/8, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 36, Th, trae Length of head 1/6, height of body 1/5, of dorsal fin 1/5 of the 4 total length. Eyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head; nearly 2 diameters — from end of snout and the same distance apart. 1871. | F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 148 Snout thick, projecting, no pores or lateral lobe; mouth trans- verse, inferior. Upper lip deeply fimbriated. Lips reflected from off both jaws which have sharp edges, but no horny covering. Rostral barbels two-thirds as long as orbit. Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the posterior margin of the base of the anal. Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe the longest. Lateral line :—8 rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin. Colours.—Silvery, apparently a dark stripe along the middle of the side. Habitat.— Hooghly. [To be continued in the next wumber. | —_—eOeOorereroesere,rres—nerns—=— . rrr NoTES ON TERRESTRIAL MoLiuscA FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD oF Movutmern (TenasserIM ProvinckEs), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW sPECIES,— by Dr. F. Sroniczxa, Palzontologist, Geol. Surv. of India ; Hon. Seey. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. (With 8 plates.) [Received and read 5th January, 1871. ] The following observations are offered on a small collection of Mollusca made, during the month of August 1869, in the neigh- bourhood of Moulmein, Tenasserim Provinces. It is not my in- tention to give a complete list of all the shells which have been described from that neighbourhood,—-though such may at some future time prove to be a very desirable acquisition,—but merely to restrict my remarks to those species which I have myself collected, particularly with reference to some points in the anatomy of the animals. The land shells of this part of the Malayan country received early attention through the collecting zeal of the Rev. Dr. Mason, Capts. Sankey and Gordon, Mr. Theobald and many others. The materials have been chiefly worked out by Dr. A. Gould, Mr. Benson, and Mr. Theobald. 18 144 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusea. [No: 2, The fauna in general is intimately connected with that of the lower Tenasserim Provinces, Siam and Camboja, and is in the main characteristically Malayan. As regards variety and number of terrestrial Mollusca, these provinces are well known to range among the richest of the Malayan regions. The interest of this fauna is besides considerably increased by the many peculiar forms it possesses of its own, and which do not appear to occur in other parts of the great Malayan Zoological province. I only need to allude to genera like Pollicaria (= Hybocystis), Raphaulus, Clos- tophis, Sophina, Sesara, fe. The explanation of this peculiarity must probably be sought in the physical condition of the country. Indeed, it would seem that scarcely anywhere could more favour- able conditions for the development of small local faunas be found, than exist in the neighbourhood of Moulmein. Almost all round this place the country consists of isolated hills, or short ranges of hills, composed of sandstones or shales, or more commonly of limestone rock. Many of these hills rise up to eleva- tions of from 2000 to 3000 feet above the level of the sea, and are separated by low land which, for a large portion of the year, is under water. The rocks in question, forming the hills, mostly appear to belong to palzeozoic (chiefly earboniferous) formations, and it seems probable that for a long period the country was not affected by any very considerable change in the level. On the other hand, it can scarcely be doubted, that at no very distant geological period those hills represented as many isolated islands in an extensive bay, a physical condition similar to that of the present Mergui Archi- pelago. The shallow waters between the hills were only gradu- ally reclaimed to dry land by alluvia derived from the more elevated surrounding country. Whatever progress these conditions may have attained, it appears tolerably certain, that the isolation of the hills must have existed during a considerable length of time, and there is also no apparent reason for believing, that the fauna, exist- — ing on these hills, had been much affected by any particularly de- structive agencies ; moreover the insular conditions must have been rather favourable to animal and vegetable life. All these circumstances tend to shew that the fauna of these hills has existed for a long period, and that at the same time the pro-— | | ' 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. 145 tracted isolation admitted of the development of certain persistent peculiarities of the animals in different localities. With regard to the first point, it is a noteworthy fact that most of the cretaceous species of Helicide, and a large number of the older tertiary ones, belong to the Angystoma group which is so largely represented in this part of the Malayan province. With regard to the second point, it must be remembered that the nature of the ground is a most important agent in the development and prosperity of the molluscous (and any other) fauna (or flora) ; it regulates to a very large extent the geographical distribution of the species. It is well known that limestone ground is more suitable to the existence of land-shells, than any other kind of rock. In the neighbourhood of Moulmein this is strikingly apparent ; for while some of the limestone locali- ties literally swarm with shells, there are barely any to be found on the neighbouring sandstone or metamorphic hills, which in other respects possess a perfectly similar climate, &e. The distinction by no means only applies to the number of speci- mens, but it affects equally markedly the habitat of certain species, and even genera. Thus, for instance, there is scarcely a single specimen of a Plectopylis achatina to be met with on a sandstone hill, while at every limestone rock the species may be collected in thousands. The same applies to Plectopylis cyclaspis, though this species is not so common as the former. All the known species of Sophina, nearly all the Sesare@, several peculiar Streptaxis, Raphau- lus, Pollicaria and others only occur on limestone ground, while Rotula anceps, Helix {Fruticicola] similaris, and chiefly also the species of Helicartion, occur on sandstone hills and low land. Again some species, like Macrochlamys honesta, Conulema infula (var, atlygia), Mycrocystis molecula are to be met with almost everywhere, but speci- mens occurring on limestone localities always possess a more solid and thicker shell, than those on sandstone, or on alluvial ground. The knowledge of the nature of the ground is, therefore, a very im- portant consideration in discriminating species and mere varieties of one and the same species from each other. In the course of my descriptions I shall notice several instances which bear upon this point. That the protracted isolation of the different limestone hills had 146 F. Stoliczka— Votes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, an influence upon the development of locally, and now persistently, distinct forms, which evidently descended from a common stock, will best become evident from a few instances, which are worthy of record. At Moulmein about the great Pagoda occurs a species of Cyclo- phorus which Mr. Theobald called C. Haughtont. The specimens are generally lighter or darker brown, and, except on the keel, un- spotted. At the ‘ Farm-caves’ the same species occurs, but always marked with numerous white spots, and at Damotha a third form is met with, being generally somewhat smaller and higher, and provid- ed with small pale spots or reticulated streaks ; this form has been named by Mr. Theobald C. affinis. Again, at the ‘ Farm-caves’ oc- cur in great abundance Sophina calias and discoidalis, Sesara pytaica, Clausilia Philippiana, Streptaxis Sankeyanus, Pollicaria gravida, Ra- phaulus chrysalis, §¢., none of which are found on a perfectly similar limestone hill at Damotha, barely 15 miles distant from the for- mer. There we find Sophina forabilis, Sessara infrendens, Georissa liratula, Diplommatina carneola, Rhiostoma Haughton, and other peculiar forms, &c. South of Moulmein, again on similar lime- stone hills, occurs Sophina conjungens, while calias and discoidalis are rare, Streptaxis obtusus, §c., but not a single Pollicaria or Ra- phaulus or Rhiostoma. Again at another limestone hill on the Attaran river there is only a peculiar banded variety of Sophina discoidalis to be found, Strept. Sankeyanus is replaced by the allied Strept. Hanleyanus, Sesara pylaica by Sesara Attaranensis, Theob. &e. I could multiply the examples, but those quoted will indicate that the molluscous fauna of each limestone hill, or range of hills, possesses certain forms representative of, or allied to, others which occur on a neighbouring hill, while at the same time it has a certain number of local, peculiar, species. Thisis a condition which we are generally accustomed to find on small separate islands — within an Archipelago. In conclusion I may observe that the present communication contains species of both of the large divisions of pulmoniferous — Mollusca, the Cycuosromacua and the Hexzicacza. It will be noticed that the work is somewhat unequally executed, but itis — | done so with a certain object. 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Dollusca. 147 In the CycrostomacEA I have described several new species, and of others, which were met with, I have only noted the external characters of the animals or shells. I have avoided going into ana- tomical details here, because I hope to place them on record in a contemplated Monograph of the Indian and Burmese Cy cLostomaA- cEA, to be published with the co-operation of Mr, W. T. Blanford. Among the Hericacrea, or Putmonara, as usually restricted, the anatomical details form the greater part of the work. ‘The correct- ness of Gray’s and Dorhn’s suggestions to unite Streptaxis, Ennea and Streptostele into a separate group has, I think, been satisfac- torily proved, and the relation of these forms to Zestacella will be pointed out further on. Of the Olausilide I have given some notes regarding Cl. Philippiana, as the anatomy of no Indian Clausilia has yet been published. In the Pupide two interesting new species will be found described a Pupa and a Hypselostoma. In the Helicide, the propriety of the generic designations of Plectopylis and Zrachia was found to be supported by the examination of the anatomy of the animals. Among the Zonitide, at last, I have in a similar way recorded the propriety of the generic names Sesara and Sophina, and there also will notes be found on the anatomy of Ma- crochlamys, Lotula, Mycrocystis and a newly proposed genus Conulema. Group. CYCLOSTOMACEA, Fam. CYCLOPHORID. The species of Cyclophorus (as restricted), known to occur in the neighbourhood of Moulmein: are (1) C. Haughton, Theobald, (from Moulmein itself), a species closely allied to Sowerby’s aquila; (2) C. affinis, Theobald, (from Damotha), somewhat allied to Pfeiffer’s excellens ; and a third form is found at the Farm-caves, it has the angular periphery of Haughtoni, but a spotted shell like afinis or Siamensis. All the forms may be considered as varieties of one and the same species, but in ordér to ascertain whether Theobald’s name Haughtont is applicable to them, a close compari- son of typical forms of several of the allied species from Siam and adjoining countries must be made. I will not enter now upon this question, as the three varieties noticed have lately been figured in the ‘ Conchologia Indica,’ though by no means characteristically. 148 F’. Stoliczka—WNotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, (4). C. spectosus (or perhaps rather awrantiacus) occurs at Zwagabin. CycLtorHorus [Myxosroma] caAtyx, Bens. Ann, and Mag, N. H., 2nd ser., XVII, p. 228,—Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Indica, pl, TV, fig. 4. This species is found on all the limestone hills about Moulmein. The figure in the Conch. Indica is far from characteristic and entirely insufficient for the identification of the species. It is strange to find there again the mistake of the originally recorded locality ‘‘ Akoutang” repeated, though Mr. W. T. Blonford had corrected it already twice. The animal is identical in form with those of other CycLopHorIDz, only of smaller size; when full grown the body is black, with very long subulate tentacles, slightly thickened near the tips, the rostrum is long and deeply cleft in front, the foot rather elongated, pos- teriorly narrowly produced and pointed ; eyes rather small, placed laterally at the base of the tentacles on barely perceptible bulgings. The sides of the foot and the tentacles are usually paler than the body, and young specimens are pale grey coloured throughout. The largest specimen found south of Moulmein measures: Diam. maj. 14; d. min. 12; alt. teste 7°2, alt. ult. anf. cum perist. 5, diam. apert. int. 4 mm. Cyclophorus [Myxostoma] Inglisianus, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 1. Cycl. testa subdiscoidea, late umbilicata; anfractibus 44, primo depresso, albido, leevigato, ceteris teretibus, paululum in amplitudine accrescentibus, sordide lutescente albescentibus, strigis fuscis, supra retrorse angulatis, ad peripheriam rotundatam ult. anf. fascia casta- nea intersectis, notatis, epidermide pallida transversim rugulatim striata indutis; suturis profundis, simplicibus; apertura paulum descendente et obliqua, circulari, marginibus junctis, paululum in- crassatis, haud dilatatis, supra prope suturam leviter insinuatis. Operculo corneo, tenui, circulari, anfractibus 7 extus paulo lamel- liforme exstantibus composito, medio depressiusculo, intus polito, medio submammillato. Diam. maj. 9, d. min. 7°5, alt. totius teste 5, alt. ult. anf. prope aperturam 3, diam. apert. 2°7 mm. Animal plumbeo-cinereum, tentaculis longis, acutis, nigrican- tibus, pede pallidescente, angusto, postice acuto; rostro longo, nigricante, antice ad marginem modice lobato. . ge ge = ¢ ; : ox a 4 : 7 iy , ete + ‘a ? } ate: 7 . aw 7 gv? ‘ 7 : ; > if wa] i \ . . wy bd - ; of a } , | ; , y u = h - } ry, 4 , b cay c uy 4 - ‘ . ‘re ; ’ } \ is Toth | i sul “ 4 ‘ : t : e “a oawee iy * hp re i : ‘ i 24) 343 j r ’ r , i, a 7 } * i i 2ft9 ‘ ids di . . ¥ rd A “Ph ie) | ie * { are! » ye : ue 4 & : Pd oad 4 \ ji : —< , . d ( » $28: J ‘ . . r , vive ; ‘ m | ¢ : ‘ me J f ‘ Mish : 43) ph ; ~. 7 4 - . ne. , Ve . oe gi a Ae r P : j ae 5 a - i i} fa %) a0.) wel: : war . fics = ™ ue At Math gut tags if itis pI IT! Le) LER REO a { WH KILY LBRO Fisyy) ri ry Aah ing at ‘ punory of nis hay dy 4 2. a My , Cy A, f . i. at ) 7 iT Eh ra s4 ‘ é yey 4 , ne ¥ . ee = , ; ‘ ; Se es tet: 413 Glitoewriges. G2 Gl ode Sav kiain this ~ Ne rolinuts i : y } -— d ae : f es ya Ae PU ART. | “ys: Ge o, ih Alp '& & ¢.—eye-pedicle. oe.—mouth. mr.—retractile muscle of the body. @.—anus. ab.—part of mantle-edge. sg.—salivary glands. mo.—muscle of the oral parts. mt.—right mantle side. li.—liver. ut.—uterus. ed,— appendage of the recep- taculum seminis. Fig. 1. Cyclophorus | Myxostoma| Inghsianus, n. sp., p. 148.—1, na- tural size, la, 1b, le front, top and lower views, twice the natural size. Fig. 2. Pterocyclus ater, n. sp., p. 149,—2, 2a, 2b, front, top, and umbilical views, and 2c, operculum ; all figures in natural size. : Fig. 3. Diplommatina carneola, n. sp., p. 152.—front and side views. Fig. 4. Dipl. [ Palaina] erispata, nu. sp., p. 153,—ditto. ; Fig. Georissa liratula, nu. sp., p. 157, 5¢, represents the internal side of the operculum. Fig. 6. Georissa Blanfordiana, n. sp., p. 158. Big. 7-10. Clausilia Philippiana, Pfr., p. 174.—7, a series of teeth of the radula, the numbers indicate the distance of the teeth from the centre line; 8, the body with the dif- ferent organs exposed; 9, the generative organs; 10, the jaw. Jt.—foot. 7.—1intestines. a st.—stomach. alg.—albuminous gland. h.—heart. k.—kidney. 1.—lungs. p.—penis. vd.—vas deferens. m.—retractile muscle. pr.—prostata. hd.—hermaphrodite duct. hg.—hermaphrodite gland. ho.—herm. opening. 1870. el Journ: A.S.B.Voel:XbL.Pt F.STOLICZKA ed aieriacoretpnst te pibzitieessen, in 7 *igi.~a® sd a oh < = Le See ey ek , a ) A janes ei Ai ' oly rh f » Leurtoiy ag pepate PL. Vik Fig. 1. Hypselostoma tubiferum, Bens., p. 173.—View of the animal seen from above. Fig. 2. Hypselostoma Dayanum, un. sp., p. 172.—front, top and lower views, enlarged. Fig. 3. Pupa lignicola, n. sp., p. 171. Fig. 4. Hnnea | Huttonella} cylindroidea, nu. sp., p. 171. Fig. 5, 6, 7. Streptaxis Burmanicus, BIf., p.163. The front figures 56, 66, 76 are enlarged, the side and lower views of the shells are of natural size; 5 is a specimen from Tonghoo, very similar to the type which is from Arra- can ; 6 and 7 are from Rangoon. Figs. 8-9. Streptaxis Blanfordianus, 'Theob., p. 1638, front views of two specimens, enlarged twice the natural size, 8 is from Arracan, 9 from Pegu. Fig. 10. Streptaxis solidulus, n. sp., p. 166. Fig. 11, 12, 13. Sétrept. obtusus, n. sp., p. 166. 11 and 11a side and lower views, natural size; 110, front view, twice the natural size; 12 natural size of a full grown specimen ; 18, 13a, 186 young specimen. Fig. 14. Strept. Sankeyanus, Bens., p. 167. 14, 14a and 146 are of natural size, 14¢ and 14d enlarged. Fig. 15. Strept. Hanleyanus, n. sp., p. 168. The outline figure 15 shews the natural size of the specimen, the other figures are enlarged. Journ:A.S.B:Vol-XL.Pt:I.1870. ¥ = 9) aloe ‘ i wae Las pre rot = a4 ve % PL VIEL: Figs. 1 and 2 exhibit the anatomy of Strept. obtusus, (see Pp: 161) ; the letters have the following significations: S-—foot. mt.—mantle. ml.—mantle lobes. rp.—penis retractor. p.—penis. vd.vas deferens. 0.—ovum. ut.—uterus. 7’s.—receptaculum seminis. alg.—albuminous gland. hd.—hermaphrodite duct. hg.—hermaphrodite gland. h.—heart. liv.—liver. 7.—intestines. cis the cavity where the ge- nerative organs were ori- ginally situated. st.—stomach. ng.—nervous ring. t.—eye-pedicles. roe.—retractor of the mouth. ac—tube including the radula. oe. (in figure 2)—ditto. aoe ne. rm.—chief retractor of the ra- ko.—kidney opening. dula. /.—lungs. ad.—anal albuminous gland. kd.—kidney duct. sg.—salivary glands. k.—kidney Fig. 3 shews the general arrangement of the teeth on the radula of St. obtusus. Fig. 6. Side view of St. Pfeifferianus from the Nicobars ; nat. size. Fig. 7. Side view of nnea [ Huttonella] bicolor, from Calcutta ; twice the natural size. In figs. 4, 5 and 8 the numbers indicate the distance of the teeth from the centre line. q F. STOLICZKA.. Journ: A.S.B-Vol: Xl, Pt-U 1870. | Pu VI. Se Cae A i ) BS: vA 4 eS rN 1 2 \ XS | ® [% ‘aA ay y } ‘4 eX en a é og \t4 i S. Sedo field, Lit. , I-&, Streptaxts chtusus . 6. Streptaxus Preifferianus. a 2 Burmanicus eee Einnea: (Huitsnetla) hicclor ° 4 obald. 1871.] F. Stoliezka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 149 Habitat : Damotha, prope Moulmein ; raro. This species resembles in its colouring Pterocyelus Feddeni, Blf., but is easily distinguished from it by its thinner and very gradu- ally increasing whorls. The tubular form of these also readily separates the present species from Cyel, calyx which has the basal angulation always distinct. The only other allied species is Ptero- eyclus cetra, Benson, which differs by the well developed upper wing of the aperture. In Jnglisianus the margin of the aperture is simply insinuated, and externally very slightly thickened. I have associated with this interesting new form the name of J. W. Inglis, Esq., Executive Engineer at Moulmein, who has most kindly aided me in my conchological inquiries about that station. Pterocyclus ater, Stol,, pl. vi, fig. 2. Pt. testa orbiculato planorbulari, latissime umbilicata ; apice vix exserto; anfractibus quinis, depressiuscule teretibus,sutura profunda junctis, liris spiralibus tenuibus, plus minusve distincte setiferis, subdistantibus, ornatis, sub epidermide lividis, transversaliter fulguratim castaneo notatis, epidermide scabriuscula, transversim conferte striata, indutis; ultimo anfractu ad aperturam sensim ‘ descendente ; apertura obliqua, circulari, peristomate duplici, in- terno paululum crassiculo, ad suturam emarginato, externo tenui, dilatato, supra in alam angustam, curvatam, atque ad anf. pen- ultinum leviter affixam expanso, pone alam perforato. Diam. maj. 16:5, d. min. 13°5, alt. tot. testee 7:2, axis 3°2, diam. diag. apert. cum perist. 6 mm. Operculum orbiculare, supra lamellis spiralibus exstantibus, dis- tincte denticulatis, compositum, infra levigatum, volutionibus angustis spiralibus concentrice minute striatis. Animal fere uniforme atrum, corpore supra, tentaculis ad termi- nationem et pede lateraliter ad marginem inferiorem paulo palidori- bus; forma ab ceteris speciebus ejusdem generis haud distincta. Hab. Kuengan, ad flumen Ataran, prope Moulmein ; cepit The- This is a very interesting planorboid and spirally lirated species. The outer lip is at the suture produced in a narrow obtuse wing, 150 F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, curved towards and loosely attached to the previous whorl, leaving a rounded circular foramen behind it. The whorls of the operculum are above peculiarly dentate. Rutostoma Havueutont, Bens. An, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., V, p. 96.—Reeve Iconica, vol. XIV Pterocy- clos, pl. V, fig. 30.—Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. V, fig. 10. Young specimens have no trace of the upper notch at the outer lip and are generically undistinguishable from the planorboid Cyclophori, like the Ceylon C. annulatus, Trosch., or the Nilgher- ry C. ravidus, Bens. Only in fullgrown specimens, the last whorl at the aperture becomes detached from the previous whorl. The operculum is first thin, flattened outside and slightly concave inside ; gradually the shape becomes convex outside, as the whorls increase in number, and at the same time the internal concavity enlarges. The animal is quite similar to that of Pterocyclus: it is dirty white, with darker minute spots on the back, translucent pinkish between the tentacles and partially on the front side of the foot; tentacles of moderate length, blackish, paler at the tips which are hardly swollen ; the edge of the mantle fits very closely to the shell, itis somewhat thickened, and has a small slit corresponding to the upper tube-like incision on the outer lip; the sides of the slit are very extensible and secrete the tube. Young specimens generally ~ possess a distinct pinkish white tint on the entire body. Hab. At Damotha, (N. E. of Moulmein), on limestone rocks ; found under decaying leaves andhumus. ‘The animal appears to be more nocturnal in its habits, than the true Pterocycl:, and is very shy. Fam. PUPINID. POLLICARIA GRAVIDA, (Bens.). Hybocystis gravida, Bens., vide Pfeiff., Mon. Pneumonop. viv., suppl. 2nd, p- 56.—Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. 7, fig. 1,* Megal. gravidum, Bens. The peculiarity of this genus rests, I believe, chiefly in the remarkably flattened growth of the last and penultimate whorls of * This figure is somewhat incomplete; it does not shew the short open canal above the posterior angle of the mouth. The position of the operculum in the aperture is not correct. It should rest on the internal swelling close to the margin of the outer lip of the aperture. 1871. ] F, Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 151 the shell, a character specially pointed out by Gould in his brief description, and there can be, therefore, no distinct objection as to the priority of Gould’s generic appellation. In my forth- coming ‘‘ Monograph of the Indian Cyctosromacna,” I will give illustrations of the very peculiar progress in the growth of the shell of this species. Animal resembling a gigantic Diplommatina, of a pale fleshy colour, transparent pink at the rostrum. The foot is short and stout, below at the middle of the sole entire; the rostrum short, thick, deeply cleft at the front end; the tentacles are of moderate length, attenuated towards, but somewhat obtuse at, the tip itself, of a pale grey colour; the eyes are small and placed laterally at their bases on minute bulgings. The sexes are, as usually, distinct, and the copulative organ of the male is situated laterally, somewhat in front of and almost immediately below the right eye. Habitat. Common on the limestone hills at the ‘‘ Farm-caves,”’ and at Damotha. I have not met with a single specimen on the hills south of Moulmein. RaprHavutus Curysauris, Pfr. I have only obtained a single live specimen at the Farm-caves, near Moulmein. The animal was pale greyish white with a slight fleshy tinge ; tentacles rather long and pink; rostrum stout, the red oral parts shining through at its base, its front edge is slightly lobed. There is a regular canal leading from the pulmonary cavity backwards, then piercing the mantle and entering the tube which runs again forward on the internal side of the last whorl below the suture, until it terminates in the external apertural tube. The form of this tube is different from that of Pupina or Alyceus, but it is very much the same as in Sétreptaulus. (Comp. Blanford in A. and ) Mag. N. H., 8rd ser., xii, p. 55). | Purina artTata, Bens. 2 _ Hanley and Theobald, Conch, Indica, pl. vii, 5. | This species is common on all the limestone hills about Moul- mein. The animal is whitish or pale grey, sometimes darker i at the sides of the foot which is moderately elongated and 19 152 F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 2, posteriorly pointed. Tentacles blackish, thin and subulate in young, considerably thicker in older specimens; eyes rather large, black, placed laterally and somewhat posteriorly on distinct bul- gings at the base of the tentacles; rostrum rather short, slightly cleft in front, the buccal parts red, shining through; mantle with a small slit on each side corresponding to the incision in the shell, the lower edges of the slits are slightly thickened and rather distinct, the upper almost perfectly continuous with the outer, slightly thickened, edge of the mantle. The horny, moderately thickened, operculum closes the aperture perfectly ; it has a thin fringe at its edge all round and is externally slightly impressed in the centre. The live shell is covered with a thin layer of slippery glaze. Young shells are regularly coiled, like a little conoid Heliz, and quite transparent. There is no difference in the coloration of the sexes. Fam. DIPLOUMATINIDAL. Sub-fam. DIPLOMMATININA. Diplommatina carneola, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 3. Diplommatina testa ovato elongata, turrita, vix rimata, carnea, seu carneo-luteola; anfractibus 7, valde convexis, suturis profundis junctis, primis duobus levigatis, luteis, ceteris costulis obliquis, modice distantibus, ornatis, penultimo maxime inflato, ad termina- tionem valde constricto, ultimo minore, ad basin rotundato ; apertura rotundata, marginibus paulo dilatatis et incrassatis, ad anfractum penultimum conspicuiter ascendentibus, intus levigatis: labio adnato, paulo expanso, labro duplici, extus prope marginem costa tenui et acuta instructo, collumella fere recta, infra dente unico instructa, ad basin vix angulata. Diam. anf. penult, 1:2; alt. tot. testze 2°6, apert. alt. 0°8, eyusdem diam. 0°8 m.m. Animal carneo-luteolum, tentaculis, rostro ad terminationem, interdumque dorso supero, plus minusve distincte atratis; oculis magnis in latere basali tentaculorum sitis, atris, pede angusto, postice acuminato; operculum corneum, tenuissimum, concentrice multi- — spiratum. Hub. Damotha, prope Moulmein. This species is somewhat allied to D. Puppensis, Bf. (Journ. 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 158 Asiat. Soc. XX XVII, pt. II, pl. iv, fig 2), differing from it by its constant smaller size, more tumid or convex, and more widely cos- tulated whorls, and by the aperture being at the columellar base rounded or nearly so, instead of deeply angular and canaliculate, as it always appears to be in Puppensis. The present species was found to be very common on the perpen- dicular limestone cliffs at Damotha, especially in localities where a little water trickled down the rock. The animals seemed to feed on the minute alge which were growing in the locality. Diplommatina [Palaina] crispata, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 4. Diplommatina {| Pal.] testa conoidea, medio latissima, sordide albida, anfractibus 7, primis duobus (rare 13) mammillatis, leevigatis convexis, sequente convexiusculo, confertim lamellose striato, ceteris medio angulatis, crasse lamellatis, lamellis crebris, inzequalibus, te- nuibus, undulatis et crispatis, ad peripheriam angulosam spiniforme . productis, latere interiore excavatis; anf. penultimo haud distincte constricto ; ultimo angustiore, basi convexiusculo ; apertura perobli- qua, circulari, extra dilatata, intus continua, levi, supra leviter adnata, ad latus columellare incrassata et infra dente pliciforme, vix distinguendo, instructa, margine interno acuto, undique libero; peristomate externo tenui, lamelliforme undulato et late expanso. Alt. teste 2°5; diam. anf. penult. (spinis incl.) 1:5; diam. apert, int. 0°8, d. ap. cum perist. 1- m.m. Animal albidum, tentaculis cinereo atratis ; operculum corneum. Habitat. Damotha, prope Moulmein ; rarissime cum precedente, This is the first species from British India referable to the sub- genus Palaina of Semper (vide Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 291, and 1866, p. 348), although, if the subgenus should be retained, it can- not include all the species referred to it byitsauthor. ‘The various subdivisions of Dipplommatina appear to me to have been suggested more with a view to geographical distribution, than to the necessity of conchological grouping. Whether the shells are coiled to the right or left constitutes no generic difference in Dipplommatrna,as it does not in cases of Helix or Bulimus &c., even as regards specific distinction, The peculiar characteristic of Diplommatina lies in the very marked constriction of the penultimate whorl, (compare Journ. 154 F. Stoliczka—Lotes on terrestrial Mollusea. [No. 2, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. XX XIX, pt. IT, pl. ii, fig. 3-5), im the short internal parietal rib justat the beginning of the last whorl, and in the twisted columella which terminates in the aperture with a tooth, sometimes placed so far internally as to be hardly visible, but very rarely becoming nearly obsolete. In addition to these characters the typical species have the whorls either partially or wholly transversally costulate or striated, and the shell itself is of a moderately solid structure. Semper instituted the genus Palaina for a number of Philippine species, some of which, like P. polymorpha, P. strigata, and others (see J. de Conch. 1866, pl. 1: and x,) do not in any way differ from typical Indian Diplommatine. In other species, noted by Semper, as for instance in P. pupa, patula, Wiilsoni, &c., the general character of the shell is the same, the constriction more or less distinctly marked, but the columellar tooth is not visible. The same can be observed in some allied Himalayan forms, as D. Huttoni or costuiata, though looking into the aperture obliquely, the abrupt termination of the columella may, for instance in the last-named species, be readily seen. I do not think it, therefore, improbable that the terminal twist and truncature of the columella also exists in these Pelew, or Philip- pine, Palaine, in which case there would be no reason whatever to separate them generically, or subgenerically, from Diplommatina. Other species, again, like Pal. pyramis, alata and lamellata of Semper (1. cit.) are distinguished by a round, almost tubular aper- ture, with a free sharp continuous margin, being internally con- spicuously thickened and obliquely placed towards the axis of the shell; the whorls are ornamented with transverse lamellar ribs, mostly projecting at the middle, the penultimate whorl is not dis- tinctly constricted, and the columellar tooth isin some visible, in others not, though I have little doubt but that in all the columella is twisted and in the interior of the aperture truncated. For this group the name Palaina may be retained, but only as asubgenus of Diplom- matina ; for on comparing species like Blanford’s D. exilis from Ava, it will be readily seen how closely connected all these forms are. For Mousson’s Pupa problematica, from the island Upolu, Semper proposed the subgeneric name J/oussonia, changing (why?) the — specific into typica (comp. J. de Conch., 1865, p. 296, and 1866, pl. 1871. ] F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 155 x, fig. 9). This species has the general form, usual costulation of the whorls, and the columellar tooth of Diplommatina, but no apparent constriction at the termination of the penultimate whorl. Only if this last character should prove constant, could the subgeneric name be retained, though this seems to be rather doubtful. Mous- son recently (J. de Conch. 1870, p. 188, pl. viii, fig. 9), described from one of the Vitiislands a W/. fuscula. It is about as much elongated as the type species, smooth, but the constriction on the penultimate whorl is distinctly perceptible ; therefore this species does not differ in any essential point from Diplommatina. In 1864, KE. v. Martens suggested the name Diancta for a sinis- trorse species from Ternate, distinguished by a very marked constriction of the penultimate whorl, hence the specific name D. constricta (vide Moll. der Preuss. Exp. nach Ost-Asien, p, 164). The same author states (ibidem) that Diplommatina has no columellar fold, which is evidently a mistake, for its existence had been recorded in many of the Indian species then known, but no figures were published. D. constricta does not possess a columellar fold or tooth; it is probably situated far internally, but the con- striction evidently indicates that the columella must be strongly twisted. Besides Adam’s Diplommatina Martensi there have been (J. de Conch. 1870, p. 180 et seq., pl. vili,) several species lately described by Mousson under the subgeneric name Diancta. They are all sinistrorse, like the Indian D. gibbosa, BIf., but in no other respect generically, or even subgenerically, different from Diplommatina. In connection with these various forms of Diplommatina I must mention H. and A. Adams’ genus Paxillus, proposed for a species from Singapore, P. adversus. The columellar fold is strong and the constriction distinct in this species, as well as in Martens’ P. rudo- eundus, Ido not see any characters by which these shells could be separated from Diplommatina. Gould’s two Chinese species referred to Paxillus are too insufficiently characterized to admit of a correct opinion being formed regarding them. In conclusion I have to allude to the subgenera Arinia, H. and A. Adams and Wicida, Blanford. Of the former Sowerby’s Cyclost, minus, from the Philippines, has been considered as the type, and k another allied species, 4. scalatella, was described by Dohrn from 156 F. Stoliczka—WNotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, Luzon, (vide Journ, de Conch. for 1866, p. 852). Arinie are small shells, allied to Diplommatine, but of a thin structure, with smooth, or nearly smooth, surface, without a distinct constriction on the penultimate whorl, and without a fold on the columella. Mr. W. T. Blanford (Journ. Asiat. Soc. xxxvii, 1868, p. 82, and also Journ. de Conch, for 1868) proposed the name Meda for six species from South India, Three of these VV. Pulneyana, hri- cincta, and Kingiana, do not externally appear to offer any generic, or sub-generic, distinction from Arinia. In all these the position of the small operculum when retracted is exactly the same as in Diplommatina, and the same internal parietal plait exists at the be- ginning of the penultimate whorl ; the collumella is twisted, with a fold, but the latter becomes obsolete at the aperture, not terminating in a tooth, Mr. Blanford, therefore, very properly stated that Mecida must only be considered as a subdivision of Diplommatina, on which point there can be no doubt. I have seen the animal of Nic. liricincta, and it is exactly like that of Diplommatina, It does not appear to me at allimprobable that Arinia and Nicida will have to be united into a single subgenus ; Sowerby’s figure of minus is rather in favour of this view, but I have not that species for comparison and in order to settle the relation which is supposed to exist between Arinia and Micida, it is absolutely necessary that the internal structure of the ultimate and penultimate whorls of the two species of Arima be compared with these same parts of the shell of Mierda. If a twisted columella and a parietal rib do not exist in Arinia, the genus will have probably to be placed near Callia and Streptaulus in the Pupinipm. With regard to Mr. Blanford’s three other species of MWicida: N. mtidula shews a very slight constriction of the penulti- mate whorl, and Milgirica (the type) and Luirkanki have it very distinctly developed externally. They, therefore, only differ from Diplommatina by the thin structure of their shells, and by the want of transverse costulation on the whorls. To sum up—we have in the Diplommatina group of PNEuMo- NOPOMA, Ist, the genus Diplommatina, with the subgenera (a) Palaina (of the type of P. pyramis, Semp.), (6), Moussonia, (with the type Mouss. problematica (alias typica), the subgenus being only admissible, 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—otes on terrestrial Mollusca. 157 if the penultimate whorl has no trace of a constriction,—(c), Diancta (with the only species D. constricta), only admissible if there be no tooth or truncate columella in the aperture ; (d), Arinia (type A, minus) and (e), Nicida, Blanf. (type VV. Nilgirica), the latter ad- missible as distinct from the former, if Arinva has no internal parietal plait and the columella not twisted. Mousson’s numer- ous species of Diancta are certainly nothing but Diplommatine, and I also very much doubt whether there is sufficient reason for re- taining Paxillus as distinct from Diplommatina. 2nd, Clostophis of Benson, I have not been successful in the discovery of a specimen at the Farm-caves, or in any other locality about Moulmein, 3rd Opisthostoma, Blanf., is a good distinct genus of the Dirtom- MATINIDE, Sub-fam. ALYCHINA. The only interesting species, which I found on the limestone hills south of Moulmein, is the very rare Alyceus Richthofent, BIf., (Contrib. Indian Malacol., No. 4, Journ. A. B. for 1863, vol. xxxii, p. 824), Only a single specimen occurred. Blanford’s description is excellent. Fam. HELICINIDA. Sub-fam. HYDROCENINZ. Georissa* liratula, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 5. Geo. testa globoso-conica, solida, imperforata, carneo-luteola ; anfractibis 3-34, convexis, sutura profunda simplici junctis, primo apicem subobtusum formante mammillato, leevigato, luteolo vel rubescente, ceeteris supra (infra suturam) paululum depressius- eulis, spiraliter liratis, liris acutis, simplicibus, fere eequidistanti- bus, in anf. penultimo 6-7, in ultimo 9-10, basi convexa, centrali- ter minute multistriata; apertura semilunari, altitudine fere spiram eequante, haud dilatata; labro simplici, curvato, intus striato, labio incrassato, albido, adnato, intus rectiusculo, levi. Operculum tes- taceum, tenue, diaphanum, latiuscule semilunare, (nucleo excentrico), *T prefer keeping Georissa as distinct from Hydrocena in the hope of examining the animals of both the typical species at an early date. For the ; relation of the two genera vide W. Blanford in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. for November, 1870. 158 F. Stolizcka-—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, striis incrementi rugulosis vestitum, intus ad nucleum apendice tenui, longo, lateraliter sub marginem columellarem projiciente, instructum. Diam. maj. 1°8, d. min. 1°5, alt. testze 2°2, alt. ult. anf. ad aper- turam fere 1°0, lat. apert. 0°7 m.m. Animal sordide rubescente albidum, rostro lato, nigricante, ten- taculis brevissimis, vix projicientibus, latis, medio fere confluen- tibus, oculos parvos supra, ad basin et paulo lateraliter sitos, gerentibus ; pede breve, subovato, pallido. Habitat. Damotha, prope Moulmein, frequens. I found this species common on the limestone hill near Damo- tha together with Diplommatina carneola, and others. It is mostly allied to the Khasi hill species G. sarrita, Bens., but is more globose and a little more numerously spirally ribbed. It also appears to be closely allied to Benson’s G. Rawesiana (Ann, and Mag. N. H., 3rd ser., vol. vi, p. 193), but on comparing the description of the former it seems unjustifiable to identify both. Benson says: “ con- fertim spiraliter striata ;” this could hardly apply to the rather strong and by no means very numerous spiral ribs of Jiratula. Far- ther Benson says “ apice obtuso ;” he could hardly have overlooked the mamillate form of the first smooth whorl of liratula, forming the apex. I never observed in the last species, four complete whorls which Rawesiana is said to possess. The measurements of both very nearly agree, but Rawesiana would seem to be a more slender shell. Benson gives the height of his shell as 2, and the diam. (largest of course) as 1°5 m.m. ; in specimens of /iratula with a height of 2 mm. the greatest diam. never appears to be below 1°6, generally a little more. There is also no perceptible impression at the umbilical region in liratula. In other respects both species appear fairly to agree. Georissa Blanfordiana, Stol.; pl. vi, fig. 6. Geo. testa globoso conoidea, imperforata, moderate solidula, luteola, apice rubescente, mammillato, levissimo; anfractibus 33, convexiusculis, transversaliter striis incrementi minutis tectis, sublevigatis; ultimo ad peripheriam rotundato, in altitudine spiram subzequante ; apertura late semilunari:; labro, uniforme cur- 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. 159 vato, postice (vel supra) angulata; labio incrassato, levissime arcuato, supra paululum dilatato, infra angustiore. Diam. maj. 1°2, d. min. 1:0, alt. teste. 1'8; alt. ult. anf. ad apert. 0°8; lat. apert. obliq. 0°5. Operculum animalque non vidi. Hab, ‘‘ Farm caves’’ prope Moulmein. A single specimen of this species was found in the same locality from which G Rawsiana, Bens., was described. It differs from all known Georisse by the absence of spiral striation. The form of the shell is very much the same as that of the previous species. Group. HELICACHA. Fam. STREPTA XID. Dohrn in 1866, (Maloco-zoologische Bleetter, vol. xiii, p. 129), proposed te unite Streptaxis, Ennea and Streptostele into a separate group, for which he suggested the name Srreprocionipm. There does not appear to be any reason, why we should deviate from the generally introduced custom in selecting the family name from that generic one which includes the most typical forms of the group, and this genus is in the present case Séreptaxis. The family has already been pointed out by Dr. J. E. Gray, in 1860, (Ann. and Mag. N. H., vi, p. 268), under the name StrEPraxip”®, The three above noticed genera, (each of which includes several characteristic sections), have the following characters common : a thin hyaline or a thicker alabastrine shell with very thin, deci- duous epidermis, an expanded lip of the aperture, producing in the course of growth a transverse costulation of the whorls, the last of which somewhat deviates from the axis of the spire; the columella is always thickened and often toothed, or provided with a pro- jecting lamella. Dohrn appropriately pointed out the striking relations of the shells of the three genera by quoting the following parallelism : “ Streptaxis is helicoid, Ennea pupoid, and Séreptostele achatinoid.”’ The same author does not describe the animal of Streptostele and its anatomy, probably because they are very similar to those of Streptaxis and Ennea. I have examined several species of the _ latter two genera, and they all agree in the usual bright, yellow or red colouring, extending over the greater part of the body, or being 20 160 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, restricted to the head; the anterior part of the body is always long, extensible, and the posterior short; the peduncles are long, subcylindrical, but the tentacles much shorter, exactly as in the Heicipz. The mantle is thickened, generally with a short lobe, or a thickening, on each side of the pulmonary orifice. The internal organisation closely corresponds with that of the Hxti1crpa, except that the esophagus is below produced in a tough cylindrical tube, which contains the radula in the form of a narrowly curved sheath ; the tube is attached by a special strong muscle to the re- tractor of the body (see pl. viii, fig. 2). The teeth of the radula are very simple, subconical, pointed, from 40-60 in each transverse row. A special jaw is, as far as observations have been made, not developed. All the species which I have observed were found under stones, or trees, and old wood, or under dead leaves and other organic sub- stances. Whether, or not, the species are carnivorous, as stated by Gray, I have not been able to verify. They are oviparous, like the Bulime. Considering the form of the teeth, the Srrepraxip#@ are closely allied to the TzsTaceLLipm, next to which they are also classed by Gray. Both families agree in the great length of the anterior part of the body and in the more or less secluded habitat. But upon inspection of the anatomy of Testacella, as given by Cuvier, I fail to notice the peculiarity of the long cylindrical tube containing the radula; this appears to be a good reason for accepting Gray’s classi- fication of Zestacella, with Daudebardia, in a separate family. A third group containing some of the anatomical characters of Streptaxis is represented by Glandina, but Cylindrella and its allies belong to the Hxxicipm, as lately shewn by Crosse and Fischer. SrrePTaxis, Gray. This genus characterizes in India the Malayan fauna, most of the species being found either on the higher hills of South India, or in North-Eastern Bengal, and from thence southwards through the whole of Burma and the Tenasserim provinces. The greater number of the species, occurring in this extensive zoological province, are distinguished by asingle parietal plait in the aperture, only 1871 | F. Stoliczka—Notles on terrestrial Mollusca. 161 few possess also small teeth on the outer and columellar lips. The same group of Streptaxis, with a single parietal fold, also extends to the islands of the Indian Archipelago and to China on the one, Mauritius and the Seychelles on the other hand. The animals of Streptaxis are characterized, as already noticed, by the great length of the anterior part of the body,* while the posterior part, or the foot, is very short and often barely protrudes beyond the apex of the shell, when the azimal creeps about. The sole of the foot is usually grooved along the middle, but not distinctly. I am not aware that the anatomy of any of the Indo-Malayan species of Streptaxis has been published, and I give, therefore, a short account of that of S¢. odtusus and Burmanicus. St. obtusus. ‘An inspection of fig. 1, on pl. viii, will shew that in the main points the organs are quite similarly arranged as in the Hxticipm, only with some modifications adapted to the shape of the animal. The mantle is above, at the pulmonary orifice, con- siderably produced, receding ventrally, but remaining entire, On the inner side it has near the margin an elongated, thickened appendage on each side of the pulmonary opening. The pulmonary cavity itself is very long, but the lungs narrow, the reticulations being very fine and mostly simple. The digestive system differs from all Hexicrp# which I have examined, by the peculiar develop- ment of the buccal parts. The mouth is wide, and immediately behind it, where it makes an angle, lies the nervous ring, consist- ing above of two larger, and below of two smaller ganglions, the latter being connected by a narrower bridge than the former. Im- mediately behind the nervous ring, the buccal parts are produced into a cylindrical muscular tube which extends in a slight curve up to the end of the chief retractor muscle of the body, where it is firmly attached by a special, thick, muscle. A few separated threads connect the mouth direct with the anterior end of the retractor. The ring-muscles forming the outer layer of the tube are almost horny, or at least very tough. The longitudinal muscles form- ing the internal layer are much softer, but considerably thicker. _ * See pl. viii, fig. 6. Streptawis Pfeifferianus from Oamorta, one of the Nicobar islands. Body bright yellow, pedicles coral red, this colour tinging the back. Lives under dead leaves in forests. 162 F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, The radula is very long, but the teeth are generally only on its anterior portion well developed. The alimentary canal branches off near the upper anterior end of the sheath of the radula ; a short distance from its origin it is somewhat widened and then passes into the stomach, which has no appendages. The intestines make only one simple turn. The rectum is accompanied by a narrow albuminous gland, which has its duct at the lower end of the rectum. Salivary glands moderately broadly linguiform, thin, each attached by a long thread behind the issue of the esophagus from the sheath. Kidney large, of a pale livid colour, subquadr- angular, lanceolately prolonged on the side of the heart; the duct is on the right side and accompanies the rectum in its entire length, lying on the left side of it. The retractile muscle of the body is not very long, but strong. Its terminal end is almost quite horny ; it is, so to say, the seat in which all muscular action appears to be concentrated. I have already noticed that the mouth is attached by a few direct muscles to the retractor; thesame is also the case with the penis retractor and the muscles of the generative organs. ‘The eye-pedicles also have their origin there, joining the retractor at about halfits length. The generative organs are of a simple form. The oviduct is thickened near the end; the uterus, as usually, foliated, terminating with an elongated albuminous gland of moderate size; the herma- phrodite duct very much twisted and long ; the hermaphrodite gland small, composed of a cluster of tubes, The receptaculum seminis is small, its peduncle as long as the uterus to which it is grown to almost in its entire length. Vas deferens very short, without any appendages. Penis short, very muscular, attached by a very long thin muscle, almost horny towards the end. In two specimens, (one of Sz. obtusus and the other of Burmanicus), I found the anterior end of the uterus somewhat enlarged ; it contained a few large eggs. They were perfectly spherical, but as the specimens had been in spirit for a long time, nothing was discernible in the solidified yolkemass, Hach egg was enclosed in a white calcareous skin, which was still quite flexible, but no doubt turns into a solid caleareous shell after it has been deposited. The Streptazxes, therefore, appear to be oviparous, like the Bulim?, Achating and other He.icipam. i871] F’. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 163 I have not been able to find a distinct jaw, either in obtusus, Bur- manicus, Pferferianus or Andamanicus. The upper lip is only slightly thickened on the upper side, where the jaw should be situated. The radula is long, narrow, the lateral margin on either side curved upward ; itis composed of numerous, very angular series of simple, almost straight, sharply pointed, teeth, provided below with a small projection. They are very different from those of the Heicrpa, but, as already noticed, strongly resemble those of Testacella. There appear to be from 40-50 teeth in each row. The anatomy of St. Burmanicus is very similar to that of obtusus, A few unimportant differences I shall notice further on. I have also examined St. Andamanicus and Pfeiferianus, and found their anatomical characters quite similar to those of obtwsus. The form of the teeth appears to be particularly characteristic. 1. Srrepraxis Burmanticvs, BIf., pl. vii, figs. 5, 6, 7. 1865, J. A. S. B. vol. XXIV, pl. ii, p. 81 and p. 95.—Haunley and Theobald, Conch, Indica, pl. viii, fig. 10, (non fig. 5). 2. STREPTAXIS Buanrorpianus, Theob., pl. vii, figs. 8, 9. J. A.S. B., vol. xxiv, p. 245, et Conch. Ind., pl. viii, fig. 5, (non fig. 10). These two species are closely allied to each other. Blanford’s description must stand as that of true Burmanicus, of which fig. 5 pl. vil, represents a characteristic specimen. Itisa globosely in- flated shell with a subconic, slightly oblique spire, the antepenulti- mate whorl laterally barely projecting, in a front view, beyond the periphery of the last whorl. In Mr. Theobald’s description of Burmanicus characters are noticed which only apply to his Blanfor- dianus ; the description must have been taken from specimens of both the species. Specimens, agreeing in shape and size with typical forms of Burmanicus from Arracan, also occur at Tonghoo, where they were collected by Mr. Theobald, (see pl. vii, fig. 5). On the hill of the great Pagoda at Rangoon, I found a smaller variety. Two forms of this latter are represented in figs. 5 and 6." The aperture is slightly more produced and narrower, but the charac- teristic form of the whorls and their volution are retained. The animal has the anterior part of the body, as usually, very 164 F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, long and the foot posteriorly very short and depressed, below with a median, slight, groove, The general colour of the body is yellow- ish, with small brownish warts and some indistinct strize above, to- wards the head vermilion red ; pedicles vermilion, long, with the eyes on rather large bulgings ; tentacles short and paler red. The lips of the mouth possess above small protuberances which are used as tasters when the animal moves about; foot narrow, white ; edge of mantle very pale yollowish. The upper portion of the mantle has internally on the left side of the pulmonary opening a double appendage: externally a small rim and next below it a longer linguiform appendage. On the other side of the pulmonary orifice there is a similar appendage, only a little shorter than the last. Both are tough, solid and generally of a brownish colour. Besides this there is a small appendage at the umbilical region. The general organisa- tion is the same as in obtusus, only the receptaculum seminis is thinner and smaller, the vas deferens longer ; the salivary glands are larger and broader, the albuminous gland is elongately and somewhat ir- regularly ovate, it lies at the beginning of the rectum and does not extend along it; the kidney is elongately quadrangular, slightly produced on the anterior end of the side of the heart; it is of a dark green colour, composed of large, (in spirit specimens) quite opake, cells, The teeth are very similar to those of ebtusus, perhaps a little stouter, (see pl. vii, fig. 5). In the “ Conch. Indica” the two species have been exactly trans- posed. Fig. 5, which is cited as Burmanicus is a typical form of Blanfordianus, on the contrary, fig. 10 which is stated to be the last named species appears to be taken from a Rangoon variety of Bur- manicus. Such mistakes in a work specially devoted to illustrations of Indian shells are really deplorable ! St. Blanfordianus is distinguished from Burmanieus by a more depressed and elongated form, the last whorl being more obliquely extended, so as to allow the previous one considerably to project with its rounded edge beyond the periphery of the last whorl. The spire is in the former species generally slightly prominent, but the costula- tion of the whorls more crowded and intersected by mere strize, except 1871. | F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 165 towards the aperture; the size is also smaller. Mr. Theobald’s typical specimen had beside the parietal fold a small tooth about the middle of the inner side of the outer lip, as shewn in fig. 8; this specimen perfectly equals in size the type. However, the tooth on the outer lip, upon which Mr. Theobald strongly relied as a dis- tinctive character, is not constant. I found a specimen exactly similar to the type on the Rangoon Pagoda, but without an outer tooth ; and quite similar specimens have also been collected by Mr. Fedden in the Shan States. The same, but slightly larger, variety occurs in Pegu; this is represented in fig. 9, pl. vi. Its only difference consists in size, approaching that of Burmanicus. Mr. Blanford (1. c. p. 95,) considered the form, called by Theobald Blanfordianus, as identical with Benson’s Andamanicus, and both certainly are most closely allied to each other. I possess numerous specimens of the last species, and most of them seem, as compared with Blanfordianus, a little more longitudinally stretched ; all have the spire peculiarly depressed,* the whorls being separated by rather deep sutures, and are somewhat convex above; the costulation also appears to be a little coarser and the umbilicus more spacious ; but all these distinctions are only relative, and it is very difficult to ap- preciate them without a large number of specimens for comparison. The animal of Blanfordianus is very similar to that of Burmani- cus, except that the yellow and red colours are paler. The com- parative measurements} of the two species are: Burmanicus. Blanfordianus. Typical. Var. Typical. Var. Var. mag. Diam. Map, xcs... 10-5 8°-8°6 73 76 9° m.m. oe) WS RENO: 5a'iaia's 6 76 6°-5°8 5° 5 6-2 m. MRO, eivicree.s) F 6:2-6°6 Bro ery aes ae ——_— —_—S eee ee eee —_s ee Arracan, Rangoon Pegu. Shan Pegu. Pagoda, States, * Fig. 6, pl. viii, given in the “Conch. Indica,” is in this respect not a characteristic one. + In taking the height of Streptawis the shell is placed in such a position that the axis of the upper regularly coiled whorls stands vertical, the two last whorls always somewhat deviate from the direction of this axis. 166 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. fNo. 2, Streptaxis solidulus, Stol., pl. vii, fig. 10. St. testa ovato-conoidea, moderate umbilicata, albida, solida; anfractibus 7, primis 5 regularibus, spiram exsertam, late conicam, formantibus, duobus ultimis modice deviantibus, omnibus planius- culis, seu subconvexis, sutura impressa simplici junctis, transversim conferte costulatis: costulis flexuosis, in ultimo anfractu distan- tioribus, basi obsoletis; apertura late subquadrangulari: labio tenui prope medium uniplicato, labro intus levi, undique planate reflexiusculo ; diam. maj. 12, d. min. 9°3, axis 9, alt. testao 11-2, lat. aperture, marg. incl., 7°2, alt. ap. 5°2 m.m. Hab. Prope Moulmein, provintia Tenasserim. A moderately large tumid and solid form, with rather flattened whorls and a prominent broadly conical spire ; the first two whorls are generally quite smooth, the remaining transversely costulated, the ribs being on the last whorl a little more distant from each other, than on the previous ones; on the base they become quite obsolete. Only a few specimens were found by Mr. Theobald at Yethebian- koo on the Attaran river, south-east of Moulmein. Streptaxis obtusus, Stol., pl. vii, figs. 11, 12, 18, and pl. viii, figs. 1-4. St. testa oblique ovata, tumida, apice obtusa, antice sensim atte- nuata, perforata; anfractibus 7, quinque superioribus regularibus, supra convexiusculis, antepenultimo paulo obliquo, ultimo modice deviante, aperturam versus compressiusculo ; peripheria in juniori- bus (fig. 18) rotundate subangulata, in adultis fere uniforme con- vexa; anf. omninis suturis impressis junctis, in superficie arcuatim conferte costulatis: costulis ad basin (in junioribus depressiuscu- lam, in adultis convexiorem) obsoletis; umbilico ad marginem rotundato ; apertura obliqua, postice (aut supra) lata et recta, antice (vel infra) fere uniforme angustatim rotundata ; labio tenui, plica una parietali subcentrali instructo ; labro incrassato, externo paulo arcuato, intus ad medium obsolete dentato, columellari rectiusculo, supra medium distincte dentato. - te” ier ge FOr. er ‘ie 3 ee >. Sak 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestial Mollusca. 167 Adult fig. 11. Sun. fig. 12. PRETO sia , pale’ di atdle wo aed cis lel lv ald 10°4 9°3 m.m. PIO, pe Meise ie cee es cebu pa Of as Mittado, l.o.6. 2.3. +e ARERR hase ae Hab. Prope Moulmein, provincia Tenasserim. This species is readily recognised from others by its remarkably obtuse, almost pupoid form, and comparatively regular growth of the whorls ; there is a distinct tooth on the columellar lip present, and another tooth is generally also traceable on the op- posite outer lip, though not so well defined as the former. In younger specimens the penultimate whorl is subangulate at the periphery and laterally somewhat projecting, but in older shells this angulation generally becomes less distinct and often quite disappears. The whole shell is densely costulated except at the base, where the ribs are oily traceable in the umbilical cavity. The animal is pale yellow with a beautifully yellowish red tinge on the upper anterior part of the body, which is, as usually, much longer than the posterior; the pedicles are also red, and the ten- tacles paler and very short; edge of mantle considerably thickened, whitish. Other details have already been recorded in my obser- vations on the anatomy of the genus. The species has been found on the limestone hills south of Moul- mein, where it does not appear to be rare. Young specimens, as long as the whorls are regularly coiled, closely resemble Benson’s Heliz bombax, (Ann. and Mag. N. H., 8rd ser., III, p. 186), but they do not possess such a great difference between the longer and shorter diameter, as given by Benson of bombax, (no doubt a young Streptaxis), in which the inner whorls are much closer wound (compare Conch, Indica, pl. XX XI, figs. 1 and 4). An illus- tration of a young shell of S¢. obtusus is given on pl. vu, fig. 13; the peristome is slightly reflected. 5. Srrepraxis Sanxeyanus, Bens., pl. vii, fig. 14. 1859, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., III, p. 472.—Hanley and Theobald, Conch, Ind., pl. viii, fig. 72. The characteristic given by Benson is’excellent ; it is not neces- sary to repeat it. The species is readily known by its strong carina- 21 168 F. Stoliezka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, tion of the ante-penultimate whorl and its solid structure ; it is waxy yellow when fresh and the fine costulation does not become obsolete at the base, as usual in other allied species. The largest specimen measures : diam. maj. 11, min. 73, alt. 8 m.m. The figure in Hanley and Theobald’s “ Conch. Indica” does not appear to represent this species, but rather the next. The upper side of the penultimate whorl is never so gibbous and the aper- ture, I believe, never so truncate and biangular in front, as shewn in that figure; it is moreover always narrowly rounded. The young shell consisting of the first 5 whorls is, as usually, quite regularly coiled, carinated at the periphery, and only dis- tinguished from similarly formed species of Hetrompm by having the outer lip above always somewhat produced and peculiarly sinuous. The animal is uniform pale yellowish white, often slightly more yellowish on the fore part of the body. Hab. This species was met with only on the limestone hills at the so-called ‘‘Farm-caves,” the original locality where it was described from. 5. Streptaxis Hanleyanus, Stol., pl. vii, fig. 15. Streptaxis testa parva, oblique elongata, angusta, profunde ac late umbilicata, griseo albida; anfractibus 63, supra et infra striis filiformibus, arcuatis confertisque tectis, primis cire. quatuor, spiram sub-conoideam formantibus, regulariter involutis, antepenul- timo ad peripheriam acute carinato, duobus ultimis valde devianti- bus, et lateraliter productis ; basi subangulato convexa; apertura fere rectangulariter elongata, angusta: labio parietali tenui, medio lamella valde projiciente instructo, labro paulo incrassato, undique reflexo, intus levigato, supra prope suturam conspicuiter insinua- to; diam. maj, 7°5, d. min. 48 ; axis 3°, alt. testee 4:5; lat. apert. marginibus inclus. 4°2, alt. apert. 2-2 m.m. Hab, Prope Moulmein, ad flumen Attaran. T have only lately received a single specimen of this interesting species through Mr, Theobald. It is allied to St. Sankeyanus, and it does not appear improbable that’ Hanley and Theobald’s fig, 7, \ ise hn . i a i eee a me = Ce 1871. | F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 169 on pl. viii., in the ‘‘ Conch. Indica,” rather represents the present species than the former, although it is very difficult to form a correct idea from such an insufficient illustration, as that given in the above quoted work. The form of the aperture and the natural size of the shell, noted by Hanley and Theobald, certainly do not in the least agree with Benson’s Sankeyanus. St. Hanleyanus is not only a smaller and more depressed shell, than the last, but it is very much narrower, with the last whorl “more largely umbilicated, the aperture being also longer and more regularly rectangular. The whorls are finely costulated above and below in both species. Genus. ENNEA, H. and A. Adams. Sub-Genus. HUTTONELLA, Pfr. If we consider LH. bicolor, Hutton, as the type of Huttonella, this sub-genus includes a small number of Hnnee, possessing a more or less sub-cylindrical form and four pliciform teeth in the aperture, Two of the teeth are placed at each side of the prosterior (or upper) angle of the mouth, producing a sort of a canal, in which terminates the pulmonary orifice and the anus. The columellar fold is peculiarly flattened and projecting, somewhat resembling the columellar expansion of Clausilia; the fourth tooth is usually small, situated at the base of the outer lip. Most characteristic are the two folds, or teeth, at the posterior angle of the-aperture. 1. Hynes { Hurronerza] sicotor, Hutton, pl. viii, fig. 7-8, Pfr. Mon. Hel. Suppl. V, p. 456. Burmese specimens from Rangoon and Moulmein are quite iden- tical with those found about Calcutta and India generally, and the Ceylon and Mauritius form certainly does not differ specifically from them. Some shells appear to attain sooner their adult state than others, having the aperture perfectly developed with a length of only 34 m.m., others grow up to7 and 8m.m. The identity of Ennea bicolor, with EE. mellita, Gould, and Ceylanica, Pfr., can hardly be disputed. The supposed peculiarity, pointed out by Pfeiffer in the last named species, and referring to the shortness of the last whorl, is by no means constant in Ceylon and South 170 F. Stoliczka— Notes. on terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 2, Indian specimens. The denticulations near the suture are generally distinct, but in large specimens they often become almost obsolete. I doubt even that Pfeiffer’s #. Pirriec is anything more than a large bicolor. ‘The short stout form called by Martens, (Ost. Asiat. Moll. p. 384), var. abbreviata I have obtained at Singapore; it has a thin, almost hyaline structure, but the whole character is, no doubt, that of EF. bicolor. The animal has a long body, laterally strongly compressed, pos-_ teriorly shortened, though on the whole a little more produced than in Streptaxis, more or less distinctly yellowish ; on the head reddish ; pedicles long, slightly thickened at the end, their external skin is yellow, but the internal eye-bearing peduncles are vermilion, eyes very small ; tentacles small, pale reddish ; mantle deep red, and so is also the whole of the internal lining of the shell which exhibits the same, deeper, or brighter red colour as soon as the animal moves about. When retracted only the median whorls appear as deep red. Boiling water changes in a moment the red colour to a greenish yellow, spirits of wine does it only gradually. ‘The lateral line of the foot is rather distinct. The mantle is only slightly swollen on either side of the pulmo- nary opening, rarely produced into a distinct lobe. The internal anatomy exactly corresponds with that of Streptaxis. The pulmo- nary cavity extends over the two last whorls when the animal creeps about; the distance can be well calculated by the position of the heart which lies at the base of the pulmonary cavity. The uterus consists of more deeply incised lobes than in Streptaxis. No jaw has been observed. The radula is very long, the sides curved up like asheath of a bambd leaf. ‘There are between 80 and 90 trans- verse series of teeth, arranged in a moderate curve. The centre tooth is short, sharply pointed with a rapidly widened base. The adjoining and following teeth are longer, slightly curved, sharply pointed and with a blunt knob near their bases ; their size gradually decreases as they proceed outward. There are only 19 teeth in each transverse series (9—1—9). The animal of Huttonella bicolor lives generally hidden under ‘ha wood, stones, and between damp gravel, particularly near the edges oftanks. Its movements are rather rapid. It is spread almost 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 171 all over India and Burma and the Malayan Peninsula. I have, however, not obtained it anywhere on the higher elevations of the southern slopes of the Himalayas, and it is probably also absent in the desert country of North-East India. 2. Hnnea [Huttonella] cylindrelloidea, n. sp., pl. vii, fig. 4. Ennea testa cylindracea, alba, apice obtusa, medio latissima, basi paulo contracta, anguste rimata; anfractibus 10, convexiusculis, suturis profundis sejunctis, primis tribus levigatis, hyalinis, ceteris confertim transversaliter costulatis, ultimo ad basin rotundate cari- nato, prope aperturam dissoluto, paulum descendente; apertura paulo obliqua, rotundate ovata, marginibus expansiusculis cireumda- ta, supra prope angulum posteriorem lamella obliqua crassissimé, intrante, valde coarctata, dente opposito in labro externo nonunquam irregulariter mamillato; lamella parietali profunde sita. Altit. testee 5, lat. ad medium 1°8 ; alt. apert. 0:9, lat. 0°8 m.m. - Animal lutescente albidum. Hab. Damotha, prope Moulmein ; provincia Tenasserim. This is a very marked form of Hnnea, readily distinguished from its allies by the cylindric shape of the shell and the separation of the margins of the aperture from the previous whorl; in this re- spect resembling some of the West Indian Cylindrelle. I found only very few specimens between the roots of plants near the lime- stone rocks at Damotha, N. EH. of Moulmein; the species appears to be extremely rare. Fam. PUPIDE. Pupa lignicola, n. sp., pl. vii, fig. 3. Pupa testa breviter tumide-ovata, subconica, cornea, vix rimata, apice obtusa; anfractibus 44, convexiusculis, costulis modice dis- tantibus, transversalibus, paulo arcuatis, nonnunquam striis tenui- oribus alternantibus, tectis, ad basin convecam obsoletis ; apertura subrotundata: labio tenuissimo, levi; rarissime denticulo parvulo mediano instructo; labro externo tenui, paululum dilatato, edentulo, in anfractum penultimum vix ascendente ; columella ad basin sensim expansitiscula, regionem umbilicalem tegente, torta, infra subdenti- Culata.. Diam. maj. 1°5; d, min. 1°25 alt: 2 m.m, 172 PF. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 2, Hab. Moulmein, provincia Tenasserim. The animal is grey with somewhat, darker, very short pedicles and almost obsolete tentacles. The columella of the shell is at the base peculiarly expanded, flattened, somewhat twisted, producing at the lower part a small denticle. Out of a great number of specimens only one was met with which has a small tooth about the middle of the inner or parietal lip; its presence, therefore, must be regarded as an exceptional character. The species was found on old masonry of the great Pagoda at Moulmein, and on the opposite bank of the river at Martaban on similar wooden structures. Hypselostoma Dayanum, n. sp., pl. vii, fig. 2. Hypselostoma testa minuta, conoidea, solidula, pallide brunnea, apice obtusiuscula, late profundeque perspective umbilicata; an- fractibus 4, convexis, suturis profundis sejunctis, primo leevigato, submammillato, ceteris striis inerementi subobsoletis notatis, ultimo maximo, fere plane voluto, supra ad peripheriam subangulato, deinde sensim angustiore et ad marginem umbilici rursus obtuse angulato; apertura fere verticali, vix descendente, conspicuiter dila- tata, subcirculari ; marginibus junctis, intus crassiusculis et plicose dentatis ; labio adnato modice expansiusculo, bidentato, dente superiore majore; labro six-dentato: dentibus duobus in regione columellari sitis subdistantibus, alteris duobus, in margine externo, similariter inter se remotis, sed duobus in marg. basali sitis ap- proximatis, parvis. Diam. maj. 1°1, d. min. 0°8; altitudo 1 m.m. Hab. Damotha, prope Moulmein. A single specimen of this very interesting species was found to- gether with Geortssa liratula, Dipplommatina erispata and carneola, &e., &c. on the limestone hill at Damotha. Itis the third known species of the genus. In general form it resembles Blanford’s HH. Bensonianum from near Ava, but differs in the shape of the last whorl and inthe dentition of the aperture. The latter is in both species almost vertical, not turned entirely upwards, as in the type of the genus, H. tubiferum. As regards form, the present species indicates still more distinctly the affinities of Hypselostoma to Pupa, than does MH. Bensonianum, 1871. | F, Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca, 173 IT have not seen the animal of HZ. Dayanum, but that of tubi- Jerum was noticed by Blanford, and observed by myself. The speci- mens I saw were pale grey; they had the eye pedicles rather more elongated than usually in species of Pupa, and more resembling those of Helix; the tentacles at the base of the rostrum were very minute, both blackish. The rostrum itself is thick and very minutely notched at the front edge. The foot is short, ovately elongated, roundly truncate posteriorly. The animal, when moving, carries its shell in a reverse position (see pl. vil, fig. 1). On the whole it greatly resembles that of Anostoma, as figured by Fischer in Journ. de Conch, for 1869, Vol. ix, pl. xi, figs. 1-2. Fam. CLAUSILUDA. Crausit1a Drap. A short time ago only very few species bolonging to this genus were known from the Indian regions, but the number is consider- ably increasing. It is a noteworthy fact that nearly all the species at present on record characterize the so-called Malayan fauna. Several species were lately described by E. v. Martens and others from Sumatra and adjacent islands. I have two new species from Penang ; one was recorded by Pfeiffer and Dunker from the Nicobars ; a single specimen of a species, apparently identical with one from Penang, was obtained by me on the Andaman islands. From Burma C. insignis and vespa, Gld., C. Philippiana and Gouldiana, Pfr., C.bulbus, Bens., fusiformis, Blf., and tuba, Hanley (Conch. Indica, pl. xxiv, fig. 9,) were made known. Theobald described Cl. Mlasoni, which with the last mentioned species, belongs to a peculiar type of Clau- selia, having as its close ally Troschel’s Cl. Peruana, classed by H. and A, Adams and Albers in the subgenus Wenia. Mr. Theobald also obtained about Moulmein and in eastern Pegu several as yet un- described species. From the Khasi hills, Benson described Cl. loxo- stoma, and C. bacillum of Benson was recently figured in the Conch. Indica. There are, however, at least three other species* from the same regions, mostly collected by Major Godwin-Austen. Cl, Jos, Bens., is from Darjeeling, while Cl. cylindrica, Gray, is as yet the * These and other new species will be described by Mr. W, Blanford, in his forthcoming Monograph of the Indian species of this genus. 174 F. Stoliczka—wWotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, only species which extends along the Southern slopes of the Hima- layas westwards into the Sutlej valley. As no anatomical account has yet been published of any of the Indian species, I shall give a few details of Cl. Philippiana which, with Cl. budbus, ( ? vespa), anda small form allied to Philppiana, represents a peculiar little group of vespiform Clausilie from the neighbourhood of Moulmein. CravusitiA [PHEpusa] Puirppiana, Pfr., pl. vi, fig. 7-10. Mon. Hel., vol. ii, p. 423; Kiister. Syst. Conch.-Kabinet, Clausilia, p. 100, pl. xi, hea-o: Without Kiister’s figure it would be difficult to identify Pfeiffer’s species, that author’s description being in several respects barely sufficient. Pfeiffer says regarding the 6 whorls ‘‘ primi 6 palanius- culi ;” this is strictly speaking not the case; it is the apex which is invariably obliquely flattened or obtuse, but all the whorls are distinctly convex, and the three upper ones almost more so than the following. Thetop, or embryonal whorl becomes quite solid in adults. Further on, Pfeiffer says : ‘‘ plica subcolumellaris immersa,”’ while that fold is perfectly distinctly traceable in the aperture. There are 7 or 8 palatal ribs on the outer lip, the uppermost below the suture is the longest, the following short. The lower palatal plaits become less distinct in old specimens, than they are inthe adolescent horny and transparent shells, but they never appear to become obsolete. The other characters relating to the structure and the dimensions, noted by Pfeiffer, agree well with the Moulmein shell, except that the oblique longitudinal diameter of the aperture is rarely 7 m.m. ; usually it is only 63 m.m. in speci- mens the total height of which is 21 m.m. Pfeiffer’s reference to the relation of Cl. Philippiana with insignis is not well chosen ; few shells could be more different than these two; but judging from the description of Gould’s Cl. vespa, this form must be very closely allied to Philippiana. The description is brief, but there is strictly speaking nothing in it which could not equally well apply to the last named species. | . A very closely allied species has also lately been obtained by Mr. Theobald at Nattung, on the Attaran river, near Moulmein. 1871.] EF. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. 175 It has quite the form of Philippiana, but is one third smaller, has one whorl less and the last whorl is comparatively a little more stretched. It appears to be a constant form and will probably deserve a separate specific name. Hab. Common at the Farm-caves near Moulmein on limestone hills. id The animal of Cl. Philippiana is black with a greenish tinge on the posterior part of the body, which is covered with rather coarse warts; the pedicles are moderately elongated, pinkish, slightly swollen at the tips which bear the small eyes centrally; tentacles very short, but distinct; foot moderately elongated, strong, posteri- erly obtusely pointed, The clausilium is thin, white, somewhat broader than the ex- panded, and also white, portion of the columella, on which it reclines when the animal protrudes out efits shell. When closed, the exter- nal edge of the clausilium rest on the palatal folds; this appear to have the object of preventing the shell being closed hermetical- ly, that is, to admit a little air even when the animal has retracted the body in the shell, which it can do far behind the clausilium. The mantle has a free entire edge, and is internally somewhat thickened, especially on either side of the pulmonary orifice, At the place of the labial fold the edge is simply grooved. Cor- responding to the columellar rib the groove is much stronger and deeper, extending with free raised edges to the mantle- margin. The lewer (or anterior) of these lamellar edges is se- micircularly enlarged, and towards the end folded over; it se- eretes the columellar fold, with its internal laminar projection for the support of the clausilium. The upper (or posterior) edge is smaller and evidently secretes the clausilium; it becomes folded over the former when the animal protrudes out of its shell. As regards the internal structure there is nothing very distinct from the anatomy of the Henicipm, as may be seen by a comparison of figure 8 on pl. vi, and the explanation accompanying it. The pulmonary cavity is narrow and long, the mantle for- ming it being rather thick and of a deep pinkish black colour. The kidney is of a large sub-triangular form, and one portion of it almost entirely envelopes the heart. The mouth is small and the 22 176 F’. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2, salivary glands lie immediately behind it, covering the anterior part of the alimentary canal, while in most Hexticipm, they are on long peduncles and situated at the lower anterior base of the stomach. The oral parts and the salivary glands are pinkish grey. The intestines make only a slight bent and the rectum is accom- panied by a very narrow albuminous gland, along which also the duct leading from the kidney appears to lay. The retractor muscle of the body is divided in two very broad and strong parts; they are attached to the anterior end of the food, below the mouth, and divide posteriorly again into several thin branches, The retractor muscles, supporting the buccal parts, are shorter and also bipartite. The nervous glanglion ring lies imme- diately behind the mouth and is covered up by the anterior part of the salivary glands; it is very thin and gives only a few very thin branches to the lips, the pedicles and to the generative organs, The small extent of the nervous system is very striking, as com- pared with the same organs in the HELicip# and Zoniriwm. The generative organs fill the anterior part of the body nearly entirely. The uterus is comparatively thin, of grey colour; the al- buminous gland (alg), attached to it, very large, nearly as long qs the uterus, and more than double its thickness. The receptacalum semi- nis (rs) is an oval pedunculated gland, laying either along the uterus, or obliquely across the body, a short distance below the hermaphrodite opening, enveloped in soft tissue. It is provided with a long appendage, attached along the uterus, and equal in length to it. This appendage (ad) contains an orange coloured, tough flagellum, filled with a whitish substance, and possibly represents, the arrow (or amatorial) sac. I have not observed the presence of spermatozoa in the so-called ‘receptaculum seminis;’ it was filled with flattened transparent bodies and some colouring matter. The vas deferens branehes off about half way from the uterus, makes a few twists, attaches itself to the tissue just below the hermaphrodite opening, and then shortly after becomes thickened, being at this place fixed with a small and thin retractile muscle. The penis makes three distinct twists, or almost coils ; it is very long and the terminal half is more thickened than the other; it ends with a thin flagellum. 1871.] W. E. Ayrton—Quant. Meth. of Test. Telg. Earth. 177 The jaw is semilunar, narrow, thin, concentrically very finely, and radiately distantly and indistinctly, striated, the anterior cou- cave edge is nearly perfectly entire. The radula is long, moderately narrow, commited of about 80 transverse, slightly angular series of teeth, there being 53 teeth in each series. The centre tooth is smaller than the adjoining, with a simple, inflected and pointed tip ; it is contracted towards the base, The 14 inner laterals are longer and stronger than the 12 outer laterals. They are all tri-cusped; at first the median cusp is by far the largest, gradually, the lateral increase in size, while at the same time the median cusp decreases, until on the outermost lateral teeth the three cusps are almost equal. On the whole the form of the teeth agrees better with that of the Hexicipm than with the Zonitips#. The dental formula is 12 + 14 — 1 — 14 + 12. Pon nnn nn on orn eee ON A QUANTITATIVE METHOD OF TESTING A “ TELEGRAPH EHArtu,’’— by W. E. Ayrton, Esa. [Received and read 6th April, 1871.] The method that has been used up to the present time for testing a telegraph “‘ earth’ has been a qualitative method only, that is to say, although it may in a rough way have answered the question, is an “earth” good or bad, it was quite unable to give any answer to the question, how good or how bad. In Europe the ordinary way to make an “‘earth” is to use the iron gas, or water pipes, but in most places in India such pipes do not exist, so that some large piece of metal has to be buried for this purpose. A coil of iron wire, a piece of an iron post, or a copper plate have been used at different times. Now as the nature of the ground in the immediate neighbourhood of this buried piece of metal greatly affects its electrical utility, it becomes a question of great practical importance to determine in absolute units the resistance of the ‘‘earth’”’ used in each particular case. The following method devised by Mr. Schwendler is at present in use in the Indian Telegraph Department. 178 W. E. Ayrton— Quantitative Method [No. 2, Select two other earths which are neither in metallic connection with each other nor with the telegraph earth to be tested. Two iron telegraph posts near the office answer the purpose very well, only care must be taken that there is perfect metallic contact be- tween the leading wire and the iron post in each case. In the dry season if would be advisable to pour water over the three ‘ earths’” used. Measure the resistance between each set of ‘ earths,” and in this way obtain three independent equations containing the three resistances of the three “ earths,’’ and the known resistances _ of the three leading wires going respectively from each ‘ earth’ to the testing arrangement. For instance calling x the resistance of the “earth” to be measured, that is, the resistance between the copper plate or iron wire (or whatever the ‘‘ earth” consists of) and the ground, and a the known resistance of the wire leading from this “earth” to the testing arrangement, y and z the resistances of the other two earths, and 8 andy the resistances of their leading wires we have— x+y+o+fP=r, ytz+R+y=r atx+tyto=r, /' From these three equations, eliminating y and z, we opie r,—-T, Ps ete And the question would be completely solved, if earth circuits did actually behave as simple metallic circuits. This is, however, not the case, For in the first place an “ earth” long used for telegra- phic purposes frequently acquires a highly polarized state, giving rise to a current. Secondly if the ‘‘earths’” used are not of the same material, for instance one an iron-post and the other a copper plate, they will form a galvanic element with the ground giving rise to acurrent. Thirdly a real earth current may exist from ter- restrial causes, and lastly the testing current itself polarizes the ‘‘earths.” Consequently the measurement of the same set of earths taken successively with positive and negative currents will — not agree, and they will differ from each other much, if the © current, due to the “earths,” is large in comparison with the test- — ing current itself. It, therefore, becomes necessary to devise some method by which trustworthy tests may be made, and to see how 2 i ma th ee Tee ce ho 1871. | of Testing a Telegraph Earth. 179 from the tests the real resistances of the ‘earths’ may be arrived at. Before and after each set of tests note the whole, or a definite portion, of the current caused by the two earths under measure- ment, by simply joining the two earths together through a galva- nometer and observing the deflection. If this deflection is practi- cally the same before and after the two tests with reverse currents, the ‘‘ earths”? have not altered their electrical condition while being tested, and the two values obtained may be used for further calcu- lation. In order to keep the electrical condition of the “earths” | constant, by preventing them becoming polarised by the testing current, it is necessary to measure with only momentary currents. The formula which gives the actual value of the resistance of a pair of earths from the two values obtained by testing with posi7 tive and negative currents depends, of course, on the kind of testing arrangement employed. Fora Wheatstone’s balance the formula is BF (A + B)(W’ + W") + Bf AcW'+W) +2 W'W"t AB (W’ + W’) +2 AF (A+B) + 2A°B ~ where A and B represent the branch resistances in the bridge, 3 en (I1)* A the resistance opposite to r the resistance to be measured, F the resistance of the testing battery, and W’ and W” the resistances unplugged respectively in the comparison coil to obtain balance when testing with reverse currents. Putting A equal to B, or testing with equal branches we have _ @F+A) Ms ey ee We (2 ee ae ee If W’ and W" are very nearly equal, or small compared with A and F we have ERD) rrtd Ww’ = Wy" If the instrument used a a differential galvanometer in which the two coils have equal resistance, but opposite magnetic momem- tum, then _ @F+6)(W' CW’ =") hei Wn Mee Wy! So Week oak Ge. * (See Appendix I, p. 181). + (See Appendix IT, p. 182). ft (See Appendix ITI, p. 183). _ Sa emia nee VE 180 W. E. Ayrton— Quantitative Method [No. 2, where G stands for the resistance of one of the coils of the galvanometer. By formule (II) (III) or (IV) the resistances respectively be- tween each set of earths can be correctly calculated, and these values being substituted for r, r, and r, in formula (I), we can find x the required resistance of the earth. When a Wheatstone’s bridge or differential galvanometer are not available the required resistance of the ‘‘ earth’? may be ob- tained in the following way by comparative deflections. For simplicity two leading wires only need be used, one just long enough to reach to the most distant ‘‘ earth” of the three, and the other just long enough to reach the next distant. Make the five following observations of deflections with the galvanometer, the same battery being used in all cases, and each test made with positive and negative currents and the mean taken. I. When the galvanometer alone is in circuit : deflection = a®. IT. When the two leading wires, and the galvanometer are in circuit : deflection = b°. III. When the Telegraph earth, one of the new earths, the two leading wires, and the galvanometer are in circuit : deflection = c°, IV. When the Telegraph earth, the other new earth, the two leading wires and the galvanometer are in circuit: deflection = d°. VY. When the two new earths, the two leading wires, and the galvanometer are in circuit: deflection = e°. Then if the deflections are small, so that they are proportional to the currents, we have _G+F (: 8) ee ) a Fifi oy dag Ce where x is the required resistance of the ‘earth’ G and F ths known resistances of the galvanometer and battery respectively. If the deflections be large and the galvanometer used by a sine or tangent galvanometer, then the sines or tangents respectively of the deflections must be substituted in the above formula instead of the simple deflections themselves. * (See Appendix IV, p. 183). 1871. ] of Testing a Telegraph Earth. 181 (Appendix I.) Equation (II) is necessarily precisely similar to that given by Mr. Schwendler in his ‘‘ testing instructions” for finding the resis- tance of a line when a natural current exists in it; but as the proof, for brevity’s sake, has been omitted there, I have given it as follows in its simplest form. In the following figure, when balance is established, that is, when no current goes through the galvanometer, we have, by Kirchhoff’s equations, when the earth current tends to help the testing current. ann i eee | ||| o_ Ar » \ Ye vid | rte Ze ; | Dr | ete | whe > | a O,A—U,B=o0 Cir — OC, W’ ce Abs veh ~s eee Ene (0, +O) F4C, (B +x) = H+e!] where E is the electromotive force of ihe testing battery, and e that of the earth current. 182 W. E. Ayrton— Quantitative Method [No. 2,. If the testing battery be reversed so that the earth current tends to, oppose the testing current we have— (kee Ge ces ; OF Wi 0 b= er eee oes ce fe (OO. 7 P10 (84) 2s From equations (VIII) by eliminating ©, we obtain. A ) C, BR 1 bre C, W iy z A A ~ K+ es ree — W' B 1 or was Aye ne = pes eeevsones ‘ (X) (+5 )F+ 5 (B+) +1 Similarly from equations (IX) we obtain— A ws 3 ne wee A A “vie ae —_—-( 5 pi eyes (+ >)r+3(8 >) ——1 Eliminating co from equations (X) and (XI) we obtain. BF(A + B)(W/+ W%) + BY ACW’ + W") +2-W! Ww" ce AB(W’+ W’) +2 AF (A+B) +2A°B k (Appendix IT.) 4 First let W’ and W” be very nearly equal, that is, let W” = W’ + dW’ then 2-°W’ W” = 2 W’ (W’ + dw’) = W? + (W +-dWwy.— dw - 2W W" = (W + W’)? — 2.W WwW’ — dw) or 2 W’ W" = Nee ta in which the square of a differential only is neglected. Substitut- 4 ing this value for 2 W’ W” in equation (IIT) we obtain : | t 1871. ] of Testing a Telegraph Earth. 183 2(2F + A)(W'+ Ww") a (W’ + W")’ 2 2 CSC — Secondly let W’ and W” be both small compared with A and F, but W’ and W” not necessarily equal to one anotlier, then Sa Ay OW se WV) , 2256 +A) WwW’ + W” 2 approximately, approximately. — — (Appendix III.) Equation (IV) can be obtained directly from equation (IIL) by substituting G for A, and this is precisely what would be antici- pated since the law for a differential galvanometer, when the cur- rents balance one another, must be precisely the same as that for a Wheatstone’s Bridge at balance with equal branches; the two branches of the Bridge corresponding respectively with the coils of the differential galvanometer. (Appendix IV.) If x, y, z, be the resistances of the three ‘earths’? used, and a and f the resistances of the two leading wires then. where M isa constant depending on the a? = Gu F battery power employed, and the deli- a eacy of the galvanometer. b° = ~ G+F+a+ 8 M c= ———. — = G+tF+x+ty+tatf 4° M G+tF+xt+tzt+ta+ ff " M e = -——— SARC. 23 184 W. E. Ayrton— Quantative Method [No. 2, Eliminating y, z, (2 + £), and M from the preceding five equations we obtain— adnan gadgeeek peer oe Ree BD Lg be Ait“ yy’ Lan ane ace de'eostbute Gene sips gay nine MRED tere nan . PECTIN 5 cain a cd ne's'0 24° b0's 0.4 e's else's ne 1 i +4 , " Ce ~ -, pe r a YR VS ee my a bea 1 A Cedi ic aw < e" re ag - Segntey 4871. ] J. Wood-Mason— On Telphusida, 193 and continued nearly to the level of the last epibranchial tooth, where it ends to appear again opposite the second tooth, whence it passes to the edge of the post-frontal crest which it but faintly indents. The post-frontal ridge is well marked and, between the point at which its edge is notched by the passage across it of the cervical suture and the anterior epibranchial tooth, is crenulated ; the cardiac lobe is marked off from the branchial by two shallow almost linear depressions on each side of the middle line, and in front from the urogastric by a line curving almost concentrically with the convexity of the cervical suture. The epigastric lobes are slightly wrinkled or feveate anteriorly, and advanced beyond the line of the post-frontal crest as in Paratelphusa spinigera, and sepa- rated from one another by the mesogastric suture, which rapidly bifurcates as it passes backwards, appearing as a short V-shaped impression on the carapace, the space intercepted between the arms of the V being the point of the narrow anterior prolongation of the mesogastric lobe. " The antero-lateral margins are inclined and armed, not counting the blunt extra-orbital tooth with its curved external margin, each with four acute, spiniform epibranchial teeth of which the most anterior is the largest; the rest are equal in size to, and equidis- tant from each other; from the last a short well defined keel; obscurely crenated on its inner edge, passes backwards and inwards on to the carapace which is marked with a few small straggling tubercles along the line of the epibranchial spines. Front very broad especially at base, punctate, finely. granular and transversely wrinkled, its free margin is bayed in the middle line, but not greatly lamellar and projecting forwards over the epistomial region, as in Paratelphusa sinensis, M.-Kdw., and in P. spinigera. The inflected portion ofthe carapace is finely tuberculated ante- riorly ; anterior pleural lobe distinct and almost devoid of tuber- cles; posterior pleural smooth, thickly granulated where it bounds the anterior pleural. The anterior boundary of the epistoma is crenulated; its pos- terior margin is notched on each side of the middle line from which along sharp process extends downwards between the palpiform appendages of the external maxillipedes; this process does not 194 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside. [No. 2, correspond exactly with the triangular process of the epistoma in other species of Telphusa, but is the greatly developed median palatal ridge ; externally to each notch the posterior margin of the epistoma forms two distinct lobes with granulated edges. The second joint of the external maxillipedes is punctate and its external mar- gin crenulated. The third joint is much broader than long and has its external and anterior angles well rounded off and distinctly granular ; the exopodite is crenulated on its internal margin. The abdomen of the male differs greatly from that of Paratelphusa spinigera, having the form of an isosceles triangle. The chelipedes are greatly unequal in size, both in males and females, especially in the former; the meropodites have their ventral angles rounded off as in Paratelphusa spinigera, their outer or posterior face rugose, their posterior angle also rugose and armed with a sharp spine arising just proximally to the constric- tion near the distal articular end; carpopodites faintly rugose above, armed with a single excessively long, stout spine; penulti- mate joint obsoletely tubercular above, externally and internally all but smooth ; in the larger claw a considerable hiatus exists between the dentated margin of the prolongation of this joint and that of the dactylopodite, which in the smaller claw is through- out its length in complete contact with the immoveable arm of the pincers. The terminal joints of the ambulatory legs are extremely slender, acute, and armed with fine sharp spines. Breadth; 02600. (etd . SRE et eel Denotes Oct iSe.GEE NS alssie Shale oaths ONT eee Hab. Mandélé and Prome, Upper Burma, Plate XI. Fig. 1. Paratelphusa Dayana, of the natural size ; 2. Front view. 38. External view of right chela. 4. External maxillipede. 5. Abdomen of the male. 6. The same of a female. PARATELPHUSA SPINIGERA, Pl. XII, Figs. 1-4. ‘ Thelphusa spinigera, White, MSS. List of the specimens of Crustacea in the collection of the British Museum, p. 30, (no description), Carapace very greatly broader than long, smooth except on the postero-lateral margin which bears numerous wrinkles; these are con- 1871. | J. Wood-Mason—On Telphusida. 195 tinued neither on to the inflected portion of the carapace, nor on the posterior pleural region ; front broad,punctate, projecting pent-house fashion over the antennulary pits between which it wholly forms the broad septum ; its free margin is sinuous, presenting mesially a broad shallow bay; orbital borders indistinctly crenulated; the anterior pleural or subhepatic regions are faintly marked off from the inflected portion of the carapace which bounds them external- ly, while they are most distinctly separated from those portions of the posterior pleural lobes which pass forwards, so as‘to form the parallel boundaries of the buccal frame by a deep groove, running outwards and backwards from the epistoma; this is deeply exca- vated and its posterior margin sends backwards in the middle line a short broad-based triangular projection. The extra-orbital angle is somewhat obtuse and is widely separated from the single acute for- wardly directed epibranchial spine,in the rear of which is a very short smooth crest. Branchial lobes enormously swollen and not subdivid- ed, separated from the gastric region by the deeply impressed cervical suture which does not pass through the postfrontal crest; this subsides without reaching the acute, arched antero-lateral margin, and is interrupted by the advanced position of the epigastric lobes; these are in front rugose and faintly distinguishable from the rest of the gastric region, but separated from one another by a short mesogastric furrow. A very deep muscular impression is visible at each postero-lateral angle of the gastric area. Cardiac region convex, distinct. Two large puncta, which frequently become confluent, mark the post-frontal furrow behind the external can- thus of the eye. Chelipedes smooth and extremely unequal both in males and females, in some the right, in others the left being the larger ; meropodites are smooth and their angles rounded, the upper one only being slightly rugose and bearing proximally to the constric- tion at its distal extremity a sharp spine, asin the rest of the species of the subgenus. The upper surfaces of the carpopodites are trans- versely convex ; their inner margins armed with an exceedingly stout sharp spine ; the penultimate joint is internally smooth, convex and punctate, the puncta being disposed in longitudinal series ; the dacty- lopodites are slender, much curved, longitudinally punctate, minutely granular and only in contact with the extremity of the produced 196 J. Wood-Mason—On Telphuside. [No, 2, portion of the preceding joint in adult individuals. The ambulatory legs and the dorsal edges of their meropodites are perfectly smooth. Breadth ye oS. S. +S RS eevee (OO IME, Léngth, 3s 4% ES Ae tas ata aa. 40 eat Hab. 1 found this interesting species exceedingly abundant in the tanks of Calcutta. It has recently been collected by my servant, who accompanied Dr. Day on a trip to the upper waters of the Ganges, at Hurdwar and at Roorkee, where it lives in the river itself and in the contiguous ponds and marshes. Plate XII. Fig. 1. Paratelphusa spinigera of the natural size. 2. Front view. 3. External maxillipede. 4, Abdomen of the male. TreLpHusa Inpica. Telphusa Indica, Latreille, Encyclo. Méth., Insectes, t. X, p. 563 ;—Guérin- Méneville, Iconographie du Régne animal, Crust., pl. iii, fig. 8 ;—-Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., t. Il, p. 13; and Voy. de M. Jacquemont dans I’Inde, p. 7, pl. ii, fig. 1—4;—Alph. Milne-Edwards, Révision du genre Thelphusa et description de quelques espéces nouvelles. Thelphusa cwrucularis, Westwood, Trans. Entom. Soc., London, vol. i, p. 183, pl. xix, fig. 1—6. The largest specimen in my possession measures in a straight line in breadth 83 mm., in length 59 mm., and was collected with two others at Singhur near Poona in running water. It was in this neighbourhood also that M. Jacquemont collected his specimens, Col. Sykes, in his account of the land-cerabs of the Dekhan, prefixed to Prof. Westwood’s description of the species under the name of Zhelphusa cunicularis, mentions its occurrence in the same place, and in all the valleys and on the most elevated tablelands of the Ghats at from 2,000 to 5,000 feet above the sea-level, and is of opinion that it does not extend more than fifteen or twenty miles to the eastward of the Ghats. Mr. W. T, Blanford has, however, brought specimens from §. E. Berar, west of Chanda, and I am indebted to Mr. V. Ball for examples from near Chota Nagpur. One of the Museum collectors lately obtain- ed individuals from Ranigunj, a place within 120 miles of Calcutta. On the Parisnath hill it occurs up to about 3,000 feet. Itis as yet + part 1871.] J. Wood-Mason— On Telphusida. 197 unknown from any place of the south part of India, or from Eastern Bengal. The‘ Tille Naudon’ of the Coromandel coast with which it has been said to be identical, is certainly not 7. Indica, but, as M. Milne-Edwards has stated, Z. Leschenaultvi, which also occurs at Ranigunj. A fine series of specimens of the present species has lately been received from my friend Captain Stewart Pratt of Morar, who has furnished me with some interesting notes respecting the habits of the species. Telphusa lugubris, n. sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 5—7. The carapace is very greatly broader than long, distinctly pune- tate and somewhat flattened posteriorly ; the cervical suture curves forwards and outwards to the rudimentary epibranchial teeth; the hepato-gastric area thus limited off is convex in every direction, and only marked mesially by a long tolerably deeply imprinted meso- gastric furrow which exhibits a tendency to bifurcation at its poste- rior extremity ; gastric area marked with two larger puncta, one being situated at each horn of the mesial crescentic portion of the cervical suture, from which two shallow hardly indicated longitu- dinal depressions pass backwards, one on each side of the middle line dividing the cardiac from the convex branchial regions; the sub-division of these into posterior and anterior lobes is scarcely perceptible. Oblique granulated rugosities mark the whole sur- face of the branchial area, becoming more numerous on the postero- lateral margin, whence they sweep downwards and forwards on to the floor of the branchial chamber. lLatero-anterior margin with a short obscurely granulated ‘carina. Postfrontal crest continuous from the mesogastric furrow to the epibranchial teeth, its epigastric portion is wrinkled and bent forward, and it becomes almost effaced behind the inner canthus of the eyes. Front rough, deflexed, with a sinuous obsoletely granulated free border. Orbits very high, with crenulated margins ; extra-orbital angles little developed, separated from the epibranchial teeth by a long, granulated, obli- que and nearly straight external border; anterior pleural lobes broad, nearly smooth, distinguishable from the inflected portion of the carapace by the termination of the rugosities with which the latter is ornamented. The epistoma is smooth and lighter in colour 198 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside. [No. 2, than the rest of the animal, concave both transversely and longi- tudinally ; its posterior margin sends backwards and downwards a short triangular process, but it is not notched. The external maxillipedes and their exopodites are coarsely punc- tate, and appear minutely granular under a lens. The chelipedes are greatly unequal in both males and fe- males, the convex posterior surfaces of the meropodites are ex- cavated into extremely shallow communicating fovez; the posterior angles are rugose and rounded off; their ventral surfaces have smoothly tuberculated margins. The carpopodites are minutely foveate above, and punctate and armed on the inner margin, with a short obtuse spine ; the succeeding joint is punctate, foveate and granular, and its distal prolongation shows more distinctly these characters, and in young specimens only is in contact with the whole length of the dentated inner edge of the dactylopodite ; the teeth and tips of the pincers have both the colour and transparency of amber. The ambulatory legs are punctate; the dorsal edges of their meropodites are scabrous, and nearly straight, the last joints are extremely stout, and well armed with amber-like spines. The abdomen in general form resembles that of Zelphusa Indica, or of Paratelphusa spinigera. readin, v.fc.2 2 saw ee ceesceens Sle Wi6ne Gh + we vet abe ee ee 386 mm. In colour this species is of a rich dark brown above, below lighter but brighter; the inter-articular membranes are straw co- loured, and the teeth of the pincers and the spines on the terminal joints of the ambulatory legs are, as has been described, amber-like. The epidermis is very delicate, rapidly cracking and peeling off after death, and on exposure to the air, when removed from the spirits of wine. Hab. Pankabaree (about 2000 feet at the base of the Sikkim hills); Teesta valley and Eastern Sikkim at 3—4000 ft. ; Thancote hills, Nepal; Cherra Punji in the Khasi hills. Plate XII. Fig. 5. TZelphusa lugubris of the natural size. 6. External maxillipede. 7. Abdomen of the male. 1871. ] J. Wood-Mason— On Telphusida, 199 Telphusa Stoliczkana, n. sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 8—12. Carapace much broader than long, smooth, punctate, minutely granular under a lens; cervical suture distinctly marked mesially, continued outwards and forwards on each side as a shallow depres- sion which disappears posteriorly to the postfrontal crest, limiting off the gastric area from the branchial lobes, the anterior halves of which are distinguishedfrom the posterior by their greater convexity ; cardiac region perceptible ; antero-lateral margin carries a not very salient epibranchial tooth, which is separated from the extra-orbital angle by the oblique tuberculated external margin of the latter, and passes backwards for a short distance as a tuberculated crest ; postero- lateral margin covered with rugosities from which spring a few hairs ; the inflected part of the carapace is more obscurely rugose; the posterior and anterior pleural lobes are smooth, the latter being separated from the former, and from the inflected portion of the carapace by a granulated line ; infra-orbital margins crenulate ; front narrow, granulated; its free margin is deeply bayed, having in consequence a bilobed appearance ; postfrontal furrow smooth, bounded poteriorly by a well defined crenulated crest which passes from the mesogastric furrow to the epibranchial teeth in an un- interruptedly straight line, that part of it which forms the frontage of the epigastric lobes being rugose. The posterior margin of the epistoma is smoothly tubercular, but those parts of it which go to form the boundaries of the efferent apertures of the branchial chambers are entire. The chelipedes are greatly unequal in males and sub-equal in fe- males ; the meropodites are rugose and have a few hairs near the base of the posterior angle; the carpopodites are rugose above and bear a strong sharp spine in the usual position and beneath it a smaller one; the pincers are multidentate and their arms cross at the extremities. The ambulatory legs are very long ; their meropodites resemble those of Zelphusa longipes, Alph. M.-Edwards, but their penultimate joints are longer in proportion to their breadth and the last joints are stouter and more elongated. Length of the female specimen described, .... 30 mm. 40 mm. 25 CAGE, ent eetnvnernreteperce ay Gromre ves 200 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside. Length of amale, .... 386 mm. Breadth, ..... apie cso? ny SOR. The greater difference between the length and breadth in the male specimen is only apparent, being entirely due to the greater mesial excavation of the front. A male and a female of this species were collected during a trip to the Malayan peninsula and presented to the Indian Museum: together with an interesting series of marine Crustacea by Dr. Stoliczka. Hab, Penang. Plate XII. Fig. 8. TZelphusa Stoliezkana of the natural size. 9. External view of right chela. 10. Abdomen of the female. 11, Do. of the male. 12. External maxillipede. (To be continued in the next number of the Journal.) OOD DODO ODIO - JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. Part IL—PHYSICAL SCIENCE. SLIP LOL LPP PII DAPI NPD PL II NII INI INI III LS PI IIIS ON No. I1I.—1871. LLL LLL eaaeeeeeeeeeerereermems 2 > mv On Inpran AnD Matayan Terpuusipaz, Part L— by J. Woov-Mason, Esq. (With pl. xiii, and xiv.) (Continued from p. 200). Telphusa leevis, n. sp., pl. xiv, figs. 1—6. The carapace is narrow especially posteriorly, cordiform, smooth, extremely convex in every direction, finely granulated and punctate, unbroken by interregional furrows, the posterior boundary of the | gastric area alone being faintly indicated; epigastric lobes hardly perceptible in some specimens ; post-frontal ridge feebly developed, interrupted, most apparent behind the eyes; postero-lateral mar- gins rounded off, marked with extremely delicate oblique wrinkles which pass downwards and forwards on to the branchial floor which is much swollen ; antero-lateral margins rounded, inclined, bearing rudimentary epibranchial teeth which pass backwards and inwards for a short distance as an obscure, crenulated crest. Front broad, deflexed, terminated by anearly straight free margin ; its anterior third flattened and perfectly vertical. Orbits oval with obscurely erenated margins, not at all salient; their external angles searcely projecting beyond the general level of the orbital margins; — anterior pleural regions convex, finely granulated, separated near g their internal boundaries from the rest of the inferior surface of the carapace by a well defined, finely tuberculated line, passing directly 26 202 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. [No. 3, * downwards from the epibranchial teeth. The posterior margin of the peristoma has a median rounded projection, notched on each side. The chelipedes are very unequal, in some specimens the right, in others the left being the larger; meropodites with their dorsal edges sharply rugose; carpopodites also rugose with their inner margins armed in the usual manner with a sharp tooth, beneath which is a smaller one; the propodite of the larger claw is extreme- ly convex, smooth, granulated and near its extremity canaliculate, punctate, and with the granulations passing into minute sharp spinules; the dactylopodite is similarly marked and is in contact with the extremity only of the produced portion of the penultimate joint in the larger claw. The ambulatory legs are thin, slender, and rugose. Lenssen eee she eteota le Ceara ae oesvese 16 tim; Breadth, .'F.u's's «eh see Bh elel bn des Ole co Hab, Cherra Punji; Goalparah. Plate XIV. Fig. 1. Telphusa levis, nat. size. 2. Front view. 8. External maxilliped. 4, Chela, 5. Do. of another specimen. 6. Abdomen of male. TrLpHusA LEscHENAULTII. Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., Tom. II, p. 13, Ann. des Se. nat., IIT. Sér., Tom. XX, p. 211. Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, Crustaceen, p. 32. Alph. Milne-Edwards, Révision du genre Thelphusa, Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, 1869, Tom. V, p. 165, pl. viii, fig. 3, 3a. Carapace convex from behind forwards and transversely; front broad, especially at base, sinuous, produced, with a sharp chisel-like free edge; anterior boundary of the epistoma almost straight, send- ing forwards a small median process which indents the sub-frontal lobe, scarcely taking any share in the formation of the inter-anten- nulary septum ; posterior edge divided-by two distinct notches into three rounded lobes, the median one of which is largest, lateral lobes internally rounded but passing almost straight outwards to form the anterior boundaries of the orifices for the egress of the water that has served for respiration. Post-frontal crest interrupted, divided into two external larger and two internal slightly ad- vanced smaller portions which together equal in width one of the former; antero-lateral margin armed with an epibranchial tooth Ss a a eR gt ee Re roe WOOD MASON. Journ A.S.B. Vol: XLP+1 1871 \ Telphusa Calcutta Sao) edgf veld. Lith: - WOOD-MASON. Journ: Asiat: Soe: Bengal.Vol: XL. P*:Il 1871. ate deers cf 4 y Fi J } See Ss Sedgfield. Lith: 6. Telphusa levis. PLYIV - 72-16. Te Lph usa Athinseniana. Cadtcutta. 1871.] J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. 208 * continued backwards and inwards as a sharp, finely crenulated crest. The surface of the carapace, especially anteriorly, appears minutely granular under an ordinary lens, its sides behind the points at which the cristiform continuations of the epibranchial teeth subside are marked with oblique sub-parallel corrugations. The four posterior pairs of ambulatory legs are extremely thin ; the posterior flat faces of their meropodites are raised into coarse granulations, while the anterior surfaces remain smooth ; the dacty- lopodites are extremely slender, acute, Chelipedes subequal, dacty- lopodites in contact throughout their entire length with the propo- dites the outer faces of which are smooth and convex; carpopo- dites furnished internally with a long sharp spine, beneath which is a smaller one ; meropodites corrugated on their posterior surfaces. I am unable to verify Heller’s statement that the crest on the latero-anterior margin is smooth in the females. Hab. Ranigunj; Pondicherry; Madras; Ceylon; Malabar coast; Mauritius ; Nicobar Islands and probably many other islands of the Indo-Malayan archipelago; and Tahiti. TrLPHuUsSA GUERINI. Telphsa, Guerin, Milne-Edwards, Mélanges Carcinologiques, p. 176; Alph. > Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archives du Muséum, 1869, Tom. V, p. 182, pl. xi, fig. 4, 4a et 4b. Telphusa planata, Alph. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archives du Muséum, 1869, Tom. V, p. 181, pl. xi, fig. 3, 3a et 3b. Telphusa planata is given as a synonym of T. Guerini, M.-Kdw., with doubt, although M. Alph. Milne-Edwards’ description of the former applies exactly to individuals amongst my series of examples of the latter. Hab. Concan and Khandalla, Western Ghats, near Bombay ; Belaspur. Telphusa Austeniana, n. sp., pl. xii. Carapace much broader than long, flattened in the middle pos- teriorly to a line passing through its widest part; protogastric lobes convex, separated from one another by the narrow for- ward prolongation of the meso-gastric lobe ; meso-gastric fur- row passing into the post-frontal, deeply dividing the two epigas- 204 J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. {No. 3, tric lobes which are all but confluent with the protogastric : bran- chial lobes convex, each divided by a transverse valley into an ante- rior and posterior portion ; postero-laterally to the gastric region the surface of the carapace is raised on each side into an irregular areolet bounded antero-laterally by the epibranchial, behind by the meta-branchial lobe from which the cardiac areais separated by an indistinct longitudinal depression ; post-frontal furrow deeply exca- vated behind the eyes; post-frontal crest scarcely interrupted by the advanced position of the epigastric lobes, continued outwards on each side from the meso-gastric furrow in an irregular, rugose line to the epibranchial teeth; these pass backwards, as prominent dentate crests and, with the extra-orbital teeth, are extremely salient ; orbital margins finely crenated; front deflexed, wider at base than at its free margin, raised into two eminences one on each side of the middle line ; antero-lateral portions of the branchial regions marked with numerous coarse granulations ; postero-lateral margins and the parts of the carapace which form the floors of the branchial cavities rugose. Chelipedes slender ; chelee externally rugose, covered, especially on their infero-internal surface, with small rough tubercles. Carpopo- dites above rugose with a longitudinal row of tubercles near their inner margins, from which there projects a very sharp spine with a smaller one below it. Ambulatory legs enormously long arfd slender by which character alone it is possible at once to distinguish JZ. Austeniana from all its known congeners. Bice tdi iis cies 3.0 aun. 0, 5.00) weed sees Gahan ye ea 1 Wfe, Veg are leas ae nme eT 0) ¥0 on « ere pedi wsb slg, | Length of carpopodite of 3rd pair of ambulatory legs = 34 mms. or nearly equal to the length of the carapace. Hab. Cherra Pinji; the only specimen obtained is a female. Plate XIII. Fig. 1. Telphusa Austeniana, nat, size, 2. Front view. 3. Chela. 4, External maxilliped, Telphusa Pealiana, n. sp., pl. xiv, figs. 7—11. Carapace thick, not much broader than long, convex from behind forwards; its areolation is similar to that of Ze/phusa Atkinsoniana; the cervical suture cuts through the post-frontal crest about 5 millime- tres internally to the epibranchial teeth ; these are moderately salient; the branchial region is somewhat convex and covered anteriorly with coarse irregular granulations; antero-lateral margin inclined, 1871.] J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphusida. 205 surmounted by an evenly denticulated crest ; postero-lateral margin covered with oblique wrinkles which pass forwards and downwards on to the inflected portion of the carapace ; posterior pleural lobe, where it is bounded by the anterior pleural, rugose; the latter is limited off by a line of regular bead-like tubercles ; post-frontal crest, continuous to the epibranchial teeth from the meso-gastric furrow, curving forwards mesially and at each end; post-frontal furrow gmooth behind the eyes; front narrow, deflexed, raised into a bilaterally symmetrical pair of eminences. Chelipedes subequal in - the only specimen* (a female) in my possession; the meropodites are tuberculately rugose on their posterior surfaces and their ventral angles are beset with long tubercles; the carpopodites are rugose above and their inner margin is armed with a very sharp long spine from the sides of which spring 2 or 3 minute cusps; beneath the larger spine a smaller one is to be seen. The penultimate joint is externally rough, internally near the inferior margin tuberculated and above presents a few spiniform tubercles; the dactylopodite which is in contact with the other arm of the pincers throughout its length line has a few spinules above near its proximal end. Dength, 3. cifaeti hate a kee a hacee Seth atari s Misi o aN GIS os, Om EE MSPORAIR sii eke eet MRRP alae ach eta eke Noel Ree rote 2 Sat cao ee The posterior pair of ambulatory legs has not been preserved, but from those that remain, it will be seen that the penultimate joints resemble slightly those of TZelphusa ; wi : Dias ii AO tg ete 2 : bia en a yr SF pte ake alee Gata s Gost Tar’ Saale ot tary . ¢ - RS ee hes Es cae me hy Mines a) aie e ; : P Pt te : : ‘ae } ; car esx tao 3 er Sly ee Wer bil 4 wee ve aay tes oes NRSC § * 4 a ; Bw okt 4 ‘ A ee" > md , ae . he 7 ‘ & Pe ie fh 3s are tat _ A, Waar NES gts ae A ale vi ht ane gue RAB: oo cee ints ea An) va! ; ann a ast a ec i P oats f ¥ PLATE XV. Figs. 1—8. Plectopylis achatina, Gray, p. 217 et seq. 1, general anatomy ; 2, jaw; 3, different teeth of one transverse series. Figs. 4—6. lect. cyelaspis, Benson, p. 217 et seq. 4, genital organs; 5, jaw; 6, various teeth of a series. ft. foot; a, anus; J, lungs; mt, mantle; 7m, retractile muscle of the foot ; p, penis; oe, oral parts; sg, salivary glands; roe, retractor of the oral parts ; m, retrector of the penis; sgl, supposed arrow gland; al, alimentary canal; vs, seminal receptacle ; tt, liver; alg, alouminous gland ; hd, hermaphrodite duct ; hg, hermapt. gland ; 7, intestines ; st, stomach; k, kidney; h, heart; pg, pig- ment gland; vd, vas deferens ; ut, uterus ; eg, eggs in the uterus ; pr, prostata, ho, hermaphrodite opening. Pl: XV \ er neritic eT ees =i Sie 8 4% Prats XVI. Figs. 1—3. Trachia delibrata, Benson, p. 225. 1, genital organs ; 2, jaw; 3, various teeth of one transverse series. Figs. 4—10. Sesara infrendens, Gould, p. 242 et seq. 4, genital organs of a young specimen; 5, the same of a full grown specimen; 6, horny organ situated in an appendage of the oviduct, enlarged ten times the natural size; 7, a transparent, horny, bearded thread, connected with the appendage represented in fig. 6; 8, similar threads, as seen in'fig. 7, but not bearded ; 9, jaw; 10, different teeth of one transverse row. ho, hermaphrodite opening; »p, penis; m, retractor muscle; wt, uterus; vs, Seminal receptacle ; hd, hermaph. duct; alg, albuminous gland ; vd, seminal duct ; c, calciferous sac; f, flagellum; # upper and 2’, lower end of the peculiar horny appendage of the oviduct ; », place where the end of the horny appendage was originally situated. Vogt Pa, @ 4 | PSFOLICZKA _Journ:Asiat:Soc.B cngal, Vol: XL .Pt 1.1871 \ a re tiny “% as - af Yi PuateE XVII. Figs. 1—5. Rotula anceps, Gould, see p. 233 et seq. 1. General anatomy, 2, diagrammatic view of the various lobes of the mantle, enlarged ; 3, genital organs ; 4, jaw; 5, teeth, all en- larged (see p. 236). Figs. 6—14. acrochlamys [Durgelia] honesta, Gould, p. 248 et seq. 6, normal form; 7, Pegu variety; 8, abnormal variety from Moulmein, (comp. p. 248) ; 9, variety from near Moulmein ; 10, jaw ; 11, peculiar solid, horny threads from the genital organs ; 12, solid particles out of the bag marked w in fig. 13, which is a peculiar appendage of the genital organs; 14, various teeth; all objects represented in figures 10—14 are greatly enlarged. f, foot; fg, foot gland; a, anus; 7, rectum; ag, amatorial gland; al, albu- minous gland accompanying the rectum; li, liver; ¢, intestines; st, stomach ; sg, salivary glands; h, heart; k, kidney; yg, pigment gland; J, lungs; oe, oral parts ; lst, left shell lobe of mantle; Isl’, lower end of the same; rsl, right shell lobe; vsl’, lower end of the same; rdl, right dorsal lobe; ldl, left dorsal lobe ; », penis; p’, enlarged portion of the same; cd, calciferous gland; ji, fiagellum; vd, vas deferens; fa, sessile gland of the oviduct; 7s, recepta- culum seminis; wt, uterus ; pr, prostata; hd, hermaphrodite duct ; hg, herma- phrodite gland; alg, albuminous gland; m, retractile muscle; ho, hermaphro- dite opening. ms a sal al =a pen niet Spates setigdapea dca i} l ‘ ‘ se inte ‘ aati i -) Ce od J Pad “path [ : “a Cea ‘ > - “t. a oe ae : ae matte ods wf PuatTe XVIII. Fig, 1—4. Conulema attegia, Benson, p. 237. 1, genital organs; 1a, section of the amatorial gland; 2, diagram- matic view of the mantle lobes; 3, jaw; 4, different teeth of one transverse series. Figs. 5—9. Conulema infula, Benson, p. 239. 5, side view of an animal, from Calcutta; 6, genital organs during the winter season; 7, anterior portion of the same during the rainy season ; 8, jaw; 9 various teeth of one transverse series. Fig. 10, Conulema liricineta, Stol., p. 241. Figs. 11—13. erocystis molecula, Benson, p, 251. 11, genital organs; 12, jaw ; 13, a few teeth from a transverse Berles. ag, amatorial gland; ho, hermaphrodite opening; m, retractor muscle; ~, penis ; ps, calciferous sac ; vd, vas deferens ; pv, prostata; ut, uterus ; hd, her- mapbrodite duct; hg, heramph. gland; alg, abbuminous gland; vs, receptacu- lum seminis; ov, enlarged ovary sac; sl, right shell lobe of the mantle ; rsl’, lower end of the game; Usl, left shell lobe; Usl’, lower end of the same; rdl, right dorsal lobe; Idl, left dorsal lobe; a, B, y, 4, successive layers in the section of the amatorial gland, (fig. 1a). PUXVI. F.STOLICZKA. Journ: Asiat: Soc: Benga]. Vol: XL. Pt: 11871. ae nn ee ~ ‘ _ 7 ' . ? . ‘ ‘ ” : ’ > - 1 ‘ i ’ j * > { >) Y ‘ 3 ‘ * i * by 5 { ’ i % . i \ - ba . i > “4 ( - ‘* ‘ . > ie = . ys > . ; - i = 4 Me na . oF 3 c . » e we re a &> ~ . a 4 « i , r £ 4 3 5 chy im ; ’ ' w ar : . : a Tes hae | *.j ? abe i PLaTE XIX. Figs. 1—4 and 7—9. Sophina ealhas, Benson, p, 255. 1, general anatomy; 2, genital organs; 3, 8a, jaws; 4,a few teeth of a transverse series, the 5th and 14th tooth shewn in a lateral view; 7, typical specimen, front, side and upper views; 8, var. schistostel’s, same views; 9, a specimen with irregularly thickened peristome. Fig. 10. Sophina forabilis, Benson, p. 257. 10a, the front view, is enlarged twice the natural size. Figs. 5, 11, 12, Sophina discotdalis, Stol., p. 258. 5, jaw ; 11, a much depressed specimen, natural size ; 12, a some- what elevated specimen ; figs. 12a, 126, 12¢, are enlarged. Figs. 6 and 13. Sophina conjungens, Stol., p. 259. 6, jaw; 13, different views in natural size. oe, oral parts; t, tentacles; ep, eye-pedicles; a, anus; kd, kidney duct ; mt, mantle: lml, left shell lobe; vml, right shell lobe; sg, salivary glands; n, ganglion; ao, aorta with the branches Jh and bg; st, stomach ; k, kidney; h, heart; 1, lungs; 7, rectum; m, retractor; cp, calciferous sac; vd, seminal duct ; vs, seminal receptacle; p, penis; gs, amatorial gland; ho, hermaphrodite opening ; pr, prostata; wt, uterus ; hd, hermaphrodite duct ; hg, hermaphrodite gland ; ag, albuminous gland, XL. Pell, 1871. A.S.B.Vol: fF. STOLICZKA... Journ 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 217 Recently Major Beddome has found both land shells and reptiles with unmistakeable Malabar affinities on the Golconda hills near Vizagapatam and Mahendragiri hill near Ganjam. On a former occasion, J. A. 8. B., 1867, p. 199, I called attention to the pecu- liar isolation of Rucervus Duvaucelli, (the Barasingha deer,) Gallus Serrugineus and the Saltree (Shorea robusta) just below Pachmari in the Denwa valley, but this is a case of an outlier of the Bengal fauna, not of that inhabiting Malabar. Mr. Hume (Scrap Book, I, p. 297,) records the occurrence of Spizaétus Mipalensis on the Pach- mari hills, and (J. A. 8. B., 1870, p. 117,) of Otocompsa fuscicau- data on Mount Abi, and I have little doubt but that other Hima- layan or Malabar forms accompany them. NorEs ON TERRESTRIAL MoLiuscA FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF Movuumein, (TENAssERIM PROVINCES), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW sPECIES,—by Dr. F. SroxiozKa. ° (With plates XV—XTIX.) [Continued from p. 177. ] Fam. Helicidee. This family includes the stylommatophorous (stalk-eyed) species usually called Helix, and which do not possess a mucous gland at the upper termination of the foot. The jaws are usually ribbed, and the teeth shorter, and stouter, than in the Zoniripm. I shall note two genera, Plectopylis and Trachia. Genus, Puxctopyuis, Bens. (See pl. xv, and its explanation.) This name was proposed as a sub-genus of Heliw in Ann. Mag. N. H., 3rd ser., vol. v, p. 244. Benson gave a description of the animal of Pl. achatina, (Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd ser., iv, p. 95), and pointed out (ibidem, vol. vi, p. 98) the characteristic differences of the shells, referred by him to Plectopylis, as compared with Coriila, (Atopa of Albers, C. Rivolit and others). The anatomy of the animal of Plectopylis indicates a good generic distinction from allied forms. I cannot, however, say how far the peculiarities, to which I shall presently refer, agree with the Ceylonese Corda, but a | 28 218 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3, comparison of the two will no doubt prove interesting, and estab- lish more firmly the relations of the present genus to Oorilla, Ophiogyra, and the American. Polygyra. The Indian and Burmese species referable to Plectopylis are: P, achatina, Gray, P. anguina, refuga and repercussa, Gould, cyclas- pis, brachyplecta, plectostoma, leiophis, pinacis, Bens., Karenorum, perarcta, Andersoni and macromphalus, Blf., a new species allied to the last from the Khasi hills, and probably also Helix retifera, Pfr., another species from Ceylon, and also HA. petios* of Martens, apparently closely allied to Pl. pinaczs. All the species characterize the Malay fauna; none of them occurs westward of Sikkim, and their geographical distribution extends from this part of the Hima- layas, in a south-easterly direction through Assam, the Khasi and Tippera hills into Burma, Tavoy and the Southern Malay country. Only the last mentioned species is found on the Nilgiri hills, its form represents a slightly different type, the umbilicus being com- paratively narrower than in any other Plectopylis, and the margins of the aperture are barely expanded; within there is only a trans- verse ridge on one side projecting between two pairs of tubercles on the other ; no longitudinal ribs are present. I fully expect that, when the animal of ZH. retifera becomes known, it will probably exhibit somewhat different characters from those of the present genus. The shells of Plectopylis are characterized by a planorboid, umbilicated form, somewhat expanded and usually thickened peristome, and by the presence of one or two transverse, and a few spiral ridges placed internally some distance from the aperture. I consider these internal folds to be in some respect analogous to the clausilium in Clausilia, the animals of the two genera being also somewhat similar in external characters. When the animal of Plectopylis retracts into its shell, the passage through the folds is generally found to be filled up with mucous secrection, but the body itself mostly retracts one half of a whorl further inwards. During hibernation the aperture is besides closed with the usual calcareous lamina, as in other HxELicip”. I have examined the animals of Pl. achatina, cyclaspis, pinacis, and macromphalus. They are all very similar in external shape * Malacozool. Bletter, xv, p. 158. ol PA Pe eee ae 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 219 and organization. I will for the present note only the two first named species which occur near Moulmein. In both the foot is rather short, rarely equalling in length the ereater diameter of the shell, depressed, truncate in front, narrow- ly rounded or sometimes obtusely pointed posteriorly, covered with warts and granules; lateral line very slightly indicated, or not at all developed; body cylindrical, short, covered with rather strong warts; pedicles of moderate length, slightly thickened at the end, and with the eyes small, placed centrally or very nearly so; tentacles always very short. On the whole the form of the body very closely resembles that of a Clausilia, and a comparison of the internal organisation of the two genera also indicates their close relation. The mantle margin is entire, thickened towards the end, but the edge itself is again thinner; pulmonary lobes simple without any appendages, the right larger than the left ; pulmonary cavity very small, posteriorly closed up by a very thin lamina. The digestive organs are distinguished by the small size of the oral parts, great length of the stomach and of the intestines, which make a long double twist, but have no ceca or other appendages. The salivary glands are comparatively small. The liver very extensive and of a peculiar coarsely tubular, clustered appearance. The kidney is large, of triangular shape, and has a special duct at the anterior end; it terminates in the pulmonary cavity. Along the aorta there is either on the right, or on both sides, a linear gland of dark pigment (pg), its quantity, however, varying greatly in different specimens. The genital organs are rather simple. The female part has two appendages: one longer which is the so-called receptaculum seminis, but in which I only found a light brown colouring matter inter- mixed with flat irregular particles, and a shorter, more muscular gland which appears to represent the arrow or amatorial gland. The uterus is thin, the hermaphrodite duct very long, and the hermaphrodite gland situated behind at the posterior end of the stomach, The vas deferens, or seminal duct, is short and thicken- ed before it passes into the penis, which is attached by a strong muscle to the right median side of the mantle, but has no external appendages, 220 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3, All the species which I examined are ovo-viviparous, as already noticed by Benson in P. achatina. One specimen of P. cyeclaspis had three well"developed embryos, each consisting of three con- volutions, regularly coiled in and enclosed in a thin soft sac of cal- careous granules, loosely jointed together. A specimen of P. pina- cis had the whole uterus filled with 13 eggs, in different stages of development. The first were perfectly developed, composed of 24 whorls, distinctly discernible. The youngest only consisted of a yolk mass, darker internally than externally and folded on itself hemispherically, like an enrolled Oniscus. The jaw is very thin, horny, semi-elliptical, with a small anterior median projection; it is marked transversely with a great number of more or less distant grooves which divaricate in the centre, The surface often besides shews in a transparent light a very fine concentric striation, either on the entire jaw, or only on its median portion. The radula is long and of moderate width, composed of numer- ous (about 100, or shghtly more) transverse, more or less angular rows, each containing between 60 and 70 teeth. The centre tooth is in achatina and ecyclaspis very small, long, recurved and pointed at the end. The lateral teeth, which gradually decrease in size to- wards the outer margins, are of a subquadrangular shape; each possess a long rather obtuse, robust cusp, and besides that on the outer side an inflected margin with 2 or 8 small cusps, and on the inner a marginal cusp. The outermost teeth become quite simple in shape, only one or two of the outer denticles being in- dicated. On the last rows of the radula, the teeth have generally only the robust cusps developed. On comparing the jaw of Plectopylis with that of Olaustla, it will be seen that both are similarin structure, but the shape is different and the transverse sulcations are only indicated in the latter genus. Much greater is the similarity of the Plectopylis jaw with that of Cylindrella, as published by Crosse and Fischer in Journ. de Conch., vol. x, 1870, p. 5, &c., pl. iii and iv, with the exception that the median projection is wanting in the Cylindrella jaw. The arrangement of the teeth of P. achatina and cyclaspis also agrees with that of Cylindrella in the very small size of the centre eS rr eo mr ate 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 221 tooth, but this is not aconstant character. In P. pinacis, the centre tooth is larger and more of a shape similar to that of the lateral teeth, which, however, in all the species retain @istinctly the helicoid character. PLECTOPYLIS ACHATINA, Gray, pl. xv, figs. 1—3. Helix achatina, Gray apud Pfeiffer, Chem., &c. Hanley and Theob., Conche Indica, pl. xiii, fig. 1.* The two embryonal whorls are generally somewhat tumescent, very finely punctated or scrobiculate, and of a pale yellowish or whitish colour; the third whorl is pale rufescent with the striz of growth distinct, in addition to which on the fourth whorl a spiral striation appears, but it soon again becomes obsolete, while the strie of growth continue to be well marked. Young shells are surrounded on the last whorl with three fringes of hairy cuticle, above and below, and near the centre of the whorl, which is conspicuously angular. The basal fringe at first, disappears, then the median, and at last the upper one. The plication is one-third of the circuit of the last whorl distant from the aperture. It consists on the inner lip of one oblique trans- verse lamina, emitting at the base one short anterior fold, another nearthe middle, extending up to the centre of the inner peris- tome, at the upper end it is posteriorly bipartite, the lower branch bending downwards across the inner lip and terminating with a short rib directed backwards. At the base of the inner lip there is besides a separate very thin rib which becomes obsolete before it reaches the lower angle of the mouth. The outer lip has above three longitudinal ribs, the innermost of which is thinnest and the median posteriorly generally somewhat irregularly flexuous and bifurcate, a large transverse lamina projects into the triangular space formed by the inner lamina, and has a thin longitudinal rib below it. This species is extremely common on all the limestone hills about Moulmein. Among thousands of specimens not one dextrorse variety was met with. The largest specimens I have seen mea- * A very inadequate figure of the species. The last whorl is unnecessarily angular, the umbilicus too small, and the short fold at the basal angle of the aperture far too strong. , 222 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestriai Mollusca, [No. 3, sured in the longer diameter 35 mm., but specimens of half the size, and even smaller than that, often have all the appearance of being full grown. “Lhe amount to which the aperture is deflected varies, but I never saw aspecimen in which it was entirely turned down- wards, as shewn in Kiister’s figure. The usual colour is rufous brown above, albescent below, with the mouth deep or pale lilac about the peristome. In caves, secluded shady localties, and under large stones, white or yellow- ish white specimens are often found, the peristome being in this case also white. The colour of the animal varies as much as that of the shell; it is rarely white, more often grey or brownish black ; in the former case the head, pedicles and tentacles and the foot in front are grey, in the latter these organs are only somewhat paler than the general dark coloration of the body. PLECTOPYLIS cycLasPis, Bens., pl. xv, figs. 4—6. Helix cyclaspis, Benson, vide Pfeiff. Mon. Hel., v, 414.—Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. xiii, fig. 10.* When the shells are well preserved and perfectly fresh they possess a coarsely serrated fringe of horny cuticle at the peri- phery of the last whorl; this fringe is, however, very easily worn off in older shells even during life. The two embryonal whorls are almost always yellowish albescent, the third is uniform brown, and the following become marbled and banded with white and brown. ‘The spiral striation round the umbilicus, particularly alluded to in Benson’s description of the species barely deserves the name; itis generally very indistinct and caused by the at- tachment of the fine hairs of the cuticle, this being there a little more strongly developed than on the rest of the lower surface, but the rugosity generally is hardly more apparent than on the upper side of the shell, The internal plication is situated at a distance from the aper- ture of one-third of the last circuit. It consists on the inner lip of alarge, transversely oblique, erect lamella, on the inner end — produced into an anterior short fold; on the outer, or peripheri- — al, side it is divided posteriorly into two folds, the outer o f which * An entirely insufiicient illustration of the species j 1871. } F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 223 is thin and extends directly backwards, while the inner proceeds obliquely across the lip, meeting a thin longitudinal rib, which runs on the inner side of the largest lamina, so as to inclu@e a kind of a triangular space. In this space there projects from the basal side of the whorl a large oblique transverse lamina, accompanied on either side by a thin longitudinal rib. Two thin ribs are situated on the upper side of the whorl between the suture and the peripherical keel. The median rib which originates near the edge of the inner lip of the aperture extends only for a short distance internally, The plication, as above described, was observed to be constant in 8 specimens of various sizes. Judging from the description of Pfeiffer’s H. revoluta (Mon. Hel., v, 416) I can hardly think that the shell referred to can be distinct from cyclaspis. I have specimens of this last which perfectly agree with the measurements given by Pfeiffer of his revoluta, and said to be from the Andamans. I never received cyclaspis amongst many thousands of shells from those islands, and I doubtits occur- rence there quite as much as that of P. achatina, recorded by Tryon, (comp. Proc. Asiat. Soc., March, 1870, p. 88). The shell fauna of the Andamans and Nicobars shews considerable relations to that of Arracan, but barely any to that of the limestone hills about Moulmein. The latter is, as already stated, quite peculiar, and very distinct from the fauna of the adjoining low lands, and even from that of the neighbouring sandstone hills. P. cyclaspis is found sparingly on all the limestone hills about Moulmein. The animal is very shy, usually living in crevices and holes, and closely adhering to the rock even when moving about. It is uniform dark grey or blackish with a pink tinge, paler on the pedicles and tentacles, the latter being very small and situated quite at the base of the mouth; the warts of the body are black and rather large. Genus, Tracuta, Albers. (See pl. xvi, figs. 1—3, and the accompanying explanation.) This genus was proposed by Albers for ZH. asperella, Pfr., as type. It is characterised by a planorboid shape, moderately thin semi-trans- parent structure of the shell, covered with a setaceous cuticle, by 224 F, Stoliczka—WNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 8, an expanded outer peristome and by usually possessing a spacious umbilicus. Albers places in the genus also H. Tuckeri, Pfr., Jallaciosa, Pfr., ruginosa, Fér., and nilagirica, Pfr. Of these only the first is probably referable to the genus, the others I would prefer classifying in Planospira, considering nilagirica as the most aberrant form. Mr. W. T. Blanford (Ann. Mag. N. H., 1863, 3rd ser., vol. xi, p. 85) added to the genus* Z. delibrata, Bens., gabata, Gould, (= Merguiensis, Pfr.), Helfert, Bens., vittatat Mill., proxima, Fér., and crassicostata, Pfr. The three last named species have, I believe, again to be referred to Planospira, but the three others participate of the generic characters of aspere/la and must, therefore, be considered as belonging to Zrachia. I could quote a few other species, as for instance H. squalus, Hinds, H. mendaz, Martens, and others, but they do not strictly speaking belong to the Indo-Burmese fauna, Planospira of Beck differs from TZrachia by the solidity of the shell, thickened inner lip, &e. Campylea is, however, much more closely allied to Zrachia, both in form and structure of the shell ; indeed there are strictly speaking no external characters to distin- guish the two. But the former, with its type H. cingulata, is said to possess a 4—6 ribbed jaw, and the genital organs have numerous appendages, while in Z. delibrata, (the only species of Trachia of which I have examined the animal), the jaw has a great number of ribs and the genital organs are of a very simple form, Should, however, these characters prove to be of no avail for pur- poses of classification, the two genera must be united into one, and this is by no means improbable, The structure of the shell of Zrachia also exhibits considerable relation to some of the species of Doreasia, and Fruticicola, the latter apparently represented in India by the Helix similaris group. I have examined some animals of this species from Penang, and I find that the dentition agrees, but the jaw and genital organs are different from those of Zrachia ; the former a .y) costate, and the latter with a thick amatorial gland. % e It is difficult to predict in the present stage of our | rl the animals what extent should be given to the genera pa.) * Quoted by a misprint as ‘ Tachia.’ + lagree with Mr. Blanford that there is no need of proposing a new genus for this species, as has been done by Albers. ——_- “- “Oye Sat ee i B , 1871. ] EF. Stoliezka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 225 and Frwticicola, if H. similaris and bolus, and others, are to be con- sidered as belonging to the latter. ‘These species evidently pass gradually through ZH. tapeina, Bs., Huttoni, Pfr., H. Oldham, Bs., to the more acutely carinated species, as Osbeck?, Phil., trichotropis and elegantissima, Pfr., for the last of which Albers proposed the name Plectotropis. H. gabata was incorrectly referred by Al- bers to the latter genus, while the closely allied species, H. deli- brata, is referred by him to Planospira. Albers places H. rota- tora in his new genus Discus, (a name which cannot be used), and refers it to the Zonrripm. The type of his Discus is H. Met- calf, Pfr., which is most likely a TZrochomorpha, a genus to be placed at the end of the Zoniripm, being in many respects inter- mediate between this family and the Hrericipm, Mr. Blanford’s Stvella, proposed for ZH. castra, Bens.,, is also to be united with Zro- chomorpha. The animal has an undivided sole to the foot, but a very faint mucous groove at its upper posterior end. HI, Huttoni is found in Albers’ list among the Rotule, and there are a great number of other similar misplacements in that author’s listsregarding the Indian and Malayan HeEticEa; some of the “more evident mistakes have already been pointed out by Mr. W. T. Blanford in his numerous conchological papers, TRACHIA DELIBRATA, Bens., pl. xvi, figs. 1—3. Helix delibrata, Benson, Journ, A. 8. Bengal, 1836, vol. v, p. 352 ; eadem Pfeiff., Chem., Phil., Reeve, &c. Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. xiv, fig. 4, (H. gabata), and figs. 9—10. The form described from Tavoy by Gould as H. procumbens (Bost. J., 1844, vol. iv, p. 453, pl. xxiv, fig 1), represents a peculiar variety, which is figured by Reeve, while Chemnitz’ figure is most probably taken from a Khasi hill specimen. The Tavoy form which also occurs at Moulmein, (though rather rarely), has the © whorls rapidly increasing, the spire flat or very little elevated, the last whorl considerably descending and the inner lip very narrow, - giving, so to say, a trumpet shape to the aperture. The usual size is 18—20 m.m. The surface is covered with a pale oliva- ceous or brownish cuticle, distinctly hairy in young specimens, but becoming almost perfectly smooth and shining in older ones ; 29 bo 26 F. Stoliczka~— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusea. [No. 3, at the upper periphery of the last whorl there is usually a single brown band traceable. Specimens devoid of the cuticle appear white; one of this kind was figured by Hanley and Theobald under the name H. gabata, as already alluded to, Specimens from Pegu and Upper Burma, perfectly agree with those from Moulmein, except that the aperture is generally a little less deflexed. Large specimens, measuring in the longer diameter more than 20 m.m., often become very flat. Specimens from Assam (Tézpore) have the whorls more regularly increasing, than Burmese specimens, they possess, therefore, a more orbicular shape, and the upper side is conspicuously convex. The cuticle becomes quite smooth with advanced age, and the shells are often encircled with numerous broader and narrower reddish brown bands. Full grown specimens (22—25 m.m.) from the Khasi hills and from Darjeeling appear to be peculiarly thin, and when well preserved they have the cuticle very rough and hairy; they are also generally marked with numerous brownish bands. In all specimens from the three last named localities the aperture is much less deflected and the inner lip longer, than in those from Tenasserim and Pegu, thus giving the shell apparently avery different aspect from the southern procumbens, but the gradual change from one form into the other, as well as the variations to be noticed in one and the same locality, clearly shew that all belong to one and the same species ; at least there is not one constant character by which they could be separated. The following measure- ments exhibit the amount of variation. Moulmein, Pegu. Assam. Khasi Darjeel- hills, ing. a b c d e Larger diam. pecs cig sion of lip),”-...\. a 18°5 23°0 18:0—185 23°0 21°35 Width of last whorl | near ‘the APertUre, 2+ wooeoe rns dered 65 78 6'6—5.5 80 8:0 Smaller diameter, Seen Ene reo nee hh EE 183 14°3—15°2 17°7 165 Height of shell,‘ ..i.ccscessascess 93 10°2 9:0—10°0 9:3 9'5 os. , OF BPORbNTS ssc: ja cwentcue 74 9°5 8'2—8°5 85 85 Width, ‘5 sdbeattee Saaee 9:3 12:0 9:8—9:0 US 11:0 Smaller diam.: larger diam. 0°75 0:79 0°'79—0'82 0°79 0:76 Height of aperture: width,,., O79 O79 083-094 074 077 ) pre ae procum= procum- delibrata, bens, bens, a typical ; 6, approaching the type. ea od ~ lame sates — 1871. ] F., Stoliezka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 99% The two last items in the table, giving the relative proportions of the most important characters upon which the growth of the shell depends, clearly shew the identity of the species. Two forms geo- graphically most distant, from Moulmein and Darjeeling, very closely correspond with each other. The limits of variation in the proportions between the smaller and the larger diameters are 0°75 and 0°82, and those of the height to width of the aperture 0°74 to 0°94, the difference being chiefly due to the greater or lesser expansion of the peristome. The animal of the Moulmein variety is fleshy grey, anteriorly much longer than posteriorly ; foot depressed, finely granulated like the rest of the body, without a lateral line; pedicles long, tentacles moderate, both of a darker grey colour; a pale strip runs from between the pedicles along the centre of the back and gradually disappears posteriorly. The mantle is entire at its edge and very slightly thickened, internally spotted with dusky brown ; the left dorsal lobe is only represented by a simple thickening, the right reaches anteriorly over the back and becomes rapidly narrower below. The mouth is short, thick, as in other Huxicip#; the salivary glands very large, enveloping the whole of the anterior part of the ali- mentary canal. The intestines are of considerable length, making one shorter and one longer twist. Other parts of the digestive and secretionary systems do not differ from those of other Hexicrpz ; but the genital organs are peculiar. The uterus is thin and long ; the seminal receptacle almost equal to it in length, and only moder- ately thickened towards its obtuse end. No glands at the ante- rior end of the uterus, nor an appendage on the recept. seminis ; neither was an arrow gland observed. The penis is, however, very long, twisted, with a small cecum (? flagellum) at the point where the vas deferens enters; the last thickened part is sus- pended by a special retractile muscle. The jaw is moderately narrow, semilunar, ribbed on the entire surface, the 7 median ribs being stronger than those following at the sides. The radula is of very great length. I counted 124 transverse, slightly angular series of teeth. The median tooth is very little 228 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3, smaller than the adjoining; it is obtusely pointed, with a small emargination on either side, The following teeth are gradually more oblique, but the base retains its subquadrangular shape ; the - inner large hook decreases and the outer small pointed one in- creases in size, until they become nearly equal, The one or two outermost teeth appear to be shortly tricuspid. The basal portion of the teeth is in all elongately subquadrangular, above very slightly emarginate on the central tooth, but becoming gradually more so on the laterals, while at the same time the width slightly and the length considerably decrease, until on the last teeth the upper ends are very distinctly bifurcate. The formula of the teeth is 22 (to 18) + 20 — 1 — 20 + (18 to) 22, there being 77 to 88 teeth in each transverse series. ‘The first 20 teeth on either side of the central tooth are somewhat larger than the following, but the passage from the larger to the smaller ones is very gradual, and not always distinctly traceable. TRACHIA GABATA, Gould. Heliva gabata, Gould, 1844, Bost. Journ., vol, iv, p. 454, pl. xxiv, fig. 9 ;— eadem Chem., Pfeiff., Reeve, &e. Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. xiv, fig. 7, non H. gabata, ibidem fig. 4 = H. procumbens, Gould. AH. Mergwiensis, Phil., 1846 ; eadem Peiffer, et auctorum. Plectotropis gabata, apud Wall., Proc. Z. Soc., 1865, p. 408. The specific distinctions pointed out by Philippi between his Merguiensis and Gould’s gabata, and relied on by subsequent authors, do not exist in reality. Both forms are covered with a hairy cuticle, but, when the hairs are broken off, a finely gra- nular, or rather punctate or scrobiculate, surface is produced, which generally can be easily detected, if not on the whole, at least on some portions, of the shell. Rarely are the hairs so much worn down, that the surface attains the appearance of being quite smooth. Shells which have the upper side quite flat, resembling the one figured by Gould, would seem to be of extreme rarity. I have not seen any full grown ones equal to it, but specimens with a slight upper convexity, like those delineated by Chemnitz and Reeve, are of common occurrence. The upper convexity of the shell is indeed subject to considerable variation. Some specimens have 1871. } F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 229 the whorls above so very tumid, that the peripherical keel on the last whorl instead of being near the upper edge comes to be situated nearly in the middle of the whorl. The aperture is more or less deflected, of a transverse, elongately oval, shape, with the inner lip generally conspicuously thickened and slightly emarginated. The species was originally described from Tavoy. It is not uncommon about Moulmein on the limestone hills at Damotha and eastward on the Gayin river, but I have not obtained a living speci- men of it. Major Godwin-Austen collected it also in the North Cachar hills. Wallace quotes it (doubtfully) from Celebes, but Martens, (Preusis. Exped., p. 391) seems to siti the correctness _ of the locality. Hanley and Theobald, in their Conch. Indica, give a rather poor figure of Merguiensis, but what is figured as gabata, Gould, appears to me to represent a shell of exactly the same type as Gould’s procumbens which is identical with Benson’s delibrata. Fam. ZGONITIDA. The animals of this family are characterized by the invariable presence of a mucous gland, situated at the truncate, posterior end of the foot ; above the base of the sole runs a distinct lateral line, or a row of enlarged tubercles, between the gland and the mouth; the jaw is smooth, or finely concentrically striated; outer teeth of the radula slender and generally bicuspid at the end, except the very last ones which are often simple, styli-form, In the muscular, digestive and nervous systems the Zonrripm do not differ from the Hzricrpa, but there is usually a slight dif- ference to be observed in the reproductive organs. In the latter family the so-called arrow or amatorial sac* (glandula mucosa cum sagitta amatoria) is short, with numerous thin appendages ; in the former it is either simple, or sometimes altogether absent. If present, it appears to be an important organ during copula- m tion. It is generally of a cylindrical shape and of a tough, mus- cular structure, attached by a special retractile muscle, enclosed in atubular sheath and terminating with a pointed papilla or flagel- * Or dart-sac of some English authors, 230 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 3, lum. The internal cavity is often filled with hardened particles of various shapes. Although during copulation an intromissile organ, it can only be considered as an organ of irritation, while the true penis is represented by a simple enlarged tube of the termi- nal part of the seminal duct (vas deferens). This is mostly the case, whenever the amatorial sac with its papilla is well developed. Some most remarkable organs, apparently modifications of the amatorial sac will be noticed in the genus Sesara and in Mae- rochlamys | Durgella| honesta. I hope to return to this subject at some future date and give a revised list of the Indian genera belonging to the present family, but many more animals must yet be examined, before reliable materials for purposes of classification can be obtained. For the present I shall confine my remarks to the following genera, Rotula, Conulema, Sesara, Macrochlamys with Durgella, Micro- cystis and Sophina. Of other forms of Zonrtrpm, common about Moulmein, I have omitted Helicarion, having the intention of examining this genus in connection with several other allied forms from the Khasi-hills and from the Himalayas at an early date. With reference to the organs which are useful in the grouping of the ZoniripZ#, I would especially draw attention to some variabi- lities in the genital apparatus. The presence or absence of an arrow, or amatorial sac, has been considered as an important generic distine- tion. I have repeatedy satisfied myself, that it is not so, and more- over that references to the form and shape of the genital organs must be very cautiously made. When animals are examined, it is very important to know whether they are full grown or adolescent, or very young. In each of these cases the form of the genital organs may be very different, as will, for instance, be found noticed in the genus Sesara. Again the size and development of certain parts of the genital system vary greatly according to the season of the year, &c. In speaking of the different organs in the general anatomy of the animals, I have mostly employed terms which have come into general use in anatomical publicatiofis. The arrow sac, (or dart-sac of some English authors) I have often termed amatorial sac, be- 1871.] F. Stoliczka—Votes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 231 cause it includes only an amatorial, not a true copulative, organ. When speaking of the mantle (see pl. xvii, fig 2,) I have termed, acccording to Semper, the two portions of the mantle, which on either side of the pulmonary opening are more or less reflected over portions of the peristome, the right and left shell-lobes, and those which cover the back of the animal the dorsal-lobes. Strictly speaking, there are only two mantle lobes present, one right and one left, but of each the superior portions often cover parts of the shell, and these are called shell-lobes ; they besides often possess separate appendages. The foot is below either grooved in the middle or not, but there is always amore or less wide muscular area present, which is separated from the margins of the sole by fine lunes. Genus. Rorvuza, Albers. This name was proposed by Albers (Helic., edit. 2nd, p. 62,) for Helix detecta, Fer., which species represents a type of sudbdiscord ZonitTipm, possessing a thin shell with numerous whorls, these being narrow, flattened and sculptured above : the last with more or less inflated, smooth, or finely striated polished base ; narrowly, or not, perforated ; carinated at the periphery ; apertural margins simple, attenuated, some- times internally slightly thickened. ‘Thus characterized Zotula would include a large group of Zoniripm from India and the adjacent islands. I may mention serrula and pansa, Bens., indica and Shiplayi, Pf., Kundaensis, Blf., &. When the last whorl is more rounded, as in ornatissima, Bens., the form would appear to pass into Semper’s Euplecta, and when the upper sculptured surface becomes smoother, as in textrina, Bens., the shells would appear to form a transition towards Macrochlamys. If the external characters of the shells be alone consulted, I do not think that great difficulty can be experienced in classi- fying the species under this genus, and, unless disproved by the - examination of the animal of the type, 2. detecta, Fér., the genus - may stand as indicated above. If this be admitted, and considering Helix anceps of Gould, H. Massont, Behn, and another unnamed species from Penang,—of all of which I have examined live animals,—as belonging to olula, I may add the following 232 F, Stoliczka—WNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 38, from the soft parts of the animal to the characteristic of the genus. Foot about equal in length to twice the largest diameter of the shell, moderately narrow, tail gland distinct with a small, obtuse, hook-like appendage above it ; sole with two longitudinal furrows ; lefé shell-lobe with a narrow appendage, originating some distance from the pulmonary orifice, a little below the angular periphery of the last whorl of the shell, and reflected over the basal portion of the last whorl only; right shell- lobe linguate, above (atthe posterior angle of the aperture of the shell) thickened, and below (at the columellar lip) slightly produced ; left dor- sal lobe divided into two lobes, the upper linguate, the lower narrow, sometimes nearly obsolete ; right dorsal lobe large, considerably extend- ong over the neck of the animal. Jaw semilunar, of nearly equal breadth throughout, smooth ; rqdula with many median rows of subequal teeth conspicuously larger than the outer teeth. It will be seen from this characteristic that I omit to make reference to the form of the genital organs for reasons which I have already explained, but further on I shall give some anatomical details of a species which, I believe, may be considered as one of the typical forms of the genus, &. anceps. Semper (Reisen im Arch. der Philipp., vol. III, pt. i, p. 388) characterizes Rotula merely from a few anatomical characters which appear to me very insufficient for such a purpose. He considers Albers type as only doubtfully belonging to the genus, thus estab- lishing the latter altogether upon a new basis, and placing ZH. celatura, Fer., rufa, Lesson, Iassoni, Behn, and Campbelli, Gray, in it. Of these I would exclude the first named species; the form of its shell is quite different from those of the other species, and the character of ornamentation indicates that the mantle lobes, if any be present, must also be different; it besides has no appendage above the tail-gland. The three other species I take, however, to belong to Rotula, H. semicerina, Morl., ( = Lawsonis, Reeve) is also referable to Rotula; it is connected through implicata,* Nevill, with Z. argen- tea, Reeve, and thus passes into the Zrochomorpha type of shell, though the animal is decidedly one of the Zoniripm, LH. cernica, * Journ, Asiat. Soc., 1870, vol. XX XIX, pl. ii, p. 407. io. oe eee ee : } 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca, 233 Ad., imperfecta, Desh, mucronata, Reeve, appear to represent quite a different group of ZonrripH with almost membranaceous shells. The South Indian H. ampulla probably belongs to this group. The shells are somewhat allied to the new genus Conulema (type @. attegia, Bens.), but the whorls are fewer and rapidly increasing. Their closest ally will probably be Helicarion, but an examination of the animals is necessary in order to determine the extent of the group. I expect that several species of Albers’ Thalassia, which chiefly includes Australian shells, will also be referable to Rotula, but I am not quite certain that Semper’s uplecta is sufficiently distinct from the typical forms of Thalassia. Rotvuta anceps, Gould, pl. xvii, figs. 1—3. Helix anceps, Gould, 1844, Bost. Journ., IV, p. 54, pl. xxiv, fig. 4; eadem Chem., Pfeiff., Reeve, &c., ( ? = Nanna arata, BIf.). Chemnitz’s figure of the species is excellent, but somewhat flat- ter forms also occur. The fresh shell is thin and transparent, covered with a shining epidermis ; the strie of growth are above strongly marked, crossed by fine spiral lines, the base is polished and with hardly traceable striz of growth. I found the species common to the south of Moulmein and near Amherst on trees and bushes in damp localities. At Damotha I obtained only four dead specimens on a limestone rock; they have distinctly a more solid shell, but do not differ in any other respect from those found on trees. Typical specimens of Blanford’s N. arata from Upper Burma (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 448), differ by having the base of the last whorl less inflated and somewhat more distinctly striated, but the differences are such, as may easily be referred only to a local variation of anceps, the shell being larger and flatter. The animal is dark grey with a distinct greenish tinge, darker on the front part of the head and on the pedicles. Foot long, slightly more than twice the longer diameter of the shell; lateral line distinct, rather high up above the edge of the sole ; the por- tion of the foot above the line is obliquely furrowed, below it nearly smooth, or very finely striated. Posterior part of foot 30 234 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3, tapering, obtusely truncate at the end; tail-gland with slightly thickened edges and a small hook-like appendage above. Sole of foot with two longitudinal, not very distinct, furrows; its middle part is a little broader than the lateral parts. The outer mantle edge is slightly thickened. The left shell- lobe (dsl, in fig. 2) has below the angular periphery a linguate process, reflected over the basal part of the peristome, and ends with another shorter appendage near the shell retractor; the right shell lobe (rs/.) has a linguate process at the posterior angle of the mouth, and another broader one covering the columellar lip. The left dorsal lobe (/d/.) consists of a small linguate process next to the pulmonary opening and extends after a short interruption as an in- distinct rim (in young specimens obsolete) along the inner side of the mantle. The right dorsal lobe (rdi.) is considerably produced over the neck and recedes rapidly, barely reaching to the shell re_ tractor. The pulmonary cavity is spacious, with dark pigment arrangedin ~ some irregular transverse bands. The pigment is supplied from a long, blackish mass spread superficially over a white, albuminous gland (pg, in fig. 1), accompanying the dull yellowish kidney, next to which on the left side follows the heart (4). The mouth is large, fleshy; the salivary glands also large, on long strings and in the original position situated at the lower anterior end of the stomach ; the latter is about 13 volutions long, withoutany coecal appendages; the intestines form only one twist and are surround- ed by two lobes of the liver. A narrow albuminous gland (ag) accompanies the rectum, . | The liver consists of several lobes: one is situated next to the hermaphrodite gland, while two others envelope the intestines ; a fourth larger lobe begins at the lower end of the kidney and covers nearly the whole of the lower side of the stomach; the last 24 volutions are also occupied by the liver. The nervous system with its numerous branches does not differ in any essential particular from that of other Zonrripaz. The genital organs occupy the right side of the dorsal cavity. In full grown specimens they are very complicated. The arrow sac (ag) is yery thick, twisted, angularly bent near the anterior 1871. | F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusea. 235 end, and internally provided with a strong, pointed papilla. This is composed of three entirely different layers of muscular tissue : thé outer one consists of tough longitudinal muscles, the next is a thick layer of transverse muscles, and then follows a_ soft tissue in which longitudinal muscles prevail; the inner cavity is in its entire length filled with an extremely fine granular substance, the granules being opaque and nearly equal in size. The herma- phrodite organ begins as a simple tube, the seminal receptacle branching off some distance from the opening, its end lies imbedded in soft tissue at the anterior part of the uterus. Where the seminal receptacle branches off the prostata possesses a small, dark, sessile, muscular appendage (fa). The inside of this resembled (in spirit specimens) a soft mass of fine reticulated threads, like spermatozoa. The vas deferens has about the middle a long appendage (7.) which enclosed a very thin, elastic or spongy flagellum ;* after this the duct thickens into a gland, filled with white, ovately lenticular, calcareous particles, having the appearance of a milky substance, when that glandis cut upon, A short distance from the calciferous oland follows again accecal appendage, attached by a few muscular threads to the inner side of the mantle; the terminal portion of the duct represents the true penis, it is somewhat bent and thickened near the middle, but it does not enclose a specially developed papilla for purposes of copulation. One young specimen which I examined did not appear to have the amatorial sac developed, at least I was not able to trace it. The uterus was very thin; the receptaculum seminis re- presented by only a very thin tube, twisted round the anterior part of the former. The was deferens had asmall flagellar appendage (f.), but the flagellum itself could not be traced, and there were no calcareous bodies developed in the small enlargement of the duct next to the flagellar appendage. The jaw (fig. 4) is rather narrowly semilunar, smooth, very slightly prominent at the median part of the concave front edge. In transparent light there is on it a very fine, somewhat irregular concentric striation perceptible, particularly near the front edge. * This flagellum is entirely distinct from the sac with calcareous bodies, and appears to have the cbject of assisting the passage of the spermatozoa through the calcareous mass which fills the enlargement next to it. " * 236 F. Stoliczka—WNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 3, The radula has about 75, almost straight, transverse, closely set rows of teeth, there being about 135 teeth in each row, (fig. 5). The median 25* teeth are subequal among themselves, but consider- ably larger than the outer ones, (about 55) on each side. The centre tooth is symmetrical, tricuspid, withthe median point most prolonged, the lateral cusps being comparatively small and turned somewhat outwards and inwards; the following teeth twist more and more outwardly on either side, the large, strongly curved, points becoming always thinner and the outer lateral points slightly larger, until they nearly equal each other in size. At the same time the breadth of the teeth considerably decreases. Conulema, n. gen. (Type, Helix attegia, Benson, from Burma.) Shell conotdal, thin, consisting of many, usually spirally ribbed or striated whorls ; base convex, narrowly or indistinctly umbilicated ; mar- gin of the aperture thin, not expanded ; outer simple. Animal narrow, long, (generally equal to twice the greater dia- meter of the shell); pedicles long, tentacles much shorter, lateral line distinct, the margin below it smooth ; gland at the end of foot large, superseded by a distinct horn; sole grooved ; two shell and two dorsal-lobes to the mantle, all of them small and with no sepa- rately produced appendages, but slightly extended on either end; genital organs with, or without, an amatorial gland; a single appendage to the penis, produced into the penis retractor; recep- taculum seminis terminating with a bulging end, attached to the anterior portion of the prostata. Jaw thin, transparent, smooth indistinctly or finely concentrically striated in the middle. Radula large, consisting of numerous (about 100) transverse rows, each with very numerous (300 to above 400) teeth, a few median teeth being conspicuously larger than the laterals which are narrow, pectiniform and very gradually decreasing in width. Following E, v. Martens, Mr. W. T. Blanford referred the type species of this genus, with several other allied species, to Albers’ Trochomorpha, but I have already (p. 225) noticed, that this name must be retained for an entirely distinct group, the type of which is Ly. planorbis, Lesson. * In younger specimens somewhat less, * -* 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusea. 237 The Indo-Malayan species which have presently to be referred to Conulema are Helix attegia, (with culmen, BIf.), infula, cacuminifera, arz and palmira, Benson, H. gratulator and confinis, Bf, Con. lirt- cincta, 0. sp., and probably also Nanina apicata, BIf. and H. hy- phasma, Pfr., from South India and Ceylon, H. leucophlea, Martens, from Celebes, and a few others, The genus is, as regards form and structure of the shell, closely allied to Semper’s Muartensia* (Reisen im Archipel der Phil. &e., 2ter Theil, ivter Band, p. 42), but in this the right shell-lobe of the mantle is said to be entirely absent and the penis has two coecal appendages, which have not been observed in Oonulema. The presence or absence of an amatorial gland cannot be accepted asa generic character, which will be evident from what I shall presently say in comparing the generative organs of C. attegia with those of C. infula. For Hutton’s Helix fastigiata which may be identical with Pfeif- fer’s Helix Barakpoorensis, and H. aspirans, W. and H. Blf., Mr. W.T. Blanford proposed the name Faliella (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1863, vol. xi, p. 83). The anatomy of H. Barakpoorensis closely resembles that of Conulema, but the dentition is different, that species having fewer teeth in a transverse row and a great number of the median ones enlarged, all being squarish, not pectiniform. CoNULEMA ATTEGIA, Bens., pl. xviii, figs. 1—4. Heliv attegia, Benson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, vol. iv, p 184 —eadem auctorum. 3 Nanina culmen, BIf., Journ, Asiat. Soc Bengal, 1865, xxxiv, pt. 2, p. 72. The animal is of a dull whitish colour ; the larger warts of the body, often possessing a pink tinge, are arranged in oblique rows; the pedicles are grey, and this colour also extends over a part of the _ back; ridge of the posterior part of the foot ashy grey ; mantle lobes light, or sometimes pinkish-grey ; inner part of mantle, forming the pulmonary sac, with spots and stripes of dark pigment, giving the _ shell, when the animal is retracted, a spotted appearance. The mantle lobes are very slightly extensible. Those covering the shell are somewhat thickened near their margins, the left shell ° * This name has already been employed in Botany. 238 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3, lobe+einrg slightly reflected over the edge of the outer lip, so as just to cover it. The right dorsal lobe is much larger than the left, which is represented by a mere thickened rim. The general anatomy of the digestive and nervous organs and of the muscular system is exactly as in Rotula. The generative organs have a large and long uterus; the terminal swollen end of the seminal receptacle is inbedded in a soft tissue at the anterior end of the prostata; vas deferens short and extremely thin, widened before it enters the penis, the expanded portion being filled with a granular colouring pigment, in which, however, no calcareous particles were discernible. The penis is rather thick, pos- teriorly prolonged and attached by a thin muscle to near the end of the prostata. The amatorial gland is a very strong, tough, twisted tube, enclosing a pointed flagellum. A section of the median portion of the gland (see la on pl. xviii,) shews an ex- ternal thick layer of longitudinal muscles, (a) then follows a layer of transverse muscles (8), and after this a thinner, but very tough layer (y), enclosing a hollow space (6), which in spirit specimens was filled with a jelly-like substance, mixed with harder flattened bodies of an irregular shape. The jaw is semicircular, slightly projecting in the centre of the concave edge, smooth, about the median part indistinctly and very finely concentrically striated ; the posterior part, along the convex edge and some distance from it, is not perfectly solidified. The radula is very large, consisting of about 100, nearly straight or slightly undulating transverse rows. In a full grown specimen I counted 405 teeth in each row, the formula being 200 + 2—1— 2 + 200, and the total number of teeth about 40,000, The four median teeth are conspicuously larger, than those following on either side, all have a sharp pointed cusp at the anterior end. “The centre tooth has besides two smaller cusps at each side and is symmetrical; the following are gradually more and more turned on either the right or left side, and the smaller cusps are, therefore, developed only on one side; the last lateral tooth is styliform. The shell of Conulema attegia is subject to a large amount of variation. The original specimen described from Tenasserim es 1871, ] F., Stoliczka—DNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 239 was a thin horny shell, and probably not quite mature. Young shells have the periphery always very sharply carinated, and the spiral ribs or striz on the whorls, as well as on the somewhat inflated base, are distinct. Specimens which live on foliage, or other kind of vegetation in low land, retain the thin horny structure of their shells, even when full grown, but the spiral striation,of the whorls is often difficult to be traced. On drier places and on sandstone hills the shells become more solid and are covered with a thin horny cuticle; the spiral striation becomes very distinctly discernible, and there often appear intermediate strize between the 4or5 stronger spiral ribs. A young specimen of this type has been described by Blanford as Nanina culmen. On limestone ground the shells become again more solid, often attaining a considerable thickness, and the specimens also grow to a larger size, but the spiral striation occasionally disappears almost entirely on the two last whorls. The species is common about Moulmein, though not so much on low land as on limestone hills. The spiral angle of specimens collected in Burma varies from nearly 70° to 86 degrees. The fol- lowing table will indicate some of the principal variations. Pegu. Moulmein, Wit FETE Spanner Ee Mumilber OF whorls,.....cs0c.c.00: 6 8 6; «© 62 ‘ij MGR OOF CIAMOEECT, ces ccedescacsee 5'8 13 Yb 8: 11:2 mm. Shorter diameter, ........csces0 52 11°5 6°4 7:2 DO: ie Prone tas OF SHEL], vives coe sox see ven 55 12° (hs 75 EO" “14; EMEA OTLO nos cneses conse ves eos 72° 80° F001 802 86° Wee eT) he aN Ly culmen. attegia. attegia, CoNULEMA INFULA, Bens., pl. xvili, figs. 5—9. Helix infula, Benson, Ann. and Mag. N, Hist., II, p. 160,—eadem auctorum. The animal of this species is identical in form and coloration with that of attegia, except that there is often a little more leaden Srey on the upper posterior part of the foot, tinging the sole. The general organisation is also the same in both, with the only difference that in the genital organs the amatorial sac is entirely - absent. The end of the seminal receptacle is attached by a fine thread to the anterior part of the prostata, and the albuminous _ gland of the uterus is comparatively larger than in attegia. 240 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. | No. 3, In specimens which I examined in winter the oviduct was anteriorly only slightly enlarged, but all larger specimens examined during the rainy season shewed a very conspicuous orange coloured swelling in that place (ov, in fig. 7, on pl. xvii). The ova composing it were in an advanced state of development, and some of them shewed already a spiral arrangment of dark corpuscles. The jaw exhibits a rather distinct but very fine concentric striation, the median projection in the anterior concavity is very slight, and the convex edge is partially soft, granular, not entirely horny. The radula is large, composed of about 100, nearly straight, transverse rows, each generally consisting of from 307 to 321 teeth, the seven median teeth being conspicuously larger than those following on either side, the formula being 150 + 8 ——1— 38 + 150; and the total number of teeth is somewhat above 30,000. The anatomy of the present species, when compared with that of the last, agrees, as already stated, almost perfectly. There isa slight difference in the terminal attachment of the seminal receptacle and in the number of enlarged teeth, but the only essential distinction lies in the absence of an amatorial sac in infula. I was at first inclined to attribute the absence of that organ to immaturity, but this view wag not supported by the examination of specimens at all seasons of the year, and some which had fully developed ova. The only conclusion I can arrive at is, that the presence or absence of an amatorial sac cannot be considered as a character of generic importance, for it would be simply dragging classification into absurdity, if we would refer imfula and attegia to two genera, while almost every other point of organisation, the form and colour of the animals and of the shells, are nearly perfectly the same, C. infula is a common* species in the neighbourhood of Calcutta ; _ it occurs sparingly in Western Bengal and northwards up to the foot of the hills, and is also found near Poona and Balaramptr in Southern India. In none of these localities do the specimens attain the size of the Burmese attegia, and when compared with ordinary '* A few years ago it was almost only seen in Orchid houses, but now it appears to become more generally distributed. 1871.] F. Stoliczka—wNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 241 specimens of the latter, the spiral angle is generally found to be smaller, the whorls slightly more convex and the base of the last less inflated. However, these characters are all somewhat vari- able, and I collected specimens of attegia at Moulmein which are almost undistinguishable from the Bengal znfula, the only difference being that the former are clearly immature, while the latter of the same size have all the appearance of full grown shells. The following measurements have been taken from specimens of different localties., Calcutta, Raniganj. Poona. remmniver Of ryeorls;( (0. oi. ive vsewecesedectoeveseds 64 i fs 5} Maa WSM GIAMOLETS 54545 abe). ds dnn's\ccd apvlovddlaedsine Eee PIER LEY he 55 mm. Smaller, ,, Me ita Rtbin the saiminkon Gabeocial aka vO 6'5 - BD, (14, AON SCN, nc sanna sea cocvasessdedweeseaas) ace 7. 73 Bb. ihe REN re Citi «pov le nconge Shona Unseen pets aps (ees 74° 70° I have not seen from any part of Bengal specimens larger than 8 mm. in the greater diameter, and those from the Western Ghats appear rarely to attain more than 6 mm. in the same diameter. The spiral angle varies in Bengal specimens from 65°—78°, on the average it is decidedly smaller than in attegia and may be taken at 74°, Conulema liricincta, Stol., pl. xviii, fig. 10. Con. testa late conica, tenui, castanea, apice pallida, vel omnino pallidelutescente, anguste umbilicata ; anfractibus 7, convexe grada- tis, sutura impressa simplici junctis, quatuor liris acutis spiralibus cinctis: liris duabus medianis crassissimis, superna tenuissima ; basi leevigata, prope peripheriam liris 3—4 tenuibus, approximatis notata ; lineis incrementi subtilissimis et confertissimis ; apertura sub-semilunari, labio columellari rectiusculo, brevi, supra paulo reflexo; labro tenui, simplici arcuato; diam. maj. 6°4, d. min. 6; alt. testee 5°8, alt. apert. 2°5, lat. ap. 3 mm. Hab. Prope Moulmein, ad flumen Ataran. The species has the general form of a rather large and elevated Con. palmira, Bens., but the spiral ribs are more distant and _ stronger, except at the periphery which is less sharply carinated. I have not seen the animal, but judging from the general resem- 31 242 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [| No. 3, blance of the shell to that of ¢nfula, it is tolerably certain that both belong to one and the same genus. Genus. SEsara, Albers. Heliceen, edit. 2nd, p. 91, (see pl. xvi, fig. 4—10). W. Blanford has already pointed out* the correct classification of this genus in the Zonrripm#, Albers having placed it as a subgenus of Helix. The type of the genus is Helix infrendens, Gould. It re- presents a group of small, lentiform Zonrr1pm, composed of numer- ous whorls, transversely ribbed above and smooth below, gener- ally imperforate, with a thickened columellar lip and a small aper- ture, being very often contracted by variously shaped teeth or ribs on the outer, or on the inner, lip, or on both of them. Young shells are very similar to those of Rotula, but can generally be distinguished by the thickened columellar lip. I have examined the animal of 8S. infrendens and pylaica. Both are quite similar. The foot is very long, narrow, with the terminal gland distinct and a small, hook-like, pointed appendage above it. The sole has two longitudinal grooves, rather close together, the median portion being narrower than each of the outer parts. The mantle edge is nearly entire, the left shell-lobe is below internally considerably thickened, the left dorsal lobe is very small, or almost obsolete; the right shell-lobe is, thin and somewhat convex, but without any separate appendage. The internal anatomy does not differ from that of Rotula and other Zonitipz, but there is some peculiarity to be noticed in the arrangement of the genital organs. I have dissected a young and an old specimen of S. 2nfrendens. In the young I found, (see pl. xvi, fig. 4), a simple, rather thin uterus and a tube leading from the end of it to the penis, which had a long appendage. In the old specimen (see pl. xvi, fig. 5,) the uterus, prostata, albuminous and hermaphrodite glands are of the usual form, but in the place where the receptaculum seminis should be situated I found a long, twisted, thin sac, partially divided in the lower part. This muscular sac contained three horny, curved tubes, (fig. 6), twisted * Ann, and Mag, Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., 1863, xi, p. 84. 1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Dotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. © 248 on tho convex side, and provided with ramified appendages. Two of these tubes, terminated with a kind of leathery, white bags, each being provided at the end with a long horny flagellum, the third had none, but it may have been broken off. These leathery bags, together with the end retractor of the penis, were originally located at the end of the prostata ( in fig. 5). Between these horny tubes there was twisted a very long thread (fig. 7,) bearded in its entire length, and apparently consisting of a nace glassy substance. Of the same substance a few other simple threads were also observed (fig. 8). . The horny tubes are all hollow and apparently filled with a gra- nular substance, of which, however, the terminal bags contained only a small quantity. ‘ I can form at present no correct idea what the physiological and morphological value of this very singular and most compli- cated appendage is. Possibly it may in some form or other replace the seminal receptacle, or the arrow sac, for appendages containing similar horny tubes also occur in other Zonrripm, (see p. 249); and in these a special seminal receptacle is also not developed. Examinations of living specimens, must, however, be made, in order to ascertain the true physiological facts. The seminal duct has a long appendage enclosing a thin flagellum ; next to it itigenlarged into a calciferous gland, the calcareous bodies being of a broadly ovate form, acuminate at either end; enlarged to 150 diameters they are seen only as the finest sand. ‘The lower portion of the penis is rather muscular; towards the end it is strongly twisted. The jaw is semilunar, rather narrow, smooth, finely radiately striated on the inner side and besides marked with very minute strive of growth; it possesses an obtuse projection in the middle of the front edge. The radula is large, composed of about 60 transverse series of teeth, arranged in almost perfectly straight lines. The central tooth has a single median rather abruptly contracted cusp, laterally it is only slightly flexuous, but not distinctly denticulate; it is somewhat smaller than either of the adjoining teeth. Ten teeth in each row on either side of the central tooth are conspicuously larger 244 F., Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3, than the following outer ones, which vary between 45 and 50, giving the following formula 50 + 10 — 1— 10 + 50. On the inner lateral teeth the median cusps are very long, pointed and hooked ; the outer dentical is small and the inner almost obsolete. The outer lateral teeth become very rapidly bicuspid and narrow. The examination of other species of this genus must shew which of the characters are to be regarded as particularly distinctive in comparison with allied forms. The small size of the centre tooth may be a useful character ; but the chief difference probably lies in the genital organs which are quite peculiar, and require further explanation and comparison. The typical species of Sesara are all from the limestone hills about Moulmein. They are infrendens, Gould, pylaica, Benson, Lickelli and inet to Seen aan be fourth res VaVuwepenepachs ves eyeide. sah bap ede can ein selstacs salts ee ann 2.85 99 tibia, . veeunce Caiee saben “con tes sop eps enecsethSeces sar eavdsese: wipe @ecese vec 1.15 » 1oof and claws, len te O8O 4 a0 Se one ven Gggseeare be sew ove neeehe a aie'ys tiwret aie nnn zs CALCAMOIINA, 10s sae sie wnt o> daciepes dh esacee “54 po0véu bce obi ialbcewll soutien leks tein nnn PRB AOD, os cncsenson ajaecne) 3 - q 1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 367 mouth extending to below the anterior third of the orbit, lower jaw shortest. Teeth, pharyngeal,—pointed, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5. Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the hae of the caudal, its osseous ray strong, and coarsely serrated. Caudal lobed in its last two-thirds. Colours. Purplish silvery along the back, becoming silvery white from about four rows of scales above the lateral line. Hab. Central India, attaining 6 inches or more in length, (Zo be continued.) ACCOUNT OF A VISIT TO THE EASTERN AND NoRTHERN FRONTIERS OF INDEPENDENT SIKKIM, WITH NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE ALPINE AND SUBALPINE REGIONS, Part I,*—dy Wint1am T. Buan- soap. 0. G, S.; C,.M. 4. 'S, &e. (With a map, plate XXIV.) [Received 28th July, read 5th August, 1871. ] The extent to which the interior of Sikkim has been neglected by Anglo-Indians is very remarkable, It is true that the country does not present attractions in the way of sport, and this alone is the inducement which takes nine-tenths of our countrymen into the Alpine regions of the Western Himalayas. It is true also that there are no roads, that the tracks along which it is necessary to climb are frequently such as require the use of one’s hands as well as legs, that but few supplies are procurable, and that everything. must be carried on coolies, who must be taken from British terri- tory ; it is also true that the discomforts arising from frequent rain, and the attacks of leeches and insects are, during part of the year, a great drawback to travelling; still it is a curious fact that since Drs. Hooker and Campbell first explored the country in 1848- 49, but one European had penetrated to the passes of Donkia and Kongra Lama before the visit I am about to describe, although the country has been open to travellers during at least half the in- * This part contains the description of the journey, the second part will con- sist of notes on the fauna, especially on the birds. 368 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. Bo tervening period. Captain Chamer, the solitary visitor who reached the Northern passes, made a rapid journey in search of sport in the spring of 1870, but was not very successful.* It had for a long time appeared to me that the fauna of the al- pine portion of Sikkim was far less known than that of most other accessible regions of the Himalaya. Much novelty, amongst the vertebrata at least, was not to be expected, because Mr. Hodgson’s collectors had ransacked for years the neighbouring regions of Nipal. But still no one, except Dr. Hooker, had ever observed the animals of the country, and the attention of that veteran Hima- layan traveller was mainly devoted to the botany, although numer- ous notes on the fauna are scattered through his delightful ‘‘ Himalayan Journals.”” I believe that the popularity of that model naturalist’s note book has rather tended to prevent further exploration of the country. Few people can conceive how very little is really known of the fauna of upper Sikkim, despite the number of years that have elapsed since its leading features were first described, or that the animals of the upper Lichen and La- ching valleys are no better known than those of the Pangong lake and Ladak. The vertebrate fauna of British Sikkim, one of the richest, if not the very richest in the whole world, has been pretty completely explored by Hodgson, Tickell, Jerdon, Beavan and others, but not one of these observers penetrated to the snows. ‘The only travels in Sikkim since the time of Hooker and Campbell, of which accounts have been published, are those of Captain W. 8. Sherwill, (J. A. 8. B. 1858, XXII, pp. 540, 611,) and Major J. L. Sherwill, (J. A. S. B. 1862, XXXI, p. 457). Both relate to the Singalela range and the higher valleys south of Kanchanjanga. Several visits have been made to the Chola and neighbouring passes, but no ac- counts have been published of any of them, and neither of the Sherwills makes more than passing mention of the fauna of the country. In the autumn of 1870, I had at last an opportunity of devoting three mouths’ leave to the interior of Sikkim, At the same time I * T learn from Colonel Haughton that an account of Captain Chamer’s jour- ney has appeared in the “ Sporting News” of the present year. I have not had an opportunity of reading it. 2 Oe Se Or a ae = Se OTE NE 1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 369 learned that Captain Elwes, who had come from England mainly in order to study Indian ornithology, had been staying at Darji- ling since the commencement of the monsoon, and was anxious to penetrate into the interior, and that Colonel Haughton, the Com- missioner, had written to the Raja of Sikkim to ask him to give Captain Elwes all the assistance in his power. As we had nearly the same objects in view, we agreed to travel together. ; The time at our disposal, August, September, and October, was decidedly unpropitious. All travellers in Sikkim have described the disadvantages of the rainy season; both Dr. Campbell’s and Captain W. 8S. Sherwill’s accounts of their journeys in the autumn are a record of constant discomfort. But there was no help, an Indian official must take leave when he can get it, although that be at the worst season of the year. Our principal object was to reach the upper branches of the _Tista valley, where the rains are lighter, and the climate cool in consequence of the elevation. Here we expected to find a very different fauna from that of Sikkim proper, and belonging to the dry central Asian region. A glance atthe map of Sikkim will shew that the long hot tedious march up the valley of the Tista might easily be avoided, and Lachting reached, by crossing the Choid range, which forms the eastern boundary of Sikkim, by the Yak-la, or one of the neighbouring passes, marching northwards along the flank of the Chumbi valley, and recrossing into Sikkim by the Tankra-Ié. The only difficulties in the way are the necessity of avoiding the Tibetan guard when entering the Chaimbi valley, and the finding of a road from the one pass to the other without passing through the town of Chimbi. As regards the first point, Mr. W. 8. Atkinson and Mr. Clarke, who visited Yakla in 1867, found no guard whatever there, and were led to believe that none was usually stationed at this pass. The other difficulty would cer- tainly have appeared the more formidable of the two, had we had much experience of the Sikkim mountains, but having none, we scarcely troubled ourselves about it, supposing that it must be pos- sible to march along the flank of the range without descending into the deep valleys. a 47 370 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4, Elwes, after much trouble, debate, and enquiry, had learned that the plan was feasible, that there was a pass nearer to Darjiling and easier than YAklé by which we could cross, and he secured the services of a man, a native of Chimbi, named Chuda, who pro- mised to shew us the road from one pass to the other. This man subsequently proved to be an arrant impostor, he did not appear to have any acquaintance which the Chol4 range, and we after- wards learnt that he had hired himself as our guide on the strength of two journeys he had made between Chimbi and Darjiling as a salt carrier. He did not even know the road by which we went, the marches along which, as given to us in Darjiling, proved quite inaccurate. This well illustrates one of the difficulties in the way of travelling in Sikkim. Very little confidence can be placed in any statements as to roads, and especially as to distances, made by Biitias at all events. This is partly due to untruthfulness, but more perhaps to that want of accurate ideas about time and dis- tance which is so characteristic of savage and semi-savage races.* Our plan was therefore to march across part of the Butan Diars east of the Tista, and through the south-eastern corner of native Sikkim to a pass called Jelep-la, and thence, if practicable, to make our way to the Tankra-la along the east side of the Chola range. The arrangements about coolies and provisions had been pretty nearly completed by Elwes, before I reached Darjiling, thus saving much trouble and delay. I mention them because our experience may be of service to future travellers. The coolies were partly Nepalese, partly Butias and only a few Lepchas. The head- man or sirdar, Giruk by name, was a Sikkim Bitia, and a good specimen of the race, tall and stout. He proved an excellent man, * Few, if any, savage and semi-civilized races have any conception of dis- tance, as we understand it. They consider places far or near in proportion to the time necessary to reach them. I once had a good instance of this in Sik- kim itself, when ascending Tongli. As I was going up I asked one of the coolies the distance to the summit from the monastery at Simonbong. He said ten kos. When returning and about one kos below the top I asked the same man how far we had to go to the monastery, and he replied three kos, Why, I said how is this, yesterday you told me it was ten kos to the top, to-day you make only four, Oh! said he, it is ten kos to go up, but only four to come down. In connection with this, it may be borne in mind that it is the practise of many civilized nations to reckon their distances by hours, 1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 371 hard-working, and not given to making difficulties. We had also a second head man or daffadar who, in charge of sixteen coolies, Lep~ chas and Butias, with rice and spare stores, was sent direct to Laching vid Tamling. Another daffadar was in charge of the Nepalese coolies, of whom we took ten, in the hope that they would go with us into Tibet, if the Bitias were afraid to cross the frontier. Neither of these daffadars proved of much use. Most of the provisions were packed in bamboo Lepcha baskets, lined with leaves to keep out the wet, and each man hada ‘‘voung,”’ acane mat about 43 feet by 3 in size, made of leaves between two net-works of split bamboo, serving to protect both him and his load from the rain. | We had arranged to start from Ging on the 13th of August, but as I was not very well, Elwes went on to catch up the coolies, who had preceded us by three days, and I left next morning. I quickly rode down to the Rangit bridge and along the road on the right bank of the Rangit leading to the Tista. But before I had proceeded far beyond the Rangit bridge, I had to send my pony back, for the road was blocked up with landslips, and the bridges had been washed away by the rain, and from this point I walked on to the Tista bridge, about 14 miles below the junction of the Rangit. The heat was great, as the sun was shin- ing brightly. After crossing the fine cane bridge over the Tista, I found my Bitia shikari and a mule which Elwes had sent down for me from Kalingping. He had found nothing to carry him up, and was nearly knocked over by the heat in the steep climb of 4000 feet without a break. I ascended easily enough, thanks to the mule Elwes had with some difficulty very kindly procured for me, and I reached the rest house at Kalingping about 4p. mM. The left bank of the Tista ig here in the Daling Duar, formerly part of Butan, but annexed after the war of 1864. The rest house, or dik bungalow, is a large bamboo hut. Elwes had gone on some sixteen miles to a place call- ed Phytidong, where we had arranged to overtake the coolies, and he had promised to wait there for me next day. Kalingptng is a civilized place with a police guard, It is not visible from Darjiling, but can be seen from the Lebong spur west 372 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [ No. 4, of the Rangnu valley. It is on the crest of the spur immediately east of the Tista, and just above the confluence of the Tista and great Rangit rivers. | August 15th. IT again borrowed a mule and started as soon after daybreak as I could get the three or four men who were with me tomove. The road led for about ten miles in a north-east direction along the flank of the great spur which runs up to Damsong, pass- ing mainly through clearings in which maize, marwa and hill rice were growing luxuriantly. At length the path ascended to about 6000 feet, leaving the clearings and traversing the splendid open forest which clothes the outer hills of Sikkim at this elevation. Here as usual leeches abounded, but as the day was fine they were not troublesome. I found three or four land shells and a very re- markable slug of an undescribed genus allied to Vaginulus, pale brown in colour with a carinate back. I now sent back the mule I had been riding and walked on, leav- ing the road to Damsong on my left. After about four miles through the foregt, the path descended to clearings again and I met Elwes coming to meetme. He had found everything in order, and-we soon reached Phytidong, a small cluster of good houses with a little open flat covered with grass on which our tents were pitched. We had two tents, one for ourselves, the other for ourmen. The first was made out of an old Jabbalptr shildéri by cutting it down to 8 feet square and 6 feet high in the middle, removing the lining and replacing it by blanket, and fitting very ight bamboos instead of the absurdly heavy ones which are usual in the plains of India. This tent proved both warm and waterproof; it had but one fault, weight, as when wet it required two coolies to carry it. The other tent for our men, of Darjiling manufacture, was much larger and made of American drill. It was light enough certainly, but it was far from waterproof. We had dispensed with tables, chairs and cots, in order to travel as lightly as possible. Phytidong is rather a pretty place on the southern slope of the Rishet valley which here forms the boundary between the Bitan Duars and Independent Sikkim. The stream at the bottom of the valley runs west towards the Tista, through dense tropical jungles: 1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 378 from about 1000 feet above’ the stream or between 2500 and 3000 feet above the sea up to nearly 6000 feet of elevation, the greater portion of the slopes, where they are not too steep, are either ac- tually under cultivation or bear marks of having been so recently, whilst, above about 6000 feet, the head of the valley and a dark stripe on the crest of each spur consist of magnificent unbroken forest. This is the invariable appearance of all valleysin the outer ranges of Sikkim, except where, as around Darjiling, they have been ruined by reckless woodcutting. 16¢h. On preparing to start next morning, Elwes found, to our great annoyance, that a very nice mountain aneroid, which he had brought, had disappeared, having doubtless been stolen. This was very unfortunate, for it was our only barometer, and although the elevations in the upper Tista valley were all determined by Hooker, this is not the case on the Chola range. Our route led in a sloping direction down to the Rishet stream, and thence up the - opposite side of the valley to Rhinok, which, from Phyudong, look- ed barely two miles distant. We started about 8, which was the earliest time at which we could collect our coolies, for all the hill men, like Burmese and other Indo-Chinese races, and like several of the pseudo-aboriginal tribes of India itself, but unlike the Hindus, always eat before starting. We rapidly descended to the river by a road, bad after the carefully zigzagged paths of British Sikkim, but which was magnificent as compared to the tracks we encountered subsequently. On my way down I captured a snake and just escaped being bitten by it, which made me feel uncomfortable for the moment, for it was a most venomous looking brute. It proved to be Psammodynastes pulverulentus, a snake which appears made to prove that it is by no means so easy to distinguish between venomous and non-venomous snakes as is commonly sup- posed and asserted. Teally it is not dangerous, but not only has it - the flattened head and broad jaw which are usually characteristic of the venomous snakes, but it possesses a pair of long fangs in front of the jaw, so that even after capturing it and examining the teeth, it is difficult to distinguish it from a poisonous species, The stream afforded a delightful bath, the water not being so cold as to be unpleasant in the hot steaming valley. There were 374 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No, 4, but few birds, the little plumbeous redstart, Ruticilla fuliginosa, was running over the rocks like a dipper, and a superb Ceryle guttata, the large black and white kingfisher of the Himalayan valleys, flew past. We halted at the stream for breakfast, and I should have preferred waiting there till the afternoon, but we found that so long as we halted, the coolies did the same, and that when ordered to go ahead, they did soto the distance of perhaps 200 yards and then sat down to wait for us. Rain was threatening, (the weather hitherto had been fine) and we therefore started up the steep ascent to Rhinok. It proved a hot climb through old clearings now overgrown with wormwood, through the close mass- es of which no wind can penetrate, whilst it affords no shelter from the sun’s rays. We camped at Rhinok in an open clearing, sur- rounded by wormwood bushes. Our coolies got into houses and sheds scattered about in the neighbourhood. We were informed that a Kaji (the Sikkim corruption for a gdz7) had been sent by the Raja of Sikkim to meet us here at the entrance to his territories, rather an evil omen, as shewing that the whole of our intended route, which we had tried to keep secret, was perfectly well known to the people in Chumbi. I had fully expected this, however, for before I left Darjiling I found the story had oozed out some weeks pre- viously. 17th. A night’s rain was succeeded by a dull morning with a steady downpour, and our coolies commenced a series of most amus- ing manceuvres to gain a day’s halt. First we had to receive the Kaji, who appeared about 8 o’clock, accompanied by another offi- cial who brought us a large present of vegetables, rice, flour and marwa, The Kaji produced a letter from the Raja written in Tibetan (the court language of Sikkim) on tough silky Tibetan paper, and wrapped in a handkerchief of white Chinese silk, the proper style of envelope in good Tibetan society. The letter was read by the Kaji and, where necessary, interpreted by him into colloquial Tibetan, and then repeated to me in Hindustani by our headman Gutruk, who understood ordinary Tibetan well, although some of the more flowery court phrases were evidently not familiar to him. ‘The purport of the letter was, that the Raja was greatly pleased to hear that we were coming to visit his country, and that 1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 375 he would afford us every assistance in his power, but that he beg- ged us not to attempt to cross the Tibetan frontier. The Kaji was to accompany us to the Chol4 range and to take care of us, which, being interpreted, of course meant to see that we did not cross into Tibet. | 3 The interview lasted some time; after it was over, we determined to breakfast and start. But it was useless sending for the coolies, one man after another appeared with some excuse or other. The rain would cease soon, the road ahead was impassable from its slipperiness, the leeches were terrible and we should be eaten alive, &e. &c. Time went on till it was 11 o’clock, when a Nepalese cooly, who had been over the road before, declared that it was useless to start now as we could not possibly reach Chisachen, the next halting-place, before night, and at length we had to give in. I went out and shot two or three birds, but nothing rare: yithalis- cus erythrocephalus, Grammatoptila striata Sc. In the afternoon there were some large landslips in the valley, and although they were two or three miles distant, the noise was like that of thunder. 18th. There was an improvement in the weather, and we start- ed early. One of the coolies was ill, and I remained behind for some time to make arrangements with the village mandal, or head man, to take the poor fellow in for a day or two. Whilst waiting, a flock of hill monkeys, (nnuus pelops?) climbed into some trees above the camping ground and I watched them there for some time. They are far less active than the common Indian J. rhesus. Starting at length I climbed to the crest of the range north of the Rishet, perhaps 1000 feet above Rhinok, and found myself on the slope of a deeper valley, that of the Rangchi, on the opposite side. The path led for amile or two along the side of the hill through high forest swarming with leeches, until after passing a spur it descended rapidly to the valley of a large tributary of the Rangchu ; the road beyond this to the Sikkim frontier lay up a long spur between the Rangcht and this tributary. After a bath and breakfast we proceeded to climb the opposite side, and to our surprise reached Chiis4chen in about an hour. The march was dn fact a very short one, and might with the great- est ease have been accomplished the day before. We went 376 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. No. 4; about 1500 feet up the slope of the hill above Chiisichen to a hut, in which we had a bamboo platform or machan built to sleep upon. From just above the place where we encamped there was a fine view, much impeded by clouds, over the Tista valley to the westward. On a hill in front, the slopes of which were for Sikkim unusually gentle, stood the large village of Dikiling, its houses and clearings scattered over three or four square miles of country. Throughout lower Sikkim the houses of a village are not placed close to- gether, as in India, but are scattered about, each house apparently in the midst of its own fields; and different houses in the same village are frequently long distances, as much as one or two miles, apart. The only exceptions to this which I saw were in the villages of the Ldchen and Liching valleys. As the usual object in placing houses together is mutual protection, this appears to indicate that the attacks of enemies have been uncommon, except in the vaileys close to the Tibetan frontier, which, in-fact, belonged to Tibet formerly.* August 19th. Our route lay up the spur: rain began almost im- mediately after we started and continued steadily throughout the morning; it had also poured nearly the whole night. We soon entered the usual high forest, with but little underwood, which marks an elevation of 6000 to 8000 feet above the sea, and in which the leeches are met with in the greatest profusion. They can be kept off to a considerable extent by tying tobacco leaves round . one’s ankles. In addition to this, I used to powder the inside of my gaiters with snuff, but it is impossible to escape them altoge- ther. After traversing forest for four or five miles, we descended about 1000 feet into clearings, and emerged into a small side val- ley, leading into that we had left behind at Chisachen. ‘The rain had ceased and we breakfasted at some Butia houses. The coo- lies had made up their minds to halt at this place, however we induced them to go on and reascended into the forest. After three or four miles we reached Kaphi, the last permanent village on the road; beyond this we were told we should meet no one until we arrived at the upland pastures to which the cattle had been taken for the summer, e * Hooker's Himalayan Journals, II, 42. (2nd Hd. II, 64.) 1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 377 At Kaphu there were but two houses. In one of these there was some person sick, and as we could not find a spot on which to pitch our tent, we established ourselves in the other, and our peo- ple esconced themselves beneath the house. 20th. Leaving Kaphu, the path, so well worn as to prove the very considerable traffic which passes by this route, led rapidly upwards. The weather was fine at first, but everything was soon shrouded in mist, which not long afterwards became rain. We climbed steadily for about four hours, passing from the open forest to an underwood of dwarf bamboo, which became shorter and closer as we advanced. We passed one small marshy open glade with a log hut standing in it, and soon after coming amongst tree rhodo- dendrons, we came to another very small opening, apparently na- tural, in which was a second shed, a roof of logs without sides. In this spot, which bears the name of Jelik, we determined to halt, although our march had been short, asthe coolies had had a steep climb. The afternoon passed in steady rain and mist, and the air was chilly. As Elwes’s aneroid had been stolen at Phyidong we could but guess at our elevation; but the circumstance that we had fairly entered the rhododendron forest with an underwood of dwarf bamboos, and that we had left nearly all the leeches behind, together with the close resemblance of the forest to that on the top of Tonglt led us to estimate our height at about 10000 feet, or perhaps a little more. In the afternoon Elwes climbed somewhat higher and | came up- on pines and junipers. He also shot a female of the Sikkim horn- ed pheasant, Ceriornis satyra, a very rare bullfinch, Pyrrhoplectes epauletta, and some other good birds. JI meantime had met with nothing but one or two common Levotrichine such as Siva strigula and Yuhina occipitalis, but Elwes’s shikari brought in the rare Cochoa purpurea and 2 male Ceriormis. The pheasants were fine birds though in very poor plumage. All the Darjiling Butias and Lepchas call them Monal, distinguishing Lophophorus Impeyanus, which is also found in Sikkim, as the blue Monal. We pitched our tent in a marsh, leaving the shed for our men, and we had a small platform-like cot or machan of bamboo built in- side the tent upon which to sleep. We also determined to make 48 378 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4, a short march the next day into the juniper region, and to halt there.* 21st. It was clear at sunrise, but soon clouded over, indeed from the first the only view was towards the Tista. We went only about a mile up the steep path, coming soon upon dwarf juniper, Juniperus recurva, and silver fir, Abies Webbiana, which soon increas- ed in size and abundance, until at about 11000 feet, (estimated) the dwarf bamboos for the most part disappeared, and the forest, no longer so high as below, consisted of the silver fir and rhodo- dendrons of various kinds. At about this elevation, we came out into an open space, on the narrow ridge of the spur, gay with a brilliant yellow composite flower, on which many of the peculiar red-tailed green honey-suckers, Athopyga ignicauda, were feeding. The lovely Myzornis pyrrhoura was common; I also shot Conostoma emodium, a thorough crateropodine in its habits despite its thick bill, Pyrrhula aurantiaca and Trochalopterum subunicolor, a com- mon Darjiling laughing thrush, which I was rather surprised to find at this elevation. I obtained a few land shells amongst the dead leaves, including a species of Alyceus, a Diplom- matina, and a discoid Cyclophorus, the two former certainly unde- scribed, a peculiar green Helix and a Gilessula. I do not know of any previously recorded instance in which Cyelophoride have been ~ found at so great an elevation, and as Alyceaus and Diplommatina are typically Malayan, none being known in the plains of India, their presence at this height affords a remarkable instance of the extent to which this damp-loving fauna has crept up the slopes of the Sikkim Himalaya. August 22nd, The name given to us by our men for the night’s encampment was Lingti. I suspect this is really the name of a summer cattle station farther up the ridge. It poured all night, and as our coolies had no house to get into they improvised huts of boughs. All the men we had were Butias and Nipalese, who are both hardy races, and stand cold much better than the Lepchas. * At this piace and at many others on our road we met Bitias carrying heavy loads of salt and coming from Chimbi. There isa considerable traffic between Chimbi and Darjiling entirely carried on by coolies, The exports into Chimbi are,I believe, sugar, rice, and a little English hardware,’ The import of Darjiling tea into Tibet is absolutely prohibited. a3 > ale Soret rile Sg ee Se 1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 379 The path continued steep for another 1000 feet, and led up a erag- gy spur, too steep for trees in most places. Had the weather been fine, the view over Sikkim would, in all probability, have been magnificent, but, unfortunately, a dense mist shrouded everything. On the top there was much rhododendron scrub, but the road now led along the crest of the spur through small rhododendron trees, and then emerged into open grassy valleys with patches of forest formed of rhododendrons and silver fir. Here, at an elevation of 12000 feet, I first came upon traces of former glaciers in the shape of small pools in marshy hollows dammed up by what were evi- dently little moraines. I had been carefully watching for marks of glacial action at a lower elevation, but could find none whatever ; if any ever existed they have long since been obliterated by the tremendous rainfall and consequent disintegration and denudation of the surface. In the interior of Sikkim, as will be seen here- after, this is not the case ; there glaciers have left unmistakable marks at least 6000 feet lower. Elwes was, as usual, ahead; I had marched along quietly, shoot- ing birds, looking for landshells, &&. On my roadI met the Kaji’s servant bringing me a bamboo pot of marwa, which was very agreeable, even in the cold climate we had now reached at 12000 feet. The Kaji had been very polite, and had supplied us with marwa at each day’s halt, by no means eschewing the beverage himself. Almost every one who travels in Sikkim takes a liking to this most refreshing drink, however much he may despise it whilst soda water is still available. In the grassy valleys were large herds of cattle driven up to this elevation for pasturage in the summer; in the winter they are taken down to the warm valleys. During the rainy season I doubt if any terrestrial animals can exist in the forest between 4000 or 5000 and 9000 feet, they would be in all probability de- stroyed by the leeches. It is certain that the only mammals found are squirrels, monkeys, and a few other arboreal forms; even the 3 pheasants are wanting, after the Kalij, Gallophasis melanonotus, is left at about 5000 feet*, until Cerornis is met with at nearly 10,000 feet. - * Jerdon gives for the range of this Gallophasis 3000 to 8000 ft., Beavan (Ibis 1868, p. 381,) 2000 to 7000, I suspect this is in the cold season, when I 380 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4, We entered an open grassy valley with rounded down-like hills on each side, and no high mountains in sight. Patches of fir and rhododendron forest were scattered about, and down the centre, marshy in places, a stream ran over pebbles and rounded blocks of rock. The scenery was more like the mountainous parts of Hurope than anything familiar to dwellers in India. It looked a paradise for a sportsman, but unfortunately there were no deer in the forest, nor trout in the river. Ata halting-place called Gna- tong, where was the usual wooden shed, we pitched our tent, after clearing away a space amongst the flags and shrubs which covered the marshy ground, but it was so swampy that we were compelled to make a machan to sleep upon. The Kaji told us that the pass was one march ahead from this, and that from the foot of it a path led along the Sikkim side of the range to Chimanako close to the Chola pass, also that he had just received orders from Chimbi to accompany us along the range, on the Sikkim side however. 23rd. We resolved to go ourselves. to the Jelep pass, as if to visit it, and to see if there was a guard or not, taking our camp only to the foot, or Lagyep. We accordingly started early and walked up along gentle ascent and over some grassy hills, and then descended through rhododendron scrub to the banks of a pretty little lake, 1$ to 2 miles long, called Bidan-Tso. This lay in a valley between the hills we had just crossed and the steep, high and craggy dividing ridge between Sikkim and Chumbi in Tibet. A line of watershed crossed the valley just where our road traversed it, the lake discharging its waters to the south-east, whilst a stream, coming down from the frontier range just above the head of the lake, runs to the north-west down the valley. Our road led to the north-east up the valley of this stream. Hitherto we had not ascended much since starting in the morning; at any rate the descents had very nearly equalled the ascents, but from this spot we began gradually to rise. The lateral valley we had entered was much more craggy than those left behind, its southern or have myself seen them decidedly higher than in the rains. During the mon. soon I think they keep below 5000, and that Arboricola rufigularis does the same, whilst Ceriornis rarely descends below 9000. 1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 381 rather south-eastern side being a dense mass of rhododendron scrub up to an elevation of perhaps 14,000 feet, while the north- western hill side was bare. Here we first caught sight of the giant Sikkim rhubarb, some idea of which may be gained from Cap- tain W. 8. Sherwill’s figurein J. A. S. B. 1853, p. 618%, its “ pale pyramidal towers,’’ as Hooker calls them, being very conspicuous, scattered over the hill sides more than a thousand feet above, and looking in the distance like white posts. Gradually ascend- ing, we started from amongst the rocks a flock of snow pigeons, Columba leuconota, but birds were not numerous, Calliope pectoralis and Propasser thura being the most conspicuous. We slowly ascended to a barren ridge forming the crest of the Jelep pass, at about 13,000 feet or rather more; to the south-east was a little lake amongst high crags, to the north some steep masses of rocks; no snow was visible. On the crest of the ridge some 20 Tibetans were posted to oppose our passage; they were quite unarmed, except with their knives, and remained seated around the pile of stones which marks the frontier; their Jong. or Captain, a round-faced rosy Tibetan, with by no means an intelligent countenance, in the centre. He appeared to take no notice of us, and seemed solely occupied in muffling himself in his huge cloak to keep off the wind, which blew piercingly over the exposed ridge we were on. We sub- sequently learned that the guards, Jong and all, I believe, were merely villagers, who were ordered up to guard the frontier, and singularly enough, neither on this nor on any subsequent occasion did we meet with soldiers such as Hooker describes. To the east, the view was poor, everything ata distance being enveloped in cloud. Elwes, who reached the top a few minutes before I did, had a glimpse during a partial break of a broad valley, thickly covered with forest. Immediately beneath was a small lake, around which yaks were feeding. Many flowers grew in tufts amongst the stones on the crest of the pass, and we appeared to be nearly on a level with the giant rhubarb plants, * The upper bracts are usually a very much paler yellow than they are - represented in Captain Sherwill’s figure, and in the distance they look quite white. The upper portion of the spire too is often longer and more cylindrical than: in the plate. 382 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4, whilst masses of scrub rhododendron ascended all hills with a northern exposure toa little above our level; we consequently estimated the elevation of the Jelep pass at between 13,000 and 14,000 feat. Two ravens perched on some stones not far from us. We sat down and eat some breakfast we had brought with us, and then Elwes became disgusted at the stolidity of the Tibetans, and determined to see if they could be induced to recognise our existence. J should have mentioned that two or three questions put to them through one of our own men had only elicited short replies from one or two of the guard, the Jong remaining as insolently abstracted as if he expected immediate absorption into Nirvana. So to teach them a lesson of politeness, Elwes walked rapidly across the frontier and began descending the opposite — side. The men were utterly taken by surprise, they stood up and crowded round me, then with one accord rushed after Elwes, scrambling rapidly over the rocks, despite their long cloaks, and, finding that expostulation was useless, they flung themselves down in the path before us, beseeching us to return, and expressing to . us by most emphatic gestures, that all their throats would be cut if we persisted in entering Tibet. With all this there was no attempt at violence or threats, they got in our way as much as they could, but that was all. Hereupon we halted and explained to them as well as we could, through a very bad interpreter, that it was not polite to sit and stare at strangers without taking any further notice of them. T believe that this little incident had an excellent effect, for, in all subsequent visits to frontier posts, we were received with the greatest civility and politeness, and I am convinced that we rose in the estimation of the Tibetans by insisting on their treating us with proper respect. We walked back from the pass, climbing up to the little lake already mentioned on our way. It is one of the small rock basins which are so often found beneath peaks of mountains, and which are of apparently glacial origin. I suspect that they are formed when the snow line extends but a short distance below the peak, and the glacier is just sufficiently long to hollow out the rock basin in which it rests. Atleast Ihave seen a very small glacier P ae. tn — Ge i ee ; ; 3 4 | j 1871.] W. T. Blanford—Jaurney through Sikkim. 883 in Norway, terminating in the basin of a lake apparently hollowed out by itself.* After examining some of the huge rhubarb plants, the seeds of which were unripe, and looking at some yaks which were browsing in the little alpine valley by which we had ascended, we retraced our steps and found our tents pitched in the broad valley we had traversed in the morning, on a nice patch of dry turf, close to the stream which runs down from the pass. We determined to halt at this place for a day, and examine the neighbourhood. August 24th. It poured all night, and in the morning there was snow on the peaks to the north of us, around the Yakla.t We walked round the Bidan-T'so, which proved one of the best examples of a glacier lake I have ever seen. Just at the upper or north-west end, there is a horse-shoe shaped moraine, which has formerly enclosed a second lake, now converted into a marsh. At the south-east end of the Bidan-Tso is a second well marked moraine, damming up the lake. From the end of the lake a stream runs down into Butan, the frontier of which is only a mile or two distant, so that at this spot, the Sikkim, Bitan and Tibetan territories all meet. Birds were not numerous, and Raptores singularly scarce; I only once saw some vultures sailing far overhead. Once or twice swifts appeared, doubtless Collocalia fuciphaga, which indeed I shot a few days afterwards, and the Cashmere martin, Chelidon Cashmiriensis, was common. I once or twice saw the Nipal wren, Troglodytes WNipalensis. Inthe scrub Trochalopterum affine, Phylloscopus lugubris, and one or two other species, Merula albocincta and Propasser thura were the principal birds; and on the hill sides Calliope pectoralis, Anthus rosaceus and Ruticilla frontalis. On the banks * There is a considerable similarity between these hollows and the “ cirques’ of the Alps and Pyrenees. In the last number of the Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1871, p. 312, the Rev. Mr. Bonney has shewn reasons for believing that such hol- lows are due to the action of running water, and not to glaciers. But itis simply impossible for running water to excavate a lake basin, and very difficult, so far as I can see, for it to have formed the vertical cliffs which usually surround the hollows. On the other hand Mr. Bonney is probably quite right in supposing that these and similar results of erosion are due to a combination of different causes, such as rain, streams, and glaciers, and not to one alone, but I cannot help believing that glaciers have aided and very considerably aided in pro- ducing the present contour, + La is a pass, 2 384 W. T. Blanford—Jounney through Sikkim. [ No. 4, of lakes and streams Chimarrhornis leucocephala was far from uncommon, but there were no waders nor wagtails. The only natatorial bird we saw was the ‘‘ Brahmini duck,” Casarca rutila, which doubtless breeds around these lakes. Both ravens and crows were seen, and I came across two choughs, Fregilus graculus, a few days later. In the pine woods were blood pheasants, Jthaginis cruentus, and on the trees three kinds of crested tits, all rarities, Lophophanes Beavant, L. dichrous and LZ. emodius. The only mammal noticed was a Lagomys,* and. not a single fish, amphibian, or reptile was observed. Indeed the fauna of this elevation appears decidedly poor, and this, so. far as the avi-fauna is concerned, is a matter of no small interest, for it goes far to prove that the large majority of the migratory birds, which visit the plains of India during the winter, cross the Hima- layas and breed in Tibet and Siberia during the summer. This has lately indeed been confirmed by the discovery of several Indian Phylloscopine in Siberia, yet many Phylloscopr and Reguloides breed in the rhododendron scrub of the Sikkim mountains, for we found them with their young. Indeed itis probable that all the birds which we noticed on the Chola range breed on the hills, be- eause the range does not come in the path of the, migratory species, which of course pass down the north and south valleys such as that of the Tista. The whole of the rocks are very felspathic pale-coloured gneiss, the foliation having a general but varying dip to the eastward. At the Jelep-la the dip is N.10 E. about 20°, and usually on the crest of the range the angle of inclination is very low. Near the Yak-l4 it is in places quite horizontal. A similar horizonta- lity of the gneiss has been noticed on the Singale-la range by Captain W. S. Sherwill (J. A. S. B., 1853, p. 618, and sketch No. 8, beside the map, p. 540). Curiously enough, the remarkable horizontal foliation appears only to have been observed, both on the Cho-la and Singale-la ranges, upon the very crest of the dividing ridge. * Of course others occur, but they are nocturnal or burrowers. VG j \ Nyy me xk ¥ i 14 Typhlops porrectus. n. sp. 5-8.T. Vheabaldanus: n SD. IZ. T. Andamuanensis. n. Sp. S. Sedyfield.L ith: Calcutta. F.STOLICZKA. Journ: A.S.B. Vo:XLPtIl.1871. P1LXXVI. : es oer PT a a eto : naan NEE fe T’ropidonotics quincunctiatus. var. 2. Trop. bellulus: n. sp. 3. Trop. subminiates . g Sedyticl ol Lith: Celeutte. 1871.] 421 NoTEs oN soME Inp1Aw AnD Burmese OpnipiAns,— by Dr. F. SronrozKa. (With Plates XXV and XXYVI). [Received 22nd August, read 6th September, 1871. ] The following notes have for their object the recording of some observations which I lately had the opportunity of making on some Ophidians, partly from India, partly from Burma. These obser- vations refer not only to certain variations in the characters of the species themselves, or to their identification with others, but are also intended to afford some additional information regarding the geographical distribution of the various forms. Most of the snakes which I am about to notice belong to the Ty- PHLOPIDH, CoLusRip# and Dirsapip®. Under the first family, I shall note variations of different species of Zyphlops, and shall describe three new ones. In the Cotusripz the identification of Blyth’s Zro- pidonotus macrops with Ginther’s Zropidonotus macrophthalmus is im- portant. From Burma I have to record a new species of Zropidono- tus, apparently distinct from guincunctiatus. A description of Zrime- resurus Andersoni is also added, because the distinctness of that species has lately been questioned. For the materials, noticed in the present paper, I am greatly indebted to Dr. Day who obtained specimens for me from the North- West Provinces, to Mr. Wood-Mason, Mr. A. Lawder at Almorah, to Mr. Mandeli who kindly collected for me in the Rangnu and Tista valleys in Sikkim, to Mr. M. R. Martin at Pankabaree, and to Mr. Kurz, who brought me some interesting species from Burma. Some species were also collected by myself in the neigh- bourhood of Calcutta, others at the Parisn4th hill in W. Bengal, others in the neigbourhood of Darjeeling. Trustworthy notices regarding the geographical distribution of Indian and Burmese snakes are very much needed, and this is particularly the case with those species inhabiting the southern slopes of the Himalayas. A number of unreliable data as to the occurrence of certain low-land and tropical forms at elevations of from 9000 to 12000 feet, or even in Tibet and Ladak, have crept into Indian Zoology, chiefly through the occasional vague records of the 422 F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Oplidians. [No. 4, Messrs. Schlagintweit, and other collectors, and these apparently authenticated statements have given rise among European Zoolo- gists to all kinds of strange ideas, either about the adaptitude of the Himalayas to different faunas, or about the plasticity of the organiza- tion of certain species enabling them to inhabit very different eleva- tions and climates. There is, in reality, no foundation for such ideas, and the sooner these wrong notions and interpretations are dissipat- ed, the better will our fauna be understood, as well as the physical character of the Himalayas themselves. Tropical and subtropical forms often occur in the Himalayas far in the interior, and in very close proximity, but they are always confined to the deep, warm and damp, valleys, while at the greater elevations of the neighbouring ranges an altogether different fauna exists. Thus, although frequent reference is made to one place as the locality of a species, this may really refer to an entirely different division of the fauna, and this is what consti- tutes the great peculiarity of the Himalayas regarding the distribu- tion of animal and vegetable life, and the difficulty of understanding it, as I have pointed out (in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1868, vol. XXXvli, p. 4 et seq.) with reference to the Sutlej valley. As a particular instance in illustration of these remarks, I give the following list of species of snakes which were obtained by Mr. Mandeli, or by myself, in the Rangnu and Tista valleys below and 8. E. of Darjiling, mostly at elevations varying from 1500 to 3000 feet. They are— | Typhlops Horsfieldi, (rare) ; T. braminus, (common); 7’. porrectus, (n. sp., rare); Zrachiscium fuscum, (common); Adblabes collaris and Rappii, (common) ; Simotes punctulatus, var. a, B and y, apud Gin- ther, (common); S. dicatenatus (not common); Zaocys nigromargi- natus, (rare); Compsosoma reticulare, (not common); Comps. radia- tum, (common); Comps. Hodgsoni, (rare); Coluber porphyraceus, (common) ; Lropidonotus subminiatus, (common); Z. guincunctiatus, (common); Z. macrops, (not common); Z. junceus, (rare) et ks THimalayanus, (rare); 2. platyceps, (common); Dendrophis picta, (common); Chrysopelea ornata, (not comnion); Zragops prasinus, (common); Passerita mycterizans, (not common); Psammodynastes pulverulentus, (rare); Pareas monticola,* (rare); Dipsas bubalina, * Giinther I. R., p. 327. In a specimen no labials enter the orbit, a small 1871.| EF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Oplidians. 423 (very rare); D. Forstent, (very rare); D. hexagonotus, (common) ; Lycodon aulicus, (not common); Lye. yara, (rare); Bungarus ceru- leus var. a, (not common), Waja tripudians, (not common) and Ophiophagus elaps, (not common), the former growing in the Terai up to 6 feet, and the latter attaining occasionally 12 feet in length ; Trimeresurus gramineus, carinatus and monticola (none, except the last, common). Now of all these species, for most of which the : locality ‘ Dar- jiling’ (8000 or 9000 feet) has already been recorded, not a dozen will be met with at that place itself, or even at elevations above 6000 feet. Within 1000 or 2000 feet of Darjiling I only observed Trach. fuscum, Abl. collaris, Comps. Hodgsont, Trop. subminiatus, junceus, platyceps and, I think, Himalayanus, Trim. monticola, Bungarus and Naja, the two latter evidently following up food. The lower we descend on the hill side from 6000 feet, the greater becomes the variety of genera and species. The species of snakes which I received through Mr. Kurz from the Pegu Yomah (between Prome and Tonghoo) are TZyphlops braminus, Simotes bicatenatus, Trop. quincunctiatus, macrops, junceus, bellulus (n.sp.), Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Tragops prasinus, Dendroph. picta, Hypsirhina enhydris, Lye. aulicus and jara. e Fam. TYPHLoPIpA, While examining a large number of Indian species of Zyphlops, I found the proportion of the circumference to the length of the body a useful character, and the number of longitudinal rows of scales generally very constant. These two characters were also regarded by Dr. Giinther as important in distinguishing species, but Prof. W. Peters appears to have come to an almost entirely contrary result, particularly regarding the latter. Typutops Horsrriepi, (I. R.,* p. 173). . This species, as characterized by Gray and Ginther from typical sub-ocular being present. There are two black streaks at the side of the body, one originating just above the orbit, and the other at about the middle of the posterior edge of the same, they become confluent at the side of the neck, joining two short streaks from the posterior edge of the occipitals, not forming, however, a ring. * The quotation (I. R.) in parenthesis refers to Dr. Giinther’s Reptiles of British India, published in 1864, by the Ray Society. 424 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. |No. 4, Khasi hill specimens, extends from Mergui northwards through Burma and Assam into Sikkim. Ihave seen specimens from all these parts.. The median row of scales along the back is ina specimen from Pankabaree of a slightly darker colour than the rest of the body ; this specimen has 26 long. rows of scales on the anterior part of the body, and 27 just behind the middle. Dr. Giinther (.c, p. 178) suggests that Dum. and Bibron’s T. Diardvi may be the same as the present species, and Prof. Peters (Monatsb. Berlin Akad., 1865, p. 262) appears to have no doubt about their identity. Dumeril and Bibron give in Diardi 36 long. rows of scales which is probably a misprint for 26. But what makes me doubtful about accepting the older name Diardii, is Prof. Peters’ identification with it of his striolatus and Giinther’s bothriorhynchus. I have not seen a specimen of the former, but would consider it a distinct species according Giinther’s description ; the latter I shall notice presently. Moreover, ina more recent volume of the ‘‘ Monatsberichte” (1868, p. 450), Prof. Peters says that an adult specimen of Diardii has 28, and a young one only 18 long. rows of scales. Ido not mean to assert that species of Zyphlops should be distinguished solely according to the number of rows of scales, but I can say that I never observed anything approaching such a variation in any Indian species of Typhlops. Indeed, if the proportions of the body should be the same in those two forms, the scales certainly cannot be of the same type, and vice versa. 2, TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNCHUS, (I. R., p. 174). The type was from Penang, wherefrom I also received several specimens, though very probably they were collected in the Wel- lesley Province, opposite Penang. Dr. Anderson (J. A. 8. B., vol. xl, Ht. ii, p. 83) quotes the species from different parts of Assam, and I have lately obtained through Dr. Day a specimen from near Hurdwar. All these specimens agree almost exactly in every point of structure, proportional size and coloration, with Gimnther’s description. The Hurdwar specimen, for instance, has 24 long. rows of scales, 312 trans. rows on the body, and 9 on the tail, the latter terminating with a sharp point. The head shields are exactly 1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 425 as figured by Giinther in dothriorhynchus, and not as in Lorsfieldw ; the circumference (4 distant from the head) is 3, the length of the body ; total length 11 inches, tail about } inch ; above brownish olive, paler below ; the upper coloration appears at first sight uni- form, but when the specimens had been a little dried, the base of each scale appears darker, and is separated from the slightly less dark terminal half by a pale line, Professor Peters, as already observed, identifies this species with Horsfieldit (and Diardi’), but when we find specimens with constant characters distributed over such a large geographical area, as the one I have noticed, there is, I think, reason to believe, that they constitute a good species, and, therefore, I would consider bothrio- rhynchus as such, until its identity with the previous species has been more satisfactorily proved, “Typniors Braminus (I R., Dabo This is the most common Indian species, occurring in Ceylon, and extending, through South and Central India, northwards into the warm valleys of the lower Himalayas, westwards all through Bengal and Burma into the Malayan Archipelego. In some 50 specimens (several of which were only 3 inches long) from Burma, Bengal, North-West and Central Provinces, I almost invariably found the 20 long. rows of scales, when counted in a distance of one-third the length of the body from the head. In very few instances only was there one scale less on the neck, or one more in the middle of the body, but the variation was never greater. This makes me believe that the number of longitudinal rows of scales is among others a very good character. As a rule _ the number of scales appears to be independent of the diameter of the body, as I shall again notice when speaking of 7. porrectus, n. sp. The usual length of full grown specimens is 6 inches, some examples reaching 7, but very rarely 8 inches ; the thickness is nearly uniform throughout, except at the neck, which is slightly thinner, and the head is more or less flattened. I found the proportion of the circumference of the body to its length vary between 5 and ¥,, the former being the most common, 7; not unusual, ,;th very rare, and ,,th was only observed in one half grown specimen. 54 426 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, The upper side is ighter, or darker, greyish, or olivaceous, brown, the basal half, or two-fifths of each scale being darker than the rest ; the lower side is either greyish, or almost purely, white ; round the mouth, the tip of tail and in front of the anus generally purely white, except in very young specimens, which are of a more aniform coloration throughout. In addition to the synonyms of this species, ae by Giinther, Peters gives* Argyrophis truncatus, Gray, (from the Philippines) and Onychocephalus capensis Smith (from ?), and considers it probable that T'yphlops accedens, Jan, and 7. pammeces of Giinther also belong to it. As to the three first suggestions I cannot speak from experi- ence, but the last named species of which I have éxamined a few specimenst I am inclined to consider with Dr. Giinther provisionally as distinct from braminus. The specimens which appear to me referable to 7’. pammeces are all of a nearly uniform pale brown color, while in true braminus the lower side is always conspicuously paler than the upper; the proportions of circumference in pammeces I found to vary between zi; and ;,, indicating a decidedly thinner snake than braminus ; the structure of the headshields and the number of longitudinal rows (20) of scales is in both the same, as stated by Giinther. TYPHLOPS PORRECTUS, n. sp. Pl. xxv, figs. 1—4. Body very long, slender, of nearly equal thickness throughout, neck somewhat contracted, but the head is again slightly broader and depressed. Rostral broader above than in front, its width above being about one-third of that of the head, the posterior margin is slightly narrowly rounded. The nostrils are placed rather in front than laterally. The nasal is divided from the fronto-nasal at the lower side, but in front towards the rostral both are united. The fronto-nasals extend posteriorly slightly beyond the rostral, but do not meet each other. The nasal is in contact with the first and second upper labial, the former being very small ; the fronto-nasal touches only the 2nd labial. ‘The pree-ocular and ocular are about * Monatsb. Berlin Akad., 1865, p. 262. y¥ These are all in the Indian Museum, except one which I obtained about two years ago near Calcutta. 1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 427 equal in size, but each is shorter than a fronto-nasal ; the prae-ocular is in contact with the 2nd and 3rd, and the ocular in contact with the 3rd and 4th labials. The pree-frontal, frontal and supra-oculars are subequal in size, the parietals a trifle larger, and the inter- parietal a little smaller, followed by a slightly larger scale. The eye is very indistinct, situated below the anterior part of the suture between the supra-ocular and the ocular. The first upper labial is very small, and in young specimens hardly traceable, the second is distinct, the fourth considerably higher, but longer than the third, and both reach well upwards at the side of the head. All the shields of the head are finely punctate. Of eight specimens measured, of various sizes and ages, the cir- eumference was between ,4,th and ,7,th of the length of the body, the majority of the specimens being 3,th; the tail equals about the head in length, it is slightly curved and terminates with a short, blunt point. There are 18 longitudinal rows of smooth shining scales round the body, in young as well as in full-grown specimens; the diameter is 2°5 or 38 mm.; 406 (in young) to 416, 428, 440 (in adults) transverse rows of scales round the body and 11-12 rows round the tail. The general colour is very like that of 7. pammeces : above pale cho- colate or leaden brown, below paler, the two colours passing insensi- bly at the sides into each other ; head, above, and partially also the neck, whitish, in front and below purely white ; in front ofthe anus and the entire tail below white. Insome dark coloured specimens there occasionally occur traces of small white blothes at the side of the body ; the median row of scales along the belly is also sometimes a little paler than the rest of the underside. All scales have their bases darker coloured than the remainder, but on the upper neck the reverse appears to be the case, the base of each scale appear- ing in reflected light whitish, while the terminal halfis darker brown. The sutures between the head shields above are dotted with white. The usual length is between 6 and 7 inches. The longest specimen measured is 11 inch., the circumference being only g,nd of the length of the body. In this adult specimen which is from Hurdwar, the head becomes remarkably small and is almost thinner -than the neck; but it has 18 longitudinal, and 440 428 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, transverse rows of scales, and the head shields are as described above; the smaller basal portion of the scales, however, is almost throughout apparently the lighter one, it being blackish grey in reflected light, while the larger terminal part is brownish. I have obtained this species alive in the neighbourhood of Caleutta, and collected it also at the foot of the Parisnath hill, (in Wes- tern Bengal); one specimen was sent to me by Mr. Mandeli from the base of the Rangnu valley below Darjiling, and a young specimen was obtained south of Agra. Most likely the species has as wide a distribution, as Z. dramimus. In general form it very closely resembles Giinther’s 7’. pammeces, but differs from it in the structure of the head shields and the number of scales round the body ; the latter are 18 in number, as in 7, mirus from Ceylon, but the head shields are different, the nasal being in the latter separate from the fronto-nasal, and there being a sub-ocular present ; the body is also thicker in proportion. Pl, xxv, Fig. 1. Outline of the body in natural size, figs. 2, 3, 4, side, upper and lower views of head and neck, enlarged. TypHitops ANDAMANENSIS, n. sp. Pl. xxv, figs. 9-12. Body moderately slender, head depressed, roundly obtuse in front, neck conspicuously slender; circumference of body a little less than th of its length. MRostral reaching far on to top of head, rounded behind, slightly broader than one-third of its width. Frontals, supra-oculars, inter-parietals and parietal, regular, subequal in size; nasal small, separated from the fronto-nasals by a suture in front and below; fronto-nasals not meeting behind the rostral; two pre-oculars, one below the other, the lower much smaller than the upper ; ocular moderate with the éye indistinctly visible through the shield; an elongated subocular present ; four labials: first smallest, elongate, in contact with the nasal, 2nd much larger, narrowly touching the nasal, broadly the fronto- nasal, and again somewhat narrowly the lower pre-ocular, 3rd in contact with the lower pree-ocular and the sub-ocular, 4th slightly smaller than the third, and only narrowly touching the sub-ocular and more broadly the lower post-ocular. Lower rostral small, followed on either side by 5 subequal lower labials. There are 1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 429 18 longitudinal rows of scales, about 390 transverse rows round the body and 17 round the tail; this is nearly three times the length of the head, very obtuse and terminating with a minute point. General colour above shining deep brownish black, the base of scales being somewhat dull black, sides vinaceous, paler on the lower side, which is throughout checkered with white ; mouth and the tail below, including the tip, also mostly white. This species resembles in general form and number of scales the Ceylonese 7. mirus, but differs from it by having a lower pre-ocular besides a distinct sub-ocular, and in the arrangement of the labials ; the colour is also somewhat different. Hab. Andaman islands. A single specimen has been examin- ed; it measures about 64 inches of which the tail is } inch. TypHitors THEOBALDANUS, n. sp. Pl. xxv, figs. 5—8. T.——? Theobald, Cat. Rept. Mus. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1868, p. 42. Body very long and comparatively slender, of nearly uniform thickness throughout. The general structure and arrangement of the head-shields and of the labials agrees with thosein Z. porrectus, but the rostral reaches very far back on the top of the head, and is considerably more than one-third (nearly 3) of its width, much contracted, however, below ; the first frontal is very slightly larger than the second, and the inter-parietal is very short, but about equal in width to the preceding frontal, The head itself is rather obtuse and somewhat depressed; the head shields most minutely punctate; eyes per- fectly indistinct. There are 22 longitudinal rows of scales round the body; 485 transverse rows on the trunk, and 26 on the tail, which is of considerable length, terminating in an obtuse point, not developed into a distinct spine. The circumference is th the length of the body. Total length 14 inches of which the tail is ~,th inch. The general colour is rather pale greyish brown, slightly paler below, no particular dark markings are seen on the scales. The species is readily distinguished from TZ. tenuccollis, Peters, (Monatsb. Berlin Akad., 1864, p. 272), said to be from the Hima- layas, and also possessing 22 longitudinal rows of scales, by the great length of its tail. a“ 430 EF, Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, The single specimen is in all probability from India, but with- out any specified locality ; it is in the old collection of the Asiat. Soc., now held in trust by the Indian Museum. Figs. 5, 6,7, side, top and lower views of the head and neck, enlarged ; fig. 8, under view of the tail, natural size. Fam. OLIGODONTIDA, SmmoTEs BICATENATUS, (I. R., p. 217). Not an uncommon species in Pegu, Cachar, Assam and in Lower Bengal extending northwards to the base of the Sikkim Hima- laya. ‘The coloration is very variable, as noticed by Theobald in his Catalogue of Burmese Reptiles (Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.-vol. x: The brown longitudinal bands generally disappear in old age, par- ticularly in Burmese examples. Most of the specimens, I saw, have 2 + 2 (instead of 1 + 2) temporals,* and the lower pree-ocular is sometimes almost obsolete. Family Cotvsripm. ABLABES COLLARIS, (I. R., p. 228). The loreal is sometimes minute, barely 4rd the size of the pre- ocular. Full grown male specimens have the edges of the ventrals often purplish, similarly coloured to Zrop. platyceps. Hab. Assam, and Northern Bengal, North West Provinces, and extending from Sikkim along the Himalayas westward to the Sutlej valley, and up to elevations of about 10000 feet. CompsosoMA RADIATUM, (I. R., p. 248). | This characteristically Malayan species is tolerably common at the base of the Sikkim hills and in the low valleys. I have obtained specimens 63 feet in length from the Sikkim Terai. Several had the two last maxillary teeth very little larger, and closer together, than the rest, but the median teeth were usually not, or scarcely, enlarged. Compsosoma Honpesoni, (1. R., p. 246). I have received this species from Kumaon, through my friend Mr. Lawder. Last year (Journ. A. S. B., xxxix, pt. ii, p. 189), I recorded the occurrence of the species from the neighbourhood of * Compare Anderson in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 170, 1871.] FF. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 431 Simla, which gives it a geographical distribution extending over the Southern Himalayan slopes between Sikkim on the east and the Sutlej on the west. Together with the above species I also received from JCumaon Dendrophis picta, which is found up to 6000 feet on the southern slopes of the Hymalayas in Sikkim, Kumaon and the Sutlej valley. ZAMENIS FASCIOLATUS, (I. R., p. 254). Rather a fierce snake when molested. It is rare in houses about Calcutta, and feeds on frogs and worms. Full grown individuals (about 3 feet in length) are almost uniform; with the cross bands indistinct. Young specimens have a brighter coloration. One measuring 134 inches (of which tail is 3”) had 21 scales on neck, 22 round the middle of the body ; ventrals 200; sub-caudals 32 ; two pree-oculars, the lower very small ; two post-oculars; 2+38 temporals. Giinther’s figure is on these points at variance with his description. General colour during life olive green above, posterior part of head variegated with dark brown, with some whitish spots on the occipitals. Body with numerous transverse white streaks, each about one scale wide, edged posteriorly with dark brown. At the sides the streaks often branch off and form indistinct reticulations. Before reaching half the length of the body all the white streaks be- come dull, and are gradually replaced by narrow pale green or brownish dots. Tail uniform olive above. The two last rows of scales at each side are greenish white, in the penultimate row most ofthe scales have a pale brown spot, and in the last all have it; upper pre-ocular, the two post-oculars mostly, chin wholly, white; rest of lower side uniform greenish white. TROPIDONOTUS QuINCUNCTIATUS (I. R., p. 260), var. Pl. xxvi, fig. 1. This is one of the most variable and at the same time most widely distributed of Indian snakes. It is a true water snake with well developed valvules in the nostrils, which are somewhat laterally situated, and more upwardly turned than in other Zropi- donoti; it is often found inhabiting holes in the banks of rivers and tanks. Were it not for the very great similarity in general 432 F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, structure with other more terrestrial species of Zropidonoti, it could from a separate genus. In addition to the numerous varieties recorded by Giinther, (1. cit.), Theobald (Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., vol. x), Blanford and myself (J. A.S. B., vol. xxxix, pp. 190 and 371), I have to notice a peculiar form found by Dr. Day at Rurki in the N. W. Provinces. This specimen (see pl. xxvi, figs. 1 and 1@) has the usual narrowly triangular shape of the anterior frontals, but the posterior frontals are united into one large shield; 19 rows of scales, the median keeled, the laterals almost smooth; 148 ventrals; 94 sub-caudals. The colour is olive above, on the anterior half of the body the skin between the scales is reticulated with black : 6 alternating, some- what irregular, longitudinal series of small dull whitish spots, be- coming less distinct towards the tail; below, uniform whitish with some traces of black at the outer lateral edges of the ventrals; the two oblique black streaks below the eye are scarcely indicated. This mode of coloration is very commonly met with in young specimens of this species, particularly in those occurring along the base of the Himalayas and in the Assam and Khasi hills, but in old specimens the olive becomes darker, gradually turning to brown or almost black, the whitish spots become bright yellow, and are often dissolved into reticulations, and the skin between the scales, espe- cially at the sides, is bright vermilion, the latter colour appearing to be rather seasonal than sexual. TROPIDONOTUS BELLULUS, n. sp. Pl. xxvi fig. 2. Habit slender, body a little compressed ; head not very distinct from neck; eye rather large; anterior frontals moderately truncate in front, smaller, but slightly longer than the posterior; occipital 5-sided, sides concave, longer than the front edge, posterior mar- gins shortest forming a right angle, its length somewhat more than the two frontals together, and about equal-to the superci- liaries which are somewhat broader posteriorly than anteriorly ; occipitals very large, obtusely angular behind; two large nasals ; one square loreal ; one narrow pree-ocular, reaching to the top of head, but not meeting the vertical; three post-oculars ; 9 upper labials, 4th, 5th and 6th entering the orbit; temporals 1 + 2, there being 1871.] F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 433 two large shields behind each other along each side of the occipi- tals; 19 rows of sharply keeled, rather narrow scales; 140 ven- trals, 63 sub-caudals. There are 20 or 22 maxillary teeth, the last barely longer than the preceding, and all appear to form a continuous series; but the specimen is young and the maxilla not very well preserved. It is, (in Tropidonoti at least), very often the case, that young specimens have a considerably larger number of maxillary teeth than old ones. Colour, above, olive brown, with two longitudinal series of black dots along the back, sides of neck with transverse yellowish bars, the skin next to the bars being intensely black, the bars themselves becoming gradually indistinct, and passing towards the middle of the body into indistinct spots and reticulations ; each occipital near the suture with a yellow spot, edged with black, and there is also a similar yellow spot on the shield wedged in between the angular termina- tions of the occipitals. All three spots very probably disappear with age,-as they also do in other allied species. Pree- and post-oculars mostly bright yellow, upper labials greenish yellow, each with its hinder edge black, the same is the case with the lower labials, and all the ventrals and sub-caudals have their edges deep black; chin white ; general color below greenish or dull white. This description is taken from a rather young specimen, mea- suring only 163 inches, of which the tail is 5 inch, but it appears to be distinct from any of the known Indo-Malayan species. The general coloration and several points in the structure of the shields of the head closely resemble 7. trianguligerus, (Reinw.), but, taking Schlegel’s figure of this species as a guide, the present form differs by the much more elongated shape of the vertical, larger occi- pitals, only one anterior temporal, generally smaller and narrower scales, and by the yellow and black bars at the side of the body being differently shaped. The form of the vertical of bellulus agrees with that of 7. quincunctiatus but the frontals are comparatively larger and less pointedin front, and there are 3 labials below the orbit although there are three well developed post-oculars present. In other respects, particularly in the black edged ventrals, the species very closely agrees with the variety described by Daudin, Schlegel and Cantor as 7. wmbratus. 55 434 BF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, The only specimen was collected by Mr. 8S. Kurz in the hills between Prome and Tonghoo, in N. Western Pegu. Tropiponotus Himarayanus, (I. R., p. 268). The shields of the head are somewhat variable in this species. The normal number of upper labials is 8 ; but sometimes there are 9 present on one or on both sides, the 2nd and 38rd labials being replaced by 8 smallers ones. The temporals are 1 + 2 or2 + 2 or 2 + 3, the two latter variations are common in young specimens. In the live snake, the collar is bright orange yellow, the reticu- lations between the scales on the anterior half of the body are yellow, posteriorly passing into dull white. The lateral pale spots on the upper side are sometimes replaced by transverse narrow white streaks, The species is not common in Sikkim, and mostly confined to the lower valleys, rarely going up to or above 5000 feet. TRoPIDonorus sJuncevs, (I. R., p. 268). This species occurs in Sikkim mostly in the warmer valleys, at about 3000 feet elevation; rarely near Darjiling at nearly 6000 feet; Mr. Blanford found it in the Tista valley at Thamlung, at about 5000 feet. Mr. Kurz collected some specimens in the Pegu Yomah, between Prome and Tonghoo. The species rarely attains a larger size than 30 inches. The general coloration is as described by Giinther, but the lower side is during life distinctly yellowish; the lateral black dots on the ventrals are sometimes partially, sometimes altogether, absent, and male specimens often have a red band running at each side of the body along the edges of the ventrals, similar to that seen in Trop. platyceps. TROPIDONOTUS SUBMINIATUS (I. R., p. 265). Pl. xxvi, fig. 3. A common species in Pegu, Assam and Sikkim and, although chiefly inhabiting hilly country, it is rarely found above 3000 or 4000 feet, but mostly at lower elevations in the warm valleys. Sikkim specimens perfectly agree in their bright coloration with those from Pegu, described by Theobald in vol. x of Linn. Soe. Jour., SNASLAF SAUL T THIAXX ‘Td “TL81 I 4d 1X TOA “[eFUog 00g nee y umor* NOsGOd ao ” b - — ss —— ee 1871.] EF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 435 Zoology. The head is greenish olive, the collar brownish green or black, margined posteriorly with more or less bright orange yellow, most conspicuous at the sides; on neck not only the interstitial skin but also the scales are in males strongly tinged with bright vermilion. Body brownish or greyish olive, anteriorly; or entirely, reticulated with black and yellow ; tail uniform olive green. The usual size is 2 or 2} feet, it rarely grows above 8 feet, and specimens of this size lose very much of their former bright coloration. A very large specimen was sent tome from the Rangnu valley be- low Darjiling ; it measured 44 inches, of which the tail is 11 inches. This specimen is above uniform brownish green, neck behind the head yellowish green, followed by a large vermilion patch. ‘There are at the sides only traces of yellow reticulation, this colour turning to white in spirits; anterior ocular whitish, lower portions of upper labials pale; below uniform dull white, sides of all ventrals and sub-caudals tinged green, like the upper body, but without any black dots. The black spot below the eye, so conspicu- ous in younger specimens, is entirely absent. This same specimen (comp. pl. xxvi, fig. 3,) differs somewhat in structure also from others. There are 19 rows of keeled scales, the outermost at the sides much enlarged and smooth; vent. 159; sub-caudals 81 ; vertical pentagonal, with a broad front edge, its length about equal to one of the sides which are slightly concave and con- verging posteriorly ; each supra-orbital smaller than the vertical, and barely longer; each occipital larger than vertical, posteriorly angular; 3 post-oculars (rarely 4, on one or on both sides), 9 upper labials,* 4th, 5th and 6th entering the orbit, the 7th, and 8th larg- est ; temporals 2 + 3, the two anterior are in contact with the two lower post-oculars, and the lower is much larger than the upper. The three posterior temporals are arranged in an oblique line extending from the occipital to the 9th labial. Lower labials 10, the two first appear to be a divided shield, and 9 seems to be the normal number. The last three lower labials rapidly decrease in size, and below them is a single large shield, occupying a similar position to that in Schlegel’s figure of ¢rzanguligerus. * This is the usual number in Sikkim and Burmese specimens, 8 labials are rather rare. + 436 F. Stoliezka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, The dentition varies with age. Young specimens generally have 22 maxillary teeth, the last two large and widely separated from the rest. In full grown individuals, the number is reduced to 14,* of which the two last are very large, and enclosed in a separate pouch, Troprponotus MAcRors, Blyth. Journ. Asiat. Soc, Bengal, 1855, vol. xxiii, p, 296, and Gunther, I. B., p. 263. Syn. Trop. macrophthalmus, Giinther, 1858, (I, R., p. 262, pl. xxii, fig. C). ? Trop. Sikkimensis, Anderson, Journ, A, S. B., 1871, vol. xl, p. 17. Although the description of the coloration of Blyth’s macrops perfectly coincides with that of macrophthalmus, as described and figured by Dr. Giinther, there are in Blyth’s original description of macrops two curious mistakes which naturally prevented Ginther from identifying his snake with that of Blyth, and which could not have been detected without the examination of the original specimens of 7. macrops. Blyth says (loc. cit. p. 297)—“ Seventeen ranges of scales : scutee 164—6 ; scutellee 130—46 pairs;” and again further on “ scutellee 124 pairs only.”” J have examined the type specimens, and I find in the specimen quoted by Blyth as being 31 inches long, of which the tail is 64 inches, that there are 19 rows of scales on the anterior part of the body, but only 17 rows behind the middle ; there are 168 ventrals, or, if we exclude two single shields following the chin-shields and properly situated under the head, there are 166, as quoted by Blyth; and there are 74} pairs of sub-caudals, or if we exclude one smaller shield immediately following the anus and the single one occupying the tip of the tail, there are 73 pairs, which number doubled gives ‘“ scutelle 146,” as stated by Blyth, the addition “ pazrs” in this instance being also a lapsus calamt. What size would the shields of 146 pairs of sub-caudals be in a tail of which the length is only 6} inches? An exactly similar mistake is repeated in the case of the other typical specimen of 25 inches, of which the tail is 53 inches; it has 167 ventrals (including three situated below the head which Blyth had * Tnever met a specimen with only 12 teeth, but Giimther records that number, 1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians, 437 evidently not counted), and 74 pairs of sub-caudals. The third more uniformly coloured specimen has 170 ventrals, and 75 pairs of sub-caudals, All specimens have traces of dark spots on the ventrals. Thus the identity of macrops and macrophthalmus, both of which came from the vicinity of Darjiling, cannot be questioned. But I very much doubt that even Z. Svkkimensis, lately described by Dr. Anderson from the same locality, is anything but a rather uniformly coloured variety of macrops. General form, dilatable neck, large eye, structure of shields on the head and scales on the body are to all appearance perfectly identical. The only difference I can trace between macrops and the few specimens referable to LT. Sikkimensis is, that in the latter the vertical is a little longer, but this isnot the case to any such extent as would not be found repeated in other varieties of one and the same species. In the two specimens, described by Anderson as TZ. Svkhi- mensis, the scales are somewhat feebly keeled, but this is most likely a sexual difference. I have obtained a male specimen from the Rangnu valley below Darjiling, and in this the scales are very distinctly keeled, (precisely as in macrops). It has, like the type, 19 rows of scales, posterior to the middle 17, and towards the anus only 15 (like macrops). The anterior frontals are slightly less than, or equal to, one half of the postertor frontals, which is also the case in the two types of Stkkimensis. Vertical 5-sided, the lateral sides about equal to, or shorter than, the front margin, but not longer ; the posterior sides are shortest and forma right angle. The supra- ciliaries are slightly longer than the vertical ; the occipitals are obliquely truncate behind, meeting at the suture with an inwardly bent angle. Temporals 2+ 3. Anterior chin-shields in contact with 4 or 5 lower labials. All these variations of structure are perfectly the same, as may be seen in specimens of macrops. As regards general coloration, my specimen agrees with macrops (typical) in being brown above, while both those* described by Dr. Anderson are pale olive ; front neck tinged with green, but with- out a distinct collar ; body reticulated with black and yellow, the black having an inclination to form laterally irregular blotches, * But fresher specimens which he subsequently received are also distinctly brownish. 438 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, Below, anterior half bright yellow, gradually passing into dull greenish white on the posterior half ; most of the ventrals with two large quadrangular, sometimes confluent, blackish spots, these spots become less distinct on the posterior belly, and disappear on the tail. The bent up portion of all the ventrals is dusky brown ; tail below most minutely freckled with dark. I have compared several specimens of typical macrops with four specimens referable to Sikkimensis, but I confess I cannot persuade myselfto believe that they belong to two distinct species. It is true, none of the four specimens of the latter have a dorsal series of distinct pale spots and a very distinct collar, while seven specimens of typical macrops, which I examined, have the dorsal series of pale yellowish spots distinct, but Giinther says of his macrophthalmus “ uniform or with a dorsal series of reddish brown spots.” This statement almost removes the last doubt one could have about the identity of the two forms. Both have 20-25 closely set maxillary teeth, the two last stronger but scarcely separated by an interspace from the others. I also received through Mr. Kurz a specimen of macrops from the Pegu hills between Prome and Tonghoo. TROPIDONOTUS PLUMBICOLOR, (I. R., p. 272). This species extends from Ceylon all through South India, Cen- tral India, Qualior and northwards towards Amballa. Dr. Waagen lately obtained through a collector a specimen from as far east as Sahibgunj, on the west side of the Ganges, and this locality may be regarded as the present known eastern limit of the distributional province of the species: it lies almost on the boundary between the Indian and the Malayan fauna. The collar is in young specimens bright yellow or orange, chang- ing to white in spirits. It disappears in some specimens sooner than in others, occasionally long before they are full grown. Fam. PsAMMOPHIDZ. ; PsaMMoPHIS ConDANURUS, (I. R., p. 291). A specimen collected by Dr. Day at Hurdwar agrees in colora- tion with those* described from Simla, in J. A. 8. B., vol. xxxix, * Dr. Anderson has been so kind as to re-describe these specimens in Proc. Zool. Soc., for 1871, p. 182. . | 1871.] F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 439 p- 96, but the head is uniform greenish brown. The two light dorsal bands, noted in the Simla specimens, become, however, apparent on the neck, uniting again on the posterior 3 of the body into asingle broad, pale yellowish brown band, which disap- pears at the root of the tail, the latter being uniform olive brown above. Dr. Giinther has described from Sind Ps. Leithii, a very closely allied species having the median light dorsal band single along the whole body. Ido not think it improbable that this form may be shewn to be only a variety of Ps. condanurus, (comp. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, for 1869, p. 505), for the few differences in the structure of the head shields and scales appear to be such as are often liable to variation. Fam, DiPsaDIDz. Dresas Forstent, (I. R., p. 309). This South Indian form has also been found in the Bundle- cund, and I have received it from Birbhum, and from the base of the Sikkim hills at Pankabaree. A specimen from the latter locality measures 58 inches; it has 25 scales on neck and 23 round the middle of the body; temporals 2 + 8, two only being in contact with the post-oculars, ventrals 268, sub-caudals 130. General colour above brownish olive, two blackish ovate spots on neck be- hind the occiput, followed by somewhat irregular transverse black bands with their angles directed forwards, becoming less distinct after the first third of the length of the body, and at the side replaced by dark reticulations; a blackish streak from each eye to the angle of the mouth, but no streak along the occiput, as usually present in South Indian specimens; below olive grey, lighter on the chin, and further on with a row of white spots on each side, 3 or 4 ventral shields distant. The specimen had been killed near a house after having a short time previously feasted upon a young chicken. Dresas HEXAGoNoTUS, Blyth. Dr. Anderson has traced the adult of this species, the young of which I described and figured in J. A.S. B., vol. xxxix, p. 198, pl. xi, fig. 4, (Comp. Proc. Zool. 8., Lond., for 1871, p. 185). 440 F. Stoliezka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. (No. 4, I have received numerous adult specimens from the Rangnu and Tista valleys in Sikkim and from near Pankabaree. ‘They are all uniform reddish brown above, with the skin between the scales more or less blackish ; yellowish, or partially pinkish, white below. The young snake is marked with numerous narrow transverse dark bands, which disappear with age. In structure the adult snake does not differ essentially from the young, except that the snout sometimes becomes a little produced, and the size of the anterior frontals is fully, or somewhat more than, one half of the posterior, the vertical is somewhat broader anteriorly than posteriorly. The temporals vary much in size and number, some specimens having only one short temporal in contact with the post-oculars, followed by two longer ones ; but generally there are 2+2+3 or 2+3+8 temporals. The large size of the eye and the low labials below the eye are, besides the coloration, among the most prominent characters of this species. The pree-anal shield is occasionally bifid in young, but in adults appears to be always entire. There are only 6 or 7 maxillary teeth, the posterior the largest, but there are besides generally 5 or 6 intermediate teeth present which are not permanently fixed to the jaw, being apparently kept ready to fill up vacancies, if any of the other teeth be broken off. Palatine teeth are 10-12, the 1st to 3rd or 4th gradually increase in size, the 3rd or 4th being the largest, the following 6—8 teeth are small and separated from the third by a more or less wide interspace. In the mandible there are 12 to 14 teeth, the anterior somewhat larger than the posterior. I cannot agree with Dr. Anderson’s suggestion (loc, cit., p- 186) that Blyth’s D. multifasciata is identical with the present species, the former having been re-described and figured by me in Jour. Asiat. Soc., Beng., vol. xxxix, p. 199, pl. xi, fig. 6. 1 Have again examined Blyth’s typical specimen of multzfasciata, and find it to agree perfectly with my former account. A cursory inspection of my figure will shew, that the eye of multifasciata is very much smaller, that consequently the upper labials are more developed, the pree-ocular is also much smaller and narrower, the snout slightly less abruptly contracted, the vertebral series of scales 1871.] EF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 441 less enlarged and more elongated. The transverse dark bands in the young are narrow, but distinct and directed forwards on the back ; in the adult the bands are dissolved into spots, more or less distinctly arranged quincuncially; there is always a dark band present from the eye to the angle of the mouth ; the lower side is checkered and more or less spotted with brown. D. hexagonotus, as compared with the above, has the eye much larger, the pre-ocular well developed, the whole head is com- paratively stouter and more bulging, the vertebral series of scales larger and more distinctly hexagonal. The general colour of the body is ferruginous brown, instead of fulvous brown, the dark bands in the young are moderately broad, and cross the back in an almost straight course, and the belly has only occa- sionally slight traces of darkish spots; but all the spots and bands above and below disappear with age. Ido not think that the specific distinction of these two forms can be questioned. The former resembles in coloration D. Forstend, and belongs to the fauna of India proper, the latter belongs to the type of D. bubalina, or boops, and characterises the Malay fauna. Dipsas BUBALINA (I. R., p. 311). A specimen measuring 42 inches, obtained in the Rangnu valley below Darjiling, agrees in all essential characters with Giinther’s description of the above species; it has 250 vent., and 124 sub- caudals. The head is not so stout, and the neck decidedly more slender than indicated in Giinther’s figure, but this could not be regarded as a specific distinction ; there are 3 + 3 + p/. temporals on both sides of the head, all three anterior ones being in contact with the two post-oculars. Colour above bluish green, below yellowish white, gradually assuming a greenish tinge posteriorly ; the lower light colour is separated from the upper by a faint whitish line, which runs on each side along the ventral shields, some distance from their terminations ; on the tail the pale line becomes obsolete. Inside mouth, the interstitial skin on the head and neck is black, but very faintly so on the rest of the body. Blyth’s D. nigromarginata from Assam is clearly identical with bubalina, the apical grooves are so faint, as to be hardly traceable, 56 442 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4, but they are present* in the type specimen. The interstitial skin is distinctly black on the head and neck, but less so on the rest of the body, the neck is slender, as in the Sikkim specimen previous- ly noticed. The latter has only eight permanently fixed teeth in each maxil- lary, there are, however, seven others interposed between them, hardly differing in size, but not fixed to the jaw; 14 palatine and about an equal number of mandibular teeth, the anterior 3 or 4 of these are considerably larger than the rest. Adult specimens of hexagonotus chiefly differ from the present species by their shorter head, generally somewhat longer occipitals, less high upper labials, and by their ferruginous coloration. Dirsas TRIGoNATA, (I. R., p. 312). I have examined some specimens of this common species from South and East of Agra, and they had the white, dark edged, bands quite isolated from each other in crossing the back, and not connected by a zigzag line along the median line as is more usually the case. _ Fam. Lycopontip”. LycoDoNn JARA, Leptorhytaon jara, I. R., p. 321. Dr. Giinther made this species the type of his new genus Lep- torhytaon. The principal differences given between the characteris- tics of Lycodon and Leptorhytaon are, that in the former the body is ‘‘ slightly compressed,” and the ‘nostrils between two shields,” while in the latter the body is said to be “‘ not compressed,” and the nostril in ‘‘ one nasal shield.”’ Ihave examined several specimens of the present species; some taken alive near Calcutta, others from the base of the Sikkim Hima- layas and from Pegu, and I find that in Z. jara, the body is quite as much, or rather quite as little compressed, as, for instance, in Zycodon aulicus. One specimen has a distinct suture above the nostril, divid- ing the shield into two parts, and below the nostril there is a groove indicating a suture. Two other specimens have clearly two nasal shields, as perfectly distinguishable as they are also in Z. aulicus. * Not absent, as I stated in J. A. S. B., vol. xxxix, p. 199. <—) (a> . ie Se 1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 443 The scales are in both thespecies referred to apparently smooth, but under the lens a very fine striation, or rather sulcation, is per- ceptible in both. The habits and general characters of both are also exactly the same. ‘ I do not consider it, under these circumstances, necessary to separate the present species generically from Lycodon. To the description of the species I may add, that each scale has avery minute sub-apical impressed dot.* The occipitals are as a rule obtusely angular posteriorly. The pre-ocular is sometimes very small, or it reaches the top of head, and is in contact with the anterior frontals. The 9th upper labial is longer than high, One or two temporals are in contact with the post-oculars. Fam, WoMaopsipm. HypsirHINA ENHYDRIS (I. R., p. 281). Specimens, identical in coloration with those noted by Theobald from Pegu (Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. x), also occur in Lower Bengal, Giinther says: scales ‘‘ constantly in 21 series.’ I have obtained from the Sundarbunds, below Port Canning, one specimen, which has 23 rows of scales; but it does not differ in any other point of structure or coloration from other typical specimens. The lateral pale bands are generally in Bengal specimens distinct, but the brown bands along the back are less so; the central dark line along the belly is often nearly continuous, except on the throat where it is dissolved into spots. Fam. CRoTaLipm. TRIMERESURUS ANDERSONI, Theob, Trim. Andersont and obscwrus, Theobald, Cat. Rept. Asiat. Soc. Museum, 1868, pp. 75 and 76. In my paper on Malayan Reptiles, &c. (Journ. Asiat. 8. B., vol. xxxix, p. 216), I stated that the two specimens described by Theobald under different names belong to one species only. The locality of those two specimens was unknown, though there could have been little doubt, but that the snakes were Indian, I have * T have not observed an ‘ apical groove.’ 444 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Oplidians. [No. 4, recently received a third specimen of this species from the Anda- mans, whence most probably the two type specimens referred to were received. The characters of the species may be put as follows: Head very distinct from neck, broad and flat above, a pair of supra-rostals, separated by an azygos shield, about equal in size to one of the former ; supraciliaries narrow, long; scales of the head small, slightly carinate on the posterior part: there are from 10-12 of them in an irregular line between the supraciliaries ; scales of body in 25 long. rows, small, imbricate and sharply keeled throughout; 2nd labial forms the front of the pit, but some- times the upper portion is partially or entirely detached; 11 or 12 upper labials; two rows of scales between labials and orbit; eye rather large. The two type specimens which are nearly full grown, have each 182 ventrals, 56, the other 71 sub-caudals; anal entire, strongly projecting. The third specimen which mea- sutes only 11 inches, has 181 ventrals and 57 sub-caudals. The general colour of the snake is dark brown ; when young it has numerous greenish transverse bands on the body, each about 2 scales wide, and about 3 or 4 scales apart from each other ; the sides of the head and the lower side of the body are irregularly marbled and spotted with greenish white. In the more adult stage, the light bands become interrupted on the back which is nearly uniform brown, like the head, but the greenish colour is preserved in more or less numerous and irregular spots at the sides. Dr. Anderson in his notes on Indian Reptiles, published in the Proceedings of the Zool. Soc. of London for 1871, p. 194, says that Zrim. Anderson: is identical with Trim. monticola. Few species could be more distinct from each other than these. T. Anderson is a much slenderer snake, has comparatively smaller and more sharply keeled scales in 25 rows, narrow super- ciliaries with 10 or more scales between them on the upper side of the head, 11-12 upper labials, those after the third becoming rapidly smaller and superseded by scales which are not larger, but generally somewhat smaller than the labials; all three known specimens have on azygos shield, above 180 ventrals and alarge eye. The colour is | 1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 445 brown without any large darker spots,* but sometimes in adults with greenish white spots at the side of the body. T. monticola, on the contrary, has 21 or 23 (rarely 25 rows according to Anderson) of comparatively much larger and not so sharply keeled scales, 8-9 upper labials, those following the third gradually decreasing in size and superseded by rather large scales ; superciliaries rather short and comparatively broad, with 6 or 7 scales in an irregular row between them, generally no azygos shield is present; I never saw the ventrals exceed 160, the eye is small. The body above has'always spots darker than is the general brown colour and the reticulation at the sides. This species occurs in the Central and Eastern Himalayas ranging from about 2000 up to about 8000 feet; it is also found in the Khasi hills, and ac- cording to Dr. Anderson in Upper Burma. A closely allied species T. convictus, was described by me from Penang (J. A. 8. B., vol. XAKIX,. p. 224). If 7. Andersoni be identical with any other known species, it can only be with 7. porphyraceus of Blyth, which I have described and figured in J. A. 8. B., xxxix, p. 218, pl. xu, fig. 2. There is very little difference in structure between the two, but the head is not quite so high, and the labials fewer in TZ. Andersons, the chief difference lying in the coloration ; should this, however, prove to vary from dark brown, variegated with greenish white, to almost uniform porphyraceous grey, the two species might be shewn to represent mere varieties. * T am ata loss to know how the coloration of monticola and Andersoni can be called “ identical in every respect.” 446 [No, 4, NoTE ON THE CORRECTION OF THE CaALcuTTA STANDARD BAROMETER To THE Kew and GREENWIcH StanpAarps—dby H. F. BuanForp. [Received 4th September, 1871. ] One of the greatest drawbacks to the value of the Meteorological observations that have hitherto been recorded in India, and one which has gone far to render the large majority of them worthless for advancing our knowledge of the Meteorology of the country, has arisen from the neglect of observers and those charged with the collection of such data, to ensure the reduction of their obser- vations to one common standard. Without this, it is obvious that they cannot be treated comparatively, and any deductions that may be attempted from a comparison of registers must always lie open to the suspicion that the variations they may show are not real, but due to instrumental and perhaps other errors. This is especially the case with registers of atmospheric pressure. As I have more than once pointed out, the variations of this important element are so small in India, that the persistent barometric gradient of a monsoon, existing at any moment between two stations five hundred miles apart, may be entirely concealed or even reversed.in appearance by the uncorrected errors of the instruments in use. Tt follows that one of the first duties of any officer who may have to supervise the working of a system of meteorological registration, is to ensure that the barometers are carefully compared with some well known local standard, before they are used for the purpose of registration; and that the comparison be repeated from time to time, in order to detect and eliminate errors, which may arise from accidental disturbance or progressive deterioration. In Bengal, and to some extent in the N. W. Provinces and Central India, the barometer by Newman, No. 84, at the Surveyor General’s Office in Calcutta, has been adopted as the standard to which the local observations are corrected. But whether there is any constant difference between this instrument and the stand- ards in use elsewhere, has hitherto been a matter of conjecture. At the present day, most good instruments sent out from England have been compared with the Kew Standard barometer constructed 1871.] H. F. Blanford—TZhe Calcutta Standard Barometer. 447 by Professor Balfour Stewart, and in Ceylon, for instance, at the observatories established two years ago by Captain Fyers, the barometric registers are corrected to the readings of the Kew Standard. The receipt, some months ago, of a number of very excellent stan- dard barometers by Casella, which had been compared at the India Store Department with a Standard, the error of which to those of Kew and Greenwich had been previously ascertained, has afforded me an opportunity of ascertaining indirectly the difference of the Calcutta standard from these latter instruments, and thus obtaining a correction which will render the barometric registers of Northern India more rigorously comparable than heretofore with those of Ceylon and other places. The comparison, as will be seen, is very indirect, but it has I think been sufficiently extensive to prevent any appreciable error arising from the cause, always assuming that the India Store Department Standard is accurate- ly corrected to those of Kew and Greenwich. The instruments which have afforded the means of this compari- son are of the form figured in Messrs. Casella’s catalogues, with tubes of about 0°3 inch internal diameter. Hight of them have been compared by myself with Newman’s Standard, No. 94. They were compared one at a time, placed side by side with the latter instrument, and each was read simultaneously with the Newman, nine (in two cases ten) times during the diurnal period of rising, and an equal number of times during that of falling pressure. By this means the correction for capiliarity, always more or less uncertain, is eliminated. The readings of each instrument have been reduced for temperature by those of its own attached thermo- meter, so that the corrections obtained include those, if any, of the thermometers. The total number of comparative readings is 146. The results of this comparison are given in the following table. The error of Newman’s barometer, No. 94, with the standard at the Surveyor General’s Office has been ascertained as follows, The former instrument was compared by Babu Gopinath Sen before I received it three years ago, and the mean error of 13 reduced readings then determined to be —.0245. A series of levels, from the ground floor of my house to that of the observatory, shewed 448 H. F. Blanford—TZhe Calcutta Standard Barometer. [No. 4, the difference of level of the cisterns to be 0:2 foot, my barometer being the lower. This represents a barometric difference of + 0:0002 which must be deducted from the readings of my own standard in its present situation. Of the 146 comparative readings, 73 were made at even hours, simultaneously with the readings of the Surveyor General’s Standard, and these give a mean difference of No. 94 = No. 84 (— .0249). The readings were made at intervals between January 7th and August 28rd, the barometric range in this period being from 30°141 to 29°371. The error of No, 94 to No. 84 has therefore evidently remained constant, and may be taken with sufficient approximation as — 0°0251. The following table gives the results obtained with the. several Casella’s barometers. Results of a comparison of eight barometers with Newman’s No. 94, the Kew and Greenwich Standards, Error to No. of Error to No. 94. E Casella’s rror to Green- Kew : barometer. ; wich. Rising. | Falling. | Mean. Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch. 628 + .0132 | +.0159 | +.0145 | —.001 + .0038 632 +.0188 | +.0158 | +.0173 | +.005 + .009 637 + .0202 | -.0211 | +.0206| +.006 +.010 627 +.0193 | +.0188 | +.0190| +.006 +.010 634 +.0148 | +.0171 | +.0159 | +.002 + .006 635 + .0209 | +.02385 | +.0222 | +.004 + .008 630 + .0137 | +.0163 | +.0150] +.001 + .005 631 +.0181 | +.0203 | +.0192 | +.005 + .009 The error of No. 94, (my office standard) to those of Kew and Greenwich, is obtained in each case by changing the signs and taking the difference of the figures in column 4 and those in columns — 5 and 6 respectively. The results, with two exceptions, are, I think, — sufficiently accordant to afford an assurance ofthe general trus 4 worthiness of the mean result. | 1871.] J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside.” 449 Error of Newman’s No. 94 to the Kew and Greenwich Standards. [ Casella’s ee chtan. With Kew. With Greenwic!. No Inch. Inch By 628 —.0155 —.0115 i 632 —.0123 — 0083 = 637 —.0146 —.0106 i 627 Ors —.0090 ff 634 —.0139 —.0099 a 635 —.0182 —.0142 . 630 —.0140 —.0100 631 —.0142 —.0102 If we reject the results afforded by barometers No. 632 and No. 635 which depart somewhat widely from the remainder, the mean of the remaining six comparisons gives the error of New- man’s No. 94 — .0142 to the Kew, and — .0102 to the Greenwich Standard. Deducting these from the error, above given, of the same barometer to the Calcutta Standard, and changing the sign, we have the error of the Calcutta Standard as follows :— Error of Calcutta Standard, Newman, No. 84. To Kew. To Greenwich. + .0109. + .0149. These amounts, or say .011 and .015 inch, must therefore be deducted from the readings of the Calcutta Standard and all registers corrected thereto, to render them comparable with re- gisters corrected to the Kew and Greenwich Standards respectively. On Inpian anp Matayan TeteHusipm, Parr I,— by James Woop-Mason, Hsa. (Continued from page 27). (With Plate X XVII). TeLPpHUSA Epwarpsi, n. sp., pl. xxviii, figs. 11—15. Carapace sparingly hirsute above, more thickly so on the pleural region, broadest along a line dividing the anterior from the 450 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. [No. 4, middle third of the mesogastric region, on each side of which the surface is raised into an oval areolet bounded in front by the pro- togastric, behind and laterally by the branchial lobe which in part bounds it in front; uro-gastric lobes distinct from the rest of the regions and from one another, post-frontal ridge sinuous, coarsely wrinkled, ending about 2mm. short of the epibranchial teeth, slightly interrupted by the forward position of the epigastric lobes ; these are rugose in front, deeply divided mesially and completely isolated from the conterminous regions of the carapace by well- defined grooves ; meso-gastric area distinct, sending forwards a nar- row tongue between the proto- and epi-gastric lobes; branchial areas divided into anterior and posterior portions by broad, smooth, deep, oblique depressions ; the latter being scarcely distinct from the cardiac division ; the epibranchial teeth are continued backwards, outwards and inwards as raised denticulated crests, along the inner side of which runs a smooth furrow continuous with the post-orbi- tal furrow ; postero-lateral margins rugose behind the termination of the lateral crests, the rugosities being continued downwards and forwards on to the inflected portion of the carapace; orbits and extra-orbital teeth finely crenulated. Front broad, short, very little deflexed, terminated by a smooth margin. The chelipedes are sub- equal; the two inferior edges of their meropodites are armed with tubercles, their inferior planes bear at their distal extremity and nearer the inner than the outer of the two edges a single spinule, which is also to be remarked in many other species; the third or upper angle is rugose; the succeeding joint is greatly thickened at its distal end and is superiorly coarsely wrinkled and concave ; its inner margin is armed with a stout sharp spine, be- neath which is a smaller one; the proximal half of the penul- timate joint is convex and coarsely granulated externally, internally convex and smooth, except towards the inferior border where two or three rows of small, widely-separated tubercles are to be seen ; its upper surface is ornamented by three rows of large tubercles; its distal prolongation is deeply canaliculate and its inner toothed edge is in contact throughout its length with the dactylopodite which is likewise canaliculate externally and compressed, so that its upper border presents a saw-like edge, being ornamented with 1871.] J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. 451 tubercles decreasing gradually in size and sharpness from the base towards the tip. The ambulatory legs are hairy as in Telphusa hispida. A ek oe re SG A 382 mm. (oo Io POSS ear ane erage b tele’ 2S PRE Se 28 mm. Hab. Hotha, aaah Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma. Collected by Dr. Anderson. Plate xxvii, Fig. 11, Telphusa Edwardsi, nat. size. 12. Front view of the same. 13. External maxilliped. 14. Chela. 15. Abdomen of male. TrLpHusA ANDERSONIANA, 0. sp., pl. xxvii, figs. 16—20. Carapace considerably broader than long, very sparingly hirsute, areolation similar to that of the preceding species; anterior bran- chial region covered with irregular tubercles which gradually pass backwards into the rugations that thickly mark the postero-lateral margin, the inflected portion of the carapace and a portion of the posterior pleural lobe; epigastric lobes separated from one another and from the protogastrics, post-frontal crest curved forwards in the middle; epibranchial teeth well marked and pass backwards on each side as regularly denticulated cresis, the denticulations gradually decreasing in size backwards; anterior pleural lobes covered with inosculating fovee, separated from the peristomial portions of the posterior by a tuberculated line which loses its beaded character as it passes upwards to the epibranchial tooth ; front broad, especially at the base, tuberculated; its free margin is sinuous, well rounded laterally and coarsely crenated; orbital borders also crenated and rising externally into a salient, forwardly- directed tooth. The median triangular process of posterior border of the epistoma is extremely salient, coarsely crenate, and notched on each side; externally to the notches this posterior border is similarly crenate up to the point at which it begins to form the anterior boundaries of the exhalant orifices of the branchial cham- bers. . Chelipedes subequal ; meropodites with their three angles sharply tubercular, their posterior faces rugose and their ventral surface bearing a sharp spinule; carpopodites extremely rugose above, with their inner margins raised into a line of sharp, irregular tubercles above the level of the spine, beneath which an acute smaller_one is to be seen, and with their distal articular ends greatly 452 J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. [No. 4, thickened and rounded as in Telphusa Edwardsii to which this species is closely allied; propodites with their upper edge armed with a row of five forwardly-directed spiniform tubercles, ex- ternally to which are some small rounded tubercles; the rest of the surface, both externally and internally, is excavated into shallow, inosculating fovee. Above, the dactylopodites are rounded and arm- ed atthe proximal end with a small spiniform tubercle, are externally longitudinally canaliculate and can be brought into complete contact with the immoveable arm of the pincers, which is also grooved. The penultimate joints of the ambulatory legs are longer in pro-. portion to their breadth than those of 7. Hdwardsi. Beeudins: gr weet occa od ta ueees Me eee ee . 43 mm. TiCR SEN y's nialete d's 6pm Wsine W's ROI ALR 41 telat le eee 34 mm. Hab. Momien, W. Yunan, at elevations of from 3500—5000 ft. ; Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma. Collected by Dr. Anderson. Plate xxvii, Fig. 16. Telphusa Andersoniana, nat. size. 17. Front view of the same. 18. External maxilliped. 19. Chela. 20. Abdomen of male, TELPHUSA HISPIDA, nN. sp., pl. xxviii, figs. 1—5, Carapace much broader than long, flattened above, hirsute, especially on the postero-lateral margins and the posterior pleural lobes ; the surface is subpunctate and has an areolation very similar to that of Zelphusa Edwardsii, but the postero-lateral boundary of the oval areolet is not so deep impressed; the epigastric lobes, as in Zelphusa Andersoniana, are not distinct from the proto- gastrics behind; the cervical suture forms a very indistinct divi- sional line between the hepatic portion of the protogastric and the anterior moiety of the branchial lobe, which is obsoletely tuber- cular ; the epibranchial teeth are by no means salient; the more obscurely denticulated crest of the antero-lateral margin is very little elevated, and the smooth furrow along the inner side of it, which is so noticeable in the former species, is absent; a bundle of short hairs springs from between each denticulation. The anterior is separated from the posterior cardiac lobe by a broad, shallow, transverse channel which extends right across the carapace, and these again are similarly marked off from the posterior halves of the branchial lobes. The post-frontal ridge is well marked, bent forwards in the middle, but is neither continuous to the 1871.] J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside, 453 epibranchial teeth, nor interrupted by the projection beyond it of the epigastric lobes. The orbital rims and extraorbital teeth, crenulated. Front sinuous, short, not greatly deflexed, truncate on each side, irregularly punctate, minute hairs springing in bundles of 2 or 3 from the puncta. The structure of the epistoma is very much the same asin 7, Hdwardsii, but its surface is advanced so as to be more nearly in the same plane with the free margin of the front and the triangular process of its posterior border is more acute; mesially it is devoid of hairs, but laterally it is extremely hirsute. The anterior pleural lobe is distinct but the interpleural portion of the line that marks it off from the rest of. the carapace is not tuberculated as in 7. Hdwardsiv; neither is the inflected por- tion of the carapace so distinctly rugose nor so thickly covered with hairs. Of the chelipedes the right exceeds the left in size in the only adult specimen in my possession ; the outer, or more strictly speaking the posterior, face of the meropodites is smooth, devoid of hairs, except towards the dorsal edge which is densely covered with bundles of hairs and but slightly rugose. The carpopo- dite is armed in the usual way with a spine, beneath which is a short bilobed spinule; its upper surface roughly punctate; an impres- sion is to be observed at its distal articular end which is not more than ordinarily thickened. The propodite is coarsely punctate, its lower border is longitudinally concave, its prolongation is exter- nally grooved, and so is the dactylopodite with which it is in contact throughout its wholelength. Theambulatory legs are robust; the ridges of all their joints are thickly covered with bundles of hairs ; the penultimate joints are similar to those of Zelphusa Andersoniana. Length,...... tole /ald'dh sieetsle Ws Camels melee avs Ol WT. PRBS Gi Soe seca ode. ab eset gs Re RIED. SBS ES 43 mm. Hab. Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma. Collected by Dr. J. Anderson. Plate xxvii, Fig. ry Telphusa hispida, nat, size. 2. Front view of the same. 38. Hxternal maxilliped. 4, Chela. 5. Abdomen of male, TELPHUSA TUMIDA, 0. sp-, pl. xxvii, figs. 6—10, Carapace slightly broader than long, tumid, punctate, extremely convex in every direction, with an areolation similar to that of the three last described species, but the mesogastric lobe is almost confluent anteriorly with the protogastric and this latter is marked 58 454 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. (No. 4, by a short branch running off from the cervical suture at right angles to it; the cardiac is separated from the posterior half of the branchial area ; the epigastric lobes are prominent, anteriorly wrinkled and extend beyond the line of the rest of post-frontal ridge ; anterior branchial lobe and post-frontal crest rugose; the latter is slightly indented by the cervical suture, and continuous from the epigastric lobes to the minute epibranchial teeth; antero-lateral margins greatly inclined with minutely denticulated crests ; postero- lateral margin marked with oblique wrinkles which assume a tubercular character as they pass forwards on to the inflected portion of the carapace and the posterior pleural lobes which, where they form the peristoma, are completely covered with round, polish- ed tubercles, disposed in pairs; the anterior pleural lobe presents a few scattered tubercles, and is cut off from the posterior pleural and from the inflected region of the carapace by a beaded line. Front broad, deflexed, coarsely granulated, marked by the pro- longation forwards of the mesogastric furrow. The epistoma presents the same characters as that of Telphusa Andersoniana, except that its anterior margin is distinctly crenulated. The orbits and their external angles are crenated. Chelipedes subequal ; meropodites with their posterior faces and angles very rugose; carpopodites, above rugose, armed internally with a short blunt tooth, above and below which are some smooth tubercles; propodite externally convex and rugose; internally, — especially near the lower margin, above, and below tuberculated ; the upper margin of the dactylopodite is rounded and presents a short row of tubercles at its proximal end ; the pincers are marked on every face with longitudinal rows of puncta and their arms can be almost completely apposed. Breadth, osss.cye ss vied vos elo sp eee» 29 ENDL Org mate ET Veg 2 RE Day ae SR ee 24 mm. a Breage iey's..64s2 ogee abe eee devas 27 mm) Of aitemmlas Lenethy i's. S508 2% 2 os 9 wad’ eth mabe ohh Sota ener is Hab. Hotha, Yunan; Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma. Collected by Dr. Anderson.—Daryjiling (?). Plate xxvii, Fig. 6. Telphusa tumida, nat. size. 7. Front view of the same. 8, External maxilliped. 9. Chela. 10. Abdomen of male. 1871.] 455 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF RHINOLOPHIDEH, WITH DESCRIP- TION OF A NEW SPECIES OF VESPERUS, AND NOTES ON SOME OTHER SPECIES OF INSECTIVOROUS BATS FROM Perrsita,—dy G. EH. Dosson, B, A., M. B., Asst. Surgeon, H. Il.’s British Forces. [Received and read 7th June, 1871. ] Genus—Trimnors, Dobson (gen. nov.). Nose-leaf horse-shoe shaped in front, tridentate behind; horse- shoe shaped portion consisting of two lamin, of which the over- lying one is deeply emarginate in front, with the sides of the emargination turned upwards and supporting the base of a longi- tudinal, horizontal crest ending above and between the nasal ori- fices; hinder, erect portion of the nose-leaf with one cell in the centre of its base, the entrance to which is guarded by a lanceolate process of membrane, with cells on the sides of its front surface, and one on each side behind, immediately above the eye. Dentition :—i. : c. pm. — 3m. aS. First upper premolar minute, placed outside the line of teeth. The above characters of the new genus are derived from an ex- amination of six spirit specimens of a new species of bat from Persia, which I now proceed to name and describe in detail. {— TRiaNops PERSICUS, Dobson, Pl. XXVIII. Head long ; muzzle broad, obtuse, flattened laterally, lower lip with four small warts on its anterior margin; ears nearly as broad as long, funnel-shaped, with acutely pointed tips; the outer mar- gin commences in a narrow fold of skin arising from the posterior corner of the eyelids, which passing backwards and slightly down- wards for about 0.1 in. rises abruptly to a height of 0.2 in. forming the outer side of the ear; the inner margin is convex forwards, and rises to about the same height; at a short distance behind, it is interrupted by a sudden emargination which is succeeded by a triangular elevation of the rim of the ear forming the tip which projects outwards owing to the concavity of the outer side of this 456 G. KE. Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, &e. (No. 4, triangle. The form of the ear, which is difficult to describe, is very well given in the plate accompanying this paper. The nasal appendages are very complicated ; the anterior portion of the nose-leaf is horse-shoe shaped, consisting of two lamina, the upper overlying lamina deeply emarginate in front, the oppo- site sides of the emargination turned upwards and supporting the anterior portion of a broad, flat, longitudinal crest which ends in a triangular head above and between the nasal orifices ; these open- ings are placed at the bottom of a considerable depression, are about .05 in. apart, and between them a very narrow raphé connects the apex of the triangular termination of the central, horizontal, longitudinal crest with the base of the hinder erect nose-leaf ; this hinder portion arises from a thick root behind the nostrils, its base is hollow, containing a single cell, the entrance to which is guarded by a lanceolate process of membrane; above this opening, the nose- leaf terminates by forming three projections of which the central is needle-shaped, very slightly longer than the others, and its base forms the upper boundary of the entrance to the central cell; the lateral projections are shaped differently, rising on either side of the base of the central projections by narrow pedicels they soon become expanded by the increasing convexity of their outer sides, which converging above form with the inner margins acute termi- nations. On each side of the hinder nose-leaf are six cells, of which one is situated behind immediately above the eye occupying the posi- tion of the minute pores observed in nearly all the species of Dr. J. E. Gray’s second group of Rhinolophide ; in front of the eye two shallow, but well defined, cells are formed by the folds of mem- brane external to the horse-shoe, of which that nearest the eye has for its posterior wall the raised margin of the eyelid; this cell, like that above the eye, is concealed by the hair of the face, and is not shown in the accompanying illustration of the animal’s head. The total number of cells is therefore thirteen, of which three on each side are formed by the erect nose-leaf, and one occupies the centre of its base. a The entrance to this central cell appears to be normally closed, at least so it is in all the spirit specimens, but may be readily 1871.] G. E. Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, Fe. 457 opened by drawing the lower lanceolate process of membrane for- wards and the upper central projection backwards. A small, qua- drilateral opening is thus disclosed, having for its lower and upper boundaries the bases of these projections, Through this opening the animal has probably the power of admitting air at will to the central cell which is spacious and most likely acts as an accessory nasal cavity, to the sides of which part of the terminations of the olfactory nerves may be distributed. The form of the lower lan- ceolate process of the nose-leaf which is laterally flattened in front of the opening to the cell, favours this supposition. The wings present some remarkable peculiarities of structure, From the outer side of the proximal extremity of the terminal phalanx of the third finger a small process of bone arises with an inclination forwards, and terminates by an obtuse point in the wing membrane in which it is included. The distal extremity of the same phalanx is very shortly bifid as in most Rhinolophine bats, but the terminal phalanx of the fourth finger ends in a single point. Wing membrane attached to the tibia a short distance above the ankle; feet long, slender ; toes armed with long and strong claws ; tail included in the interfemoral membrane, the extreme tip alone free. On the upper surface the fur is very pale buff, almost white, with light sepia tips, darkest on the back of the neck, along the anterior margin of the scapule, and between the shoulders; towards the root of the tail of a yellowish tinge throughout; be- neath, wholly very pale buff or dirty yellowish-white, cutaneous system of the same.colour. ‘The fur is everywhere long and dense; in front it covers the posterior surface of the hinder nose-leaf, ex- ceeding in length the height of the trident-shaped crest; the inner edge of the ear, as far as the emargination, is clothed ante- riorly with long hairs which also occupy the interior of the conch, but are finer, and more thinly spread in the latter situation ; be- hind, the fur of the back extends on to the base of the interfemoral membrane @early as far as the end of the second caudal vertebra; on the wing membrane its extent is very limited; beneath, the wing membrane is covered with hair nearly as far as a line drawn 458 G. E, Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, &c. [No. 4, from the middle of the humerus to the middle of the femur, but the humerus and femur are completely naked beyond the body; the distribution of fur on the under surface of the interfemoral membrane is similar to that above. 9 Dentition':1< = ie Som ee a Ae? a! r Bp? sa The anterior upper premolar is minute with a flattened crown, and is placed outside the line of teeth; the upper and lower in- cisors are bilobed; the upper canines have large cusps at their bases posteriorly. Inches. Length, head and body, POO OOO ~*0 ooo Corea see Be *OOFF% COE LEE TOS FOF Soe HOST EF oGgree ‘ 2°25 “5 DAI; ey oan ses Soatencisee toe Aedve® ous nice teqaallhe ave wen pevwas eke andden ete I2 yi head? (WAS AWARE 0°85 9p? Oar (ANberiorly)) ndsinc dass dees tongs Seaden andeebcecthseebent eee 0:45 % sy (posteriorly), i. oics.siakeaet Sunivana sap>jp ecm gitesh ohana 0°35 . Bre Ut Ba iain Sh us staal terol eh: « Sala ahd iad tei pa eee 0-4: Length; foreartiiy.ss nies asades tc ) MIUID Melig in stiin ah tiny.g ww Aapninis hen almic ntep due Meh) me ais ele 10 ag, ROOG AM Cla WHT. sccisnn cnn wiungs ewennn sels sha .cecicaaiawas 3 ca teen 0'5 FUXPANISG; \..0ssrenssvaksasenashnseaad cots ay supastson'esene enh cs astent st aoe een 15:0 The remaining three species obtained near Shiraz were :— PIPISTRELLUS MARGINATUS, Vespertilio marginatus, Cretschmer, A dried specimen agreeing very well with the description in Temminck’s Monograph.* The white margin to the wings and interfemoral membranes is very well marked. On the upper sur- face the fur of the body extends upon the wing membrane as far as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee joint ; * Monographies de Mammalogie, vol. ii, p. 202. J. WOOD-MASON. Journ:Asiat: Soe: Ben gal. Vol:XL. PtIl.1871. , 4 Si Sedg-lield. Lith: Pl: XXVII 19 Te lphuser tumida. Calcutta. 20. Telphusa Andersoniana. 1871.] G. v. Martens—List of Alga. 461 posteriorly, it covers more than one-third of the interfemoral mem- brane; beneath, it extends to the elbow, but does not occupy so much of the interfemoral membrane which is covered for nearly half its surface with a very few short hairs arising from the trans- verse dotted lines. Above, black for three-fourths its length, the remaining portion to the tip ight yellowish brown or dun colour ; beneath, black for the same extent, the ends of the hairs paler than above, becoming white on the belly and pubes, Inner incisors long and acutely pointed, outer ones short and close to their bases; anterior upper premolars very minute, concealed between the canine and second premolar, and not visible without the aid of a lens. PIPIsTRELLUS COROMANDELICUS, Vespertilio Coromandelicus, F. Cuvier. Several spirit specimens of immature individuals referable to this species. VESPERTILIO MURINUS, Geoff. A well preserved dried specimen answering in all respects to the description given in Temminck’s Monograph ;* above, white with a reddish tinge, beneath pure white ; base of the hairs, above and beneath, dusky. A List oF AnG@ conLEcTED sy Mr. S. Kurz my BurMA AND ADJACENT IsLANDS,—by Dr. G. v. Marrens, im Stutigardt. Communicated by Mr. 8. Kurz.t [Received 15th July, 1871. Read August, 1871. ] I.—P.ALMELLACE. PALMELLE®, Microcystis, Ka. [1. I. aeruginosa, Kg.—In a pool of sweet water in Kolodyne valley, Arracan. Octob. |—S. K. * Vol. ii; p. 178. y+ I have arranged the numerous determinations of Burmese Alges, lately transmitted to me by Dr. v. Martens, according to that author’s “Tage der Preussischen Expedition nach Ost-Asien.” For any defects in the arrange- ment of this List, as well as for a few additional species entered between 59 462 G. v. Martens—List of Alga. [No. 4 Patmetia, Lyngb. 1. P. subsalsa, Martens, strato indeterminato effuso; cellulis dense aggregatis 1/200 ad 1/300 lin. crassis, homogeneis, globosis v. ellipticis, lutescentibus; membranula achromatica.—Arracan, on periodically submerged mud of the Kolodyne river, in brackish water. Octob. (K. 1960). Guamocarsa, Ke. 1. G. luteo-fusca, Martens, strato compacto, late expanso; vesi- culis primariis evanescentibus; secundariis 1/200 ad 1/180 lin. crassis, globosis, lutescentibus, nucleis ellipticis, solitariis v. ii: natis, pallide viridibus, 1/300 lin, longis, 1/500 lin. latis, Pegu, Northern Yomah, along the dried up bed of Mayzelee Choung. January.—(K. 1854).—Sweet water. I.— NOSTOCHINEA, OscILLARIEZ. OscILLARIA, VAUCH. 1. O. granulosa, Martens, pulcherrime eeruginea; filis 1/300 lin. crassis, rigidis, rectis, apice parum attenuatis; articulis diametro subeequalibus ubique granulosis, geniculis hyalinis non punctatis—Karen country, H. of Sittang, Toukyeghat, in Pywoon Choung, covering stones in dense dark green patches. March, (KK. 1860).—Sweet water. | 2. O. brevis, Kg.—Pegu, Southern Yomah, near Kya-eng, in a little jungle-creek. Decemb.—Sweet water. 8. O. viridis, Vauch. = tenuis, Ag.—Arracan, Akyab, in stagnant waters, floating. Octob. (K. 1952).—Sweet water. 4. 0. Grateloupri, Bory.—Arracan, with the former. Sweet water. Puormivium, Kg. 1. Ph. papyrinum, Kg,—Arracan, on rocks in clear torrents, Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1967).—Sweet water. brackets with my initials, I, therefore, am alone answerable. Diatomacee and the greater number of Desmidiacee are not represented, but I hope to have an opportunity of collecting further materials for a more complete list than the present one. The numbers between brackets and the letter ‘‘ K.”’ have reference to my collection of Crypt. Cellulares, The seaweeds commonly eaten by the Burmans, are Gigartina spinosa, Grev., (agar agar of the Malays), and Sphero- eoccus lichenoides, Ag., (Ceylon moss of commerce). These are usually called by the Burmans Kyouk puén, 187]. | G. v. Martens—List of Alge. 463 [2. Ph. oryzetorum, Martens in Proceed. As. Soc. Beng., Janu- ary, 1870, p. 12.—Arracan, low lands, frequent on stagnant tanks and submerged rice-fields, floating. Octob.].—S. K. Sweet water. LEPToTHRICHES. Lerrorurix, Ke. 1. JL. ochracea, Kg.—Karen country, E. of Tounghoo, Toukye- ghat, Choungmenah-hills, in little choungs, floating. March. (KK. 1852).—Sweet water. LYNGBYEZ. Lynesya, Ag. 1. L. majuscula, Dillw.—Karen country, EK. of Tounghoo, not unfrequent in the jungle-choungs. Febr. (K. 1858 et 1859).— Sweet water. ScyTONEMEZ. Scyronema, Ag. 1. Se. Peguanum, Martens, cespite cupreo, lineam alto; filis basi connatis, parce ramosis, cum vagina 1/180 ad 1/150 lin., sine vagina 1/220 ad 1/200 lin. crassis, apice attenuatis hyalinis, vaginis arctis leevibus ; articulis diametro subzequalibus, pallide viridibus, Pegu, Southern Yomah, Tyoben, on the bark of trees. Decemb. (K. 1855). 2. Sc..awreum, Menegh.—Karen country, E. of Tounghoo, Toukyeghat, Choungmenah-hills, in the hill Eng.-Forests, on rocks, at from 2500 to 3000 feet elevation. Febr. (K. 1857).—Sweet water. | ITl.—CONFERVACEZL. ConFERVES. Conrrrva, L. 1. ©. bombycina, ¢. subequalis, Kg.—South Andaman, in the creeks above Watering Cove. Sweet water. 2. CO. fugacissima, Roth.—South Andaman, in the creek above Watering Cove. June. (K. 1657). Sweet water. CumtomorrHaA, Kg. 1. Oh. Indica, Kg.—Arracan, Boronga Island, on other sea- weeds in the crevices of sub-marine sandstone banks. Octob. (K. 1946). 464 G. v. Martens—Lust of Alge. [No. 4, Rurzoctonium, Kg. 1. Rh. occidentale, Kg.—Arracan, on sandstone rocks in the Kolodyne river, in mangrove swamps. Octob. (K. 1955). CLapoPpHorA, Kg. 1. Ol. scitula, Suhr.—Arracan, Boronga Island, on other sea- weeds. Octob. (K. 1953). 2. C. TFranquebariensis, Roth—Pegu, Northern Yomah, in Tsoon-Choung. January. (K. 1846). Curooterus, Ag. 1. Oh. villosum, Kg.—Karen hills, E. of Sittang, Thayet- tchu Choung, on trees, &c., at from 2 to 3000 feet elevation.—March. (K. 1856). Campsopocon, Mont. [1. ©. Hooker’, Mont.—Arracan, Akyab, in rivulets. Octob. ] Sk: ZYGNEMACE. Sprroeyra, Lk, . [1. Sp. elongata, Kg.—Arracan, Akyab, in stagnant and gently flowing waters, not unfrequent. Octob.] 5S. K. 2. Sp. nitida, Dillw.—Arracan, Akyab and Kolodyne valley, rather frequent in stagnant waters. Octob.; Pegu, Southern Yomah, Poungleen. Jan. (K. 1848). 3. Sp. decimina, Lk.—Arracan, Akyab, in sweet water a Decemb. (K. 1851). 4, Sp. jugalis, Kg.—Arracan, Akyab, in stagnant waters, float- ing, along with Oscdllaria viridis, &e. Octob. 5. Sp. subaequa, Kg.—Arracan, Kolodyne-valley, in stagnant waters. Octob. (K. 1956). ULVACEAE. Utva, L. eee! EFS oxycocca, Kg.—Arracan, frequent on the sandstone- layers along the shores opposite Akyab. Octob. (K. 1958). PuycoseEris, Kg. 1. Ph..lobata, Kg.—South Andaman, on sandstone rocks at Camping Bay.—Apr. (K. 1612). Ee 1871. ] G. v. Martens—List of Alge. 465 EntrromorPua, Lk. 1. #. intestinalis, Lk., var. a. capillaris. Kg.—South Andaman, in brackish swamps of the mangrove jungles.—Apr. (K. 1697). 2. EH. complanata, Kg.—South Andaman, Ross Island, on rocks. Apr. (K. 1592); also Arracan, Boronga Island. 3. L. polyclados, Kg.—Andamans, Ross Island and Middle Straits, on rocks. Apr. May. 4, . compressa, Lk.—Arracan, frequent on the sandstone banks of Boronga Island. Octob. K. 1945. _ ProroDERMACEZ. InopERMA, Kg. 1. JL. fontanum, Kg.—Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, on Termoklee Island, in sweet water pools of dried up creeks.—May. (K. 1639). 1V.—SIPHONEZ. VAUCHERIER. VaucuHeriA, DC. 1. V.clavata, DC.—Andaman Islands, in sweet waters. 2. V. sessilis, DC.—Karen country, Tonkyeghat, in choungs. Febr. (K. 1853). 3. V. submarina, Berk.—Arracan, Kolodyne river, in brackish water on sandstone rocks of mangrove swamps, clothing the rocks ingdense green patches. Octob. (K. 1962). . Bryopsts, Lx. 1. Br. tenwssima, Notaris—South Andaman, Camping Bay, on sandstone rocks. May. (K. 1593), 2. Br. pachynema, Martens, Tage d. Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien., 24, t. iv, f.2. (Valonia confervoides, Harv., Alg. Ceylon).—South Andaman, in mangrove swamps towards Birdnest Cape. Apr. (K. 1606). CopIEz. | Haztimepa, Lx. 1. H. discoidea, Dene.—South Andaman, &c, Frequent on coral reefs all along the coast. (K. 1691). 2. H. Opuntia, Lx.—South Andaman, only ejected from the sea; Pegu, Diamond Island (IX. 1651). 466 G. v. Martens—List of Alge. | No. 4, 3. LH. cuneata, Kg.—Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, 'Termo- klee Island (K. 1693). V.—PHHAOSPORELZL. EoTocaRPEz, SpHAcELARIA, Lyngb. 1. Sph. furcigera, Kg.—South Andaman, Camping Bay, para- sitic on Sargassum aquifolium.—Apr. (KK. 1689/6). VI.—FUCACEZ. SARGASSEZ. 4 Saracassum, Ag. 1. 8. microcystum, Kg. ? ?,—South Andaman, very frequent all along the coast on rocks and banks, but nowhere full grown (IX. 1698), 2. SS. aquifolium, Ag.—South Andaman, Camping Bay. (K. 1689). 38. 8S. Wightit, Grev.—South Andaman, at South Corbyn’s Cove. (K. 1690). TurRBINARIA, Bory. 1. TZ. triquetra, Y. Ag—South Andaman, at South Corbyn’s Cove, ejected from the sea. (K. 1694),—Nicobars. 2. TT. condensata, Sonder.—South Andaman, at South Corbyn’s Cove, ejected from the sea. (K. 1962), CarPacantTuus, Kg. 1. O. clicifolius, (Turner, vol. I, t. 51).—Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, near Termoklee Island, in deep sea. VIL.—PLORIDE A. BATRACHOSPERMES. BATRACHOSPERMUM, Roth. 1. B. Guianense, Montg.—In the creeks above Watering Cove, South Andaman.—June. (K. 1658). 2. B. moniliforme, Roth.—Pegu, Southern Yomah, in choungs near Kya-éng. Decemb. (K. 1847), Dicryores. Zonaria, Ag. . 1. Z. Frasert, Grev.—Frequent on rocks and sandstone banks : ‘ ; p 1871.] G. v. Martens—Zsit of Alga. 467 not only along the coast of South Andaman, (K. 1590), but also that of Arracan. (K. 1944). CERAMIES. Hormoceras, Ke. 1. Z. flaccidum, Harv.—Arracan, in crevices of marine sandstone rocks on BorongaIsland. Octob, (K. 1941). CoRALLINES. AmpnHtroa, Lx. 1. A. Tribulus, Lx.—Pegu, Diamond Island, thrown out from the sea (K. 1651).—Hitherto known only from St. Croix, Antilles. 2. A. fragilissima, Lx.—South Andaman, at Camping Bay (K. 1595). JANIA, Lx. 1. J. adherens, Lx.—South Andaman, coral reefs at Camping Bay. 2. J. fastigiata, Harvey.—South Andaman, at Camping Bay, (K. 1659) and at South Corbyn’s Cove (IX. 1658). GALAXAURES. GALAXAURA, Lx. 1. G. plicata, Kg.—South Andaman.. Frequent on coral reefs and often ejected from the sea along the beach (K. 1591). 2. G. marginata, Lx.—South Andaman, Ross Island (K. 1611). 8. G. tomentosa, Kg.—South Andaman, at Camping Bay (K. 1637). 4. G. oblongata, Lx.—South Andaman, Ross Island. (K, 1699). GYMNOPHL@ACEA, Hatymenta, Ag. 1. H. tenwispina, Kg. (Tab. Phyc. vol. xvii, t. 2, f. 1).— Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, Termoklee Island, ejected from the sea, parasitic on other sea-weeds. (K. 1695). : [NB. Dumontia robusta, B. Wightit, J. Ag. is found by Wichura, in Bay of Bengal, and most likely occurs also in the Burmese waters | a GIGARTINER, GRATELOUPIA, Ag. 1. G. furcata, Kg.—Arracan, marine sandstone banks of Bo- ronga Island, Octob. (K. 1939). 468 G. v. Martens—List of Alga. [No. 4, GicARTINA, Lx. 1. G. spinosa, Grev. (Euchema spinosum, Ag.; Fucus lichenordes, Willd., non L.).—Andamans, Termoklee Island. (K. 1696),— Edible. CuonpRococcus, Ke. 1. Ch. spinulosus, Kg.—South Andaman, Ross Island, in sea. (K. 1594). CyYsTocLONE&., Hypnea, Lx. 1. H. spinella, J. Ag.—Pegu, Diamond Island (K. 1619); Arra- can, frequent on marine sandstone banks.—(K. 1948—49). 2. H. museiformis, Lx.—Pegu, Diamond Island. (K. 1640). 3. HH. divaricata, Grev.—Pegu, Diamond Island. (K. 1678). GELIDIEZ. Acrocarrus, Kg. 1. A. intricatus, Kg.—South Andaman, Camping Bay and Ter- moklee Island, on the roots and stems of mangrove trees, as far as they are submerged during high water. (K. 1608). 2. A. pusillus, Kg.—Arracan, Boronga Island, on marine sand- stone banks. Octob. (IK. 1951). SPHAROCOCCER. Sruzrococeus, L. 1. Sph. multipartitus, «. lichenoides, Ag.—(Fucus eruginosus, Turner, vol. III, t. 147, f. ).—South Andaman, frequently ejected by the sea all along the coast. 2. Sph. lichenoides, L.—South Andaman, frequently ejected. by the sea; Termoklee Island, (K. 1652).—Kdible. 3. Sph. Lemania, Kg.—Arracan, on marine sandstone banks, frequent. Octob. (K. 1942), a. Sph. confervoides, Ag.—Arracan, common on the rocky shores of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1943). 5. Sph. dumosus, Kg.—Arracan, marine sandstone banks of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1947). T'yLocARPEa. Gymnocronaus, Mart. 1. G. pygmeus, Grev.—Arracan, on marine sandstone banks of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1950). 1871. | G. v. Martens—List of Alga. 469 PoLYSIPHONIEA. PotystPHonta, Grev. 1. P. rufo-lanosa, Harvey.—Arracan, Akyab, on grasses, &c., in brackish creeks of western coast. Decemb. (K. 1849). LAURENCIE. Lavrenora, Lx. 1. JZ. obtusa, Lix.—Arracan, on marine sandstone banks of Bo- ronga Island. Octob. (K. 1946). AcantHoprHora, Lx. 1. A. Thierryi, Lx.—Arracan, rare on the marine sandstone banks of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1954). DELEssERIER. AGLAOPHYLLUM, Mont. 1. A. multipartitum, Kg.—South Andaman, Camping Bay. (K. 1589). Hyroenossum, Keg. 1. A. Viellardi, Kg.—Arracan, frequent on sandstone rocks and old branches, or on the submerged mangrove stems, not only in the tidal channels of Kolodyne-river, but also along the sea coast. Octob. (K. 1963).—Perhaps only a juvenile state of ZH. Leprierrv. : INDEX TO PART II, VOL. XL. [Nore.—The Index has been divided into four parts, 1. Names of Minerals, rocks, geographical places, &c. Vertebrate Animals. with an (*) asterisk. | Wames of Minerals, Geogra- phical Stations, é&c. &c. Abu, Mount, 217. Abyssinia, 31. Afghanistan, 104 Ahiri, 272. Akyab, 34. Akola, 207. Amherst, 34, Andamans, 30. Arracan, 59, et.. seq. » Reptiles of, 12. Arriacode, 319. Asalu, 89. Ashangali, Lake of, 31. Assam, Reptiles of, 12. Attaran river, 458. Backergunge, 33. Balasun valley, 68. Banca, Island of, 37, Bandara, 31. Barmean river, 344, Bassein District, 97. Batavia, 96. Beem, a river, 129. Bhamaw in Birma, 32. Bidan-Tso, 383, Bikaneer, Reptiles of, 12. Bilaspur, Reptiles from, 30. Billing, 131. Binnendyckio, 51. Bombay, 120. Bowany river, 298. Brahmaputra river, 140, Bukit-Kethay, 62. Burrail Range, 187, Burrakhar, 33. Butan, 351, 2. Plants. Names of new genera and species have been marked 3. Invertebrate Animals. 4, Cachar, 125. Cabul river, 339, Calcutta, 128. Camboja, 144, Canara, 301. Cashmere, Cirrhina, 140. Cauvery, 118, 135. Celebes, 229. Ceylon, Mollusca from, 1. Chanda, 31. Chandkee Khopra, 208. Cherra-Punji, 31. Chikalda, Birds from, 207. Chittagong, Shells from, 1, Chola, 368. Chumbi, 369. Chusachen, 375. Coleroon, 118, Concan, 203. Coorg Hills, 122. Cossye river, 123. Dacca, 31. Daling Duar, 371. Damotha, 150. Darjeling, 26, 39, 21. Debrogar, 31. Delhi, 34. Dizung Valley, 89. Domdamee Foresis, 72, Donkia Pass, 367. Doomercoonda, 33. Dounat-toung, in Martaban, 61. Dozokee Pass, 46. Drasin Ladak, 32. Ellichpoor, 212. Farm Caves,in Moulmein, 168. Fraserpett, 123. Galvanometer as a resistance, 81 Ganges at Patna, 33. 60 472 Ganjam, 36, Garo-Hills,3 3 Gawilgarh, 208. Gayin river, 228, Golconda, 209. Genty, 371. Goalpara, 30, Godavery, 135, Gojee, 207. Goruckpur, 114, Gunggi, 115. Goodum, 209. Goomsoor, 209. Gopalpore, 37. Govindpur, 32. Hanley, 43. Helmund river, 348. Himalayan regions, 123. Hissar, 30. Hotha in Yunan, 33. Hugli, 19. Hurdwar, 317. Trrawadi river, 130, Jabbalpur, 372. Jashpur, 30. Jawati, 89. Jelep-la, 384. Jellalabad, 339. Jhiri river, 89. Jyntea Hills, 35. Kaling-pung, 371. Kalryenmully hills, 216, Kalingpoo, 371. Kamptee Birds, 207. Kanburi, 62. Kanchanganga, 368. Khandalla, 190, 206, Kaphu, 375. Karen Hills, 64. Kashmir, 30. Khasi Hills, 12, 23, 87. Khurseong, 44. Killore, 38. Koladyne, in Arracan, 68. Kollamully, 216. Koti-i-Ashraf, 347. Kongra Lama Pass, 367, Koonar river, 343. Kopili, 88, Kosi river, 122. Kotegur, 32. Kristna, 117, 135. Kulu, 34. Kuengan, 149. Kurnool, 114, Kurrachee, 78. Kyoung, 64. Lacheny, 376. Index. Lachung, 369. Ladak, Coluber from, 16. Landa in Yunan, 34. Lei near Ladak, 352. Limestone Rocks about Moulmein, 144, Lolpur, 343. Madras, 33. Mahannddi river, 141. Mahe, 6. Mahendragiri, 217. Malabar affinities on the Golconda Hills, 217. Malabar rivers, 120. Malayan zoological, province, 144, Manbhum, 35. Mandalay, 13. Mangalore, 149, Marangkri Peak, 93, Martaban, 31. Marwar, Reptiles of, 12, Masulipatam, 281. Maueut river, 93. Mauritius, Mollusca from, 1, 3, Mergui, 296. Moisraka, on the Damuda, 9, Momien in Yunan, 38. Morar, 197. Moulmein, Mollusca from, 148. Mundikeyaun, 320. Moung forest. 51. Muangla, in Yunan, 33, Mydan valley, 347, Mymensing, 40, Mysore, 315, Naga Hills, 16, 87, Nagpore birds, 207. Nangjinghi Hill, 93, Nanina, Blanford’s typical, 238, Nazirpur, 40, Nepaul, 139, New Caledonia, 11, Nicobars, 32. Nilgiris, 27. Neilghirrees, 118. Ootacamund Lake, 299. Overland Telegraph, 78, Palghat, 319. Pankabari, 68, 98, Patchamully, 216. Pazwoondoung valley, 78, Pegu, 32, 70, 131, 236, Penang, 10, 265. Peshut, 343, Phyndong, 371. Plectopylis, Anatomy of, 218. Pondicherry, 203. Poona, 126, Port Louis, 3. ae Index. Poungyee, 48. Poona, in, 126. Poonsee, 32, 26. 3 Pooree, Mollusca from, 1, 5. Pranhita river, 271, Prome, 33. Pym-Kyoung, 64, Pywoon Choung, 64, Radhuri, 71. Raipur, 31. Ranchi, 32. Rangeet valley, 54. Ranigunj, 196, Ravi river, 334, Resistance of three earths, 183, Rhivok, 374. Rishet valley, Slope of the, 372. Roorkee, 196. Rungno valley, 42. Salween river, 62, 130. Seoni, 210, Seychelles, shells from, 1. Siam, 62. Sibsagor, 23, 26, 205. Siemens’ polarized relay, 80. Sikkim, journey through, 367. 9 124. » Zoology of, 367. Simla, 34. Singalela Range, 368. Singapur, 10. Singhur, 196. Sironja, 31. Sittan, 62. Sittoung, 131. Shellong, 90. Shevroy hills, 216. Spermatozca in hermaphrodite glands, 254. Sumatra, 297. Syria, 111. Tahiti, 203. Taipo hills, 49, 72. Tamboodra, 305. Tankrala, 369. Tavoy, 133. Teesta, village, 198. Telegraph earth, Test of, 177. Telegraph line, Dischar ve of long, 78. Tennasserim province, ‘109, 134, 166. Tezpur, 226. Thancote, 198. Thouigyeen river, 47. Tibet, 104, Tista, Upper branch of the, 369. Tonghou, ali. Toumbyotseik on the Salween, 67. Travancore, 30, 311. Udipnur, 30. Vizagapatam, 96, Wardha valley, Birds of the, 268. Wynaad, 300, Yakla, 369. Younag, 45. Yunan, 25. Plants. Abies Brunnoniana, 395. » Smithiana, 395. ;», Webbiana, 378, 395. Aegiceras cor niculata, 68. majus, 68. Acanthophora Thierryi, 469. Aglaophyllum multipartitum, 469, *Allomorphia hispida, 53. Alsomitra heterosperma, 58. Ameletia acutidens, 56. Ba indica, 56. a nana, 56. Ammannella linearis, 56. Ammannia auriculata, 56, * Fs baccifera, 55. rn dentelloides, 55. Rg multiflorea, 55, 56. ip octandra, 56. be pentandra, 55. a peploides, 55, 56. fe pygmeea, 55, 3 rotundifolia, 55. %5 simpliciuscula, 54, 55. subrotunda, 5d. Atealenia ochraceum, 78. = spectabile, y a: Apteuxis trinervis, 54, *Ardisia Brandisiana, 67, * * * * >» crispa, 67. 9) lentiginosa, 67. » littoralis, 68. » multiflora, 68. » polysticta, 67. » humilis, 68. »» involucrata, 68. umbellata, 68. Bassia caloneura, 69. Re hypoleuca, 69. » polyantha, 69. Begonia Brandisiana, 58, » modestiflora, 59. » paleacea, 60. » polycarpa, 58. » surculigera, 59, Blackwellia, sp. 57. 473 474 *Bouea Brandisiana, 50. » oppositifoliz, 50. Bryophyllum caleynium, 52. pinnatum, 52. Bucklandia populnea, 52. Buethneria andamanensis, 47. Casearia Canziala, 57. fe ovata, 57. Ceratophorus longipetiolatus, 69. Wightii, 69. Chrysophyllum Roxburghii, 69. sumobranum, 69. *OQlianthus Binnendyckianus, 51. Climacandra littoralis, 68. £ obovata, 68, Combretum extensum, 52. Baraldi: 52. lepidotum, 52, squamosum, 52, Xs rotundifolium, 52. Cryptogramme crispa, 386. Cucumis integrifolius, 58. 5, maderaspatana, 58. Dicalyx javanicus, 65, Dillenia aurea, 46. 5 parviflora, 45. * ,, pulcerrima, 46. scalerella, 45. » Speciosa, 46. ge Brandisiana, 72. burmanica, 73. Ne chartacese, 72. * - dasyphylla, ide Bs densiflora, 72. heterophylla, 71. oleifolia, 72. 3) 23 29 33 * me rhodocalyx, 71. m, tomentosa, 71. % variegata, 73. Dissocheeta astrosticta, 54. Palembanica, 54. pallida, 54. re pipericarpa, 54, Dysoxyli acuminatissimi, 49, Ebermaiera diffusa, 74. thyrsoidea, 74, a zeylanica, 74. Ecbolium Linneanum, 75. *Eleocarpus bracteatus, 48, Embelia ferruginea, 67. floribunda, 67. garcinizefolia, 67, picta, 67. af Ribes, 67. ‘3 robusta, 67. a sessiliflora, 666 villosa, 67, Evodia edulis, 48. 33 29 39 39 3? 39 Index. *Hyvodia gracilis, 48, Fagara triphylla, 48. Ginalloa Helferi, 64. ue spathulifolia, 64. Glycosmis chlorosperma, 49. » sapindoides, 49. Grislea tomentosa, 56, Gomphia sumatrana, 49. *Gouania integrifolia, 49. Gymnopetalum cochinchinense, 87. , integrifolium, 58. Hemiagraphis confinis, 74, * hirsuta, 74, *Hibiscus sagittifolius, ‘46. ze vestitus, 47. a vulpinus, 49. Homalium fz gifolium, 57. :. Griffithianum, 57. *Hydrocotyle burmanica, 60. Isonandra obovata, 69. Juniperus recurve, 378. Jussizea floribunda, 56. >» repens, 56. Justicea Ecbolium, 75. hirsuta, 74. #3 pubescens, 74. Lagerstreemia flos-regine, 56. regine, 56. *Lemna tenera, 78. Lepta triphylla, 49, Limnophila diffusa, 74, Liquidambar tricuspis, 52. Bp ees ampullaceus, 62, f Brandisianus, 63. BA carinatulus, 62. hi coccineus, 62, Ps cuneatus, 62. * 5, eleutheropetlaus, 64. a farinolus, 62. » leptanthus, 62. 6 pallens, 62. ms pentandrus, 62. ” pulverulentus, 62. a racemosa, 62. * re rhapalocarpus, 62. x8 rigidus, 62, * a siamensis, 62. A sphoerocar pus, 62. tomentosus, 62, . Eee tieene coccinea, 53. » littorea, 53. Lythrum fruticosa, 56. Maba sumatrana, 74. Meegsa glabra, 66. * 4, permollis, 66. "5, Yramentacea, 66. >» Sumatrana, 66. Marcreightia andamanica, 74. Index. Marlea begonicefolia, 61. he villosa, €1. Memecylon Griffithianum, 54. es Horsfieldii, 54. Lampongum, 54, Melastoma Malabathricum, 53. Mimusops Bojeri, 70. 2 Browniana, 70. vs dissecta, 70. s hexandra, 70, eS indica, 70. “A Kauki, 70. Roxburghiana, au, Mollugo Glinus, 69. Muckia maderaspatana, 58. , Scabrella, 58. Myriophyllum indicum, 52. tuberculatum, 52. Myrsine myrtillus, 67. Nephelium chryseum, 50. * hypoleucum, 50. Nelitris pallescens, 57. »» paniculata, 57. Nomaphila corymbosa, 74. os Parishii, 74. ie pubescens, 74, a stricta, 74. Ochna crocea, 49. *Ophiorrhiziphyllon macrobotryum, 76. Payena longipetiolata, 69. ee aueida, 69, * ,, paralleloneura, 69, 70. *Pentace Burhanica, 47, Peplis indica, 56. Prunus javanicus, 52. > Jungbuhniana, 52, » martabanica, 52. Pternandra ceerulescens, 54. Pygeum arboreum, 52. - parviflorum, 52. ' *Pyrenaria camellizeflora, 46, Pyrranthus littoreus, 53. Rhizophora corniculata, 68. Rhodamnia cinerea, 57. » . concolor, 57. >» Muelleri, 57, i. Nageli, 57. 3 subtriflora, 57. ae trinervia, 57. Rubus albescens, 52. » flavus, 52. SS fraxinifolius, 52. >» gauriphul, 52. > Horsfieldii, 52. >, lasiocarpus, 52. >, paniculatus, 52, > racemosus, 52. », roseefolius, 52. Rubus roseeflorus, 52. Ruellia Blumeana, 74, » confinis, 74, . hirsuta, 74. Sapota tomentosa, 69. *Schizochiton dysoxylifolium, 49, Scatanthus tubiflorus, 57. Selaginella aristatum, 78. fe implexa, 78. semicordatum, 78, #Semecarpus albescens, ai Sideroxylon obovatum, 69. Skaphium lanceatum, 46. *Sonerila amabilis, 54. ‘a angustifolia, 58. a. Brandisiana, 53, as emaculata, 53. bs maculata, 53, 5 picta, 53. e scapiflora, 54, is secunda, 53. Squarrosa, 53. Sonneratia acida, 56. 35 fn Sa, 56. iy apetala, 56, » Griffithii, 56. *Spathodea ignea, 77. *Sphenodesma eryciboides, 76. Strobilanthes flava, 74, a glaucescens, 74, Ks pentstemonoides, 75, % x phyilostachya, 75. Bs sumatrana, 75. Styrax javanicum, 61, % 4, rugosum, 61. », villosa, 61. Suffrenia dichotoma, 56. Symplocos adenophylla, 65. 3 attenuata, 65. . ferruginea, 65. a Hamiltoniana, 65. A Horsfieldiana, 65. x iteophylla, 65. 5 javanica, 65. of polycarpa, 65. Be racemosa, 65. 5» rubiginosa, 65. # sulcata, 65. Trembleya rhynanthera, 53. *Trichosanthes reniformis, 57. Viscum aphyllum, 65. Viscum articulatum, 64, 3 attenuatum, 65. » -Helferi, 64. » heteranthum, 64, »» moniliforme, 64. Woodfordia fruticosa, 56. Zanonia heterosperma, 58. 475 476 Index. Invertebrate Animals. * Alyczeus conicus, 87. ** » crenatus, 90. » crispatus, 87, 91. * », diagonius, 88. ** » digitatus, 41. 3, graphicas, 93. »» heber, 89. », humilis, 89. * », Ingrami, var. Wageensis, 92. * 9» jaintiacus, 92. * », khasiacus, 90. », nitidus, 89. », otiphorus, 93. 5» plectocheilus, 42, 91. 9 prosectus, 92. * » pusillus, 89. >, Richthofeni, 157. » sculptilis, 87, 91, 93. 5, Theobaldi, 93. 33 urnula, 93. vestitus, 88. #Camptoceras Austeni, 39, 40. :. terebra, 39, 40. Cardisoma, 190. *Cataulus Nietneri, 7. Clausilia bacillam, 173. bulbus, 173, si cylindrica, 173. :: fusiformis, 173. ms Gouldiana, 173. 3 insignis, 173. = Tos, 173. je loxostoma, 173. Ph Masoni, 173. S (Phedusa) Philippiana, 174. Re (Nenia) Peruana, 173, ¥ Philippiana, 146, 147, 1738. » tuba, 173. vespa, 173. Conulema attegia, 237. - infula, 237, 239. i » » var. Athygia, 145. ‘i linicincta, 237, 241. Pr palnura, 241. *Camptoceras lineatum, 39, 40. *Cryptogramma arakana, 10. _Cyclophorns affinis, 146, 147. i annalatus, 150. of aquila, 147, * aurantiacus, 148. “ calyx, 148. Ms excellens, 147. Pe Haughtoni, 146, 147. * Pe Inglisianus, 148. $4 speciosus, 148. ¥ siamensis, 14:7. (Cyne involuta, 3. be lactuca, 2. Ss voluta, 2, Cypricardia spathulata, 1, 10. *Diplommatinacarncola, 146, 152,158. S, constricta, 155. a costulata, 154, * HA crispata, 153. 9 exilis, 154. “7 gibbosa, 155. 5 Huttoni, 154. 5 Matensis, 155. 9 Puppensis, 152. = scalaria, 42, 44). * ungulata, 42. esos: bicolor, 169. 3» ceylanica. 169, » (Huttonella) bicolor, 169. * 4, (Huttonella) cylindrelloidea, 171. » mellita, 169. » wPirrieri, 170: *Fossarus insignis, 4. uy Stoliczkanus, 4. Fruticicola similaris, 145. Gecarcinucus Jacquemontii, 190. *Georissa liratula, 146, 157 _ Rawesina, 158. a Sarita, 158. *Gibbulina Adamsiana, 7. * Dupontiana, 7. Fs Nevilli, 7. * Bs Holdsworthana, 3. Be subplicata, 3. *Glauconella Andersoni, 2, *Glessula baculina, 43. oa erosa, 43, 44. = hastula, 44. * orobia, 44, me tenuispira, 43, 44, Glauconella viridis, 2. Helicarion Bensoni, 44. als a heteroconcha, 48. Pe ovatum, 44, planospira, 44, * s salius, 44, scutella, 44, Helicina nicobarica, 8. Pe Theobaldiana, 8. Helix achatina, 221. » ampulla, 233. 3 anceps, 231. » argenta, 232. 5) ark, wore xy asperella, 223, » aspirans, 237. » attegia, 237. »» Barrakpoorensis, 237. Index. 477 Helix bolus, 225. »y bombax, 167. », cacuminifera, 237, 3, Campbelli, 232. » capensis, 244, >, castra, 225. 5, cernica, 232. >, cingulata, 224, », celatura, 232, »» (Conulus) sub-turritula. » crassicostata, 224, » cyclaspis, 222, », decussata 246, », Gelibrata, 224, 225. », detecta, 231. * ,, (Discus) Le Vieuxi, 6, >», elegantissima, 225, » fallaciosa, 224, ; fastigiata, 237. » gabata, 224, 226, 228, 3, Vitrinoides, 246, » Vittata, 224, » Helferi, 224, 3, honesta, 248, > Huttoni, 225, » hyphasma, 237. » nuperfecta, 233. » infula, 237, 239, 240, 5, infrendens, 244, » infula, 237. », leucophlga, 287, », Jevicula, 250. », Massoni, 231, 5» mendax, 224, 3, Merguiensis, 224, 228, 55 mucronata, 233. » Neherensis, 251. 3 Newtoni, 6, » Dilagirica, 224, 3, Oldhami, 225, 3, Oxbecki, 225. » palmira, 237. » =pedina, 246. » petasus, 251, 3, pettos, 218. 3, poongee, 251, 3) procumbens, 225. 99 proxima, 224, » Rawsonis, vide semicerina, 232. » resplendens, 246. » retifera, 218. », revoluta, 223. 95 rotatoria, 225. 5, rotundata, 6. » rufa, 232. » ruginosa, 224. », Semicerina. 232. » sequax, 246. Helix similaris, 145, 224. » Splendens, 246, » Squalus, 224, », tapeina, 225. » Tickelli, 244, » Luckeri, 224, trichotropis, 225. Hypselostoma Bensonianum, 172. * 3 Dayanum, 172. a tubiferum, 172. Macrochlamys, 246, 230, 145, 248. 9 indicus, 247 2 lecythis, 248, is lubrica, 246. * splendens, 246. vesicula, 248, 249, *Mangelia bicinctula, 6. Microcystis Hodgsoni, 251. My molecula, 145, 251, a rorida, 251. Moussonia fuscula, 155, Myxostoma calyx, 148. de Inglisianus, 148, Nanina Fairkanki, 156. 9 apicata, 237. 7 arata, 2338. Nicida culmen, 237. » Kingiana, 156. 5, liricincta, 156. x» nilgirica, 156. » nitidula, 156; » Pulneyana, 156. Niso pyramidelloides, 5, *Nucula crenulata, 9. » Payteusis, 9. aay Rabaniana, 9. Palaina alata, 154. » crispata, 153. > lamellata, 154. » patula, 154. 3 polymorpha, 154. » pupa, 154, 3 pyramis, 154. 5» Strigata, 154. Wilsoni, 154. #*Paratelphusa Dayana, 192. “p sinensis, 193. * A spinigera, 193, 194, * Paxillus adversus, 155. ye rubicundus, 155. *Pisidium Clarkeanum, 9. 5 paludosum, 10. Plectopylis, achatina, 145. = Fi 217, 221. Andersoni, 218. anguina, 218, is brachyplecta, 218. - cyclaspis, 145, 218, 222. 478 Index. Plectopylis, refuga, 218. repercussa, 218. Plectotropis gobata, 228. # Karenorum, 218. us leiophis, 218. a macromphalus, 218, = perarcta, 218. Ps pinacis, 218. plectostoma, 218. Pollicaria gravida, 145, 150. *Pterocyclus ater, 149. » cetra, 149. » Feddeni, 149. *Pupa lignicola, 171. » problematica, 154. Pupina artata, 151. Pyramidella pulchella, 5. Raphaulus chrysalis, 146, 151. Rhiostoma Haughtoni, 146, 150. *Ringicula apicata, 3. *Robinsonia, 3. » Ceylonica, 4, Me yy | Purse AL Rotula anceps, 145, 233. » detecta, 231, 5, indica, 231. > Kundaensis, 231. > ornatissimus, 231, » pansa, 231. 5 serrula, 231. » Shiplayi, 231. Sesara Attaranensis, 146. >» infrendens, 146, 242, 244. pylaica, 146, 146, 242, 245. Sophina calias, 146, 146, 248, 252 , 255, * 4, conjungens, 146, 254, 259, » discoidalis, 126, 254, 258, 146. » forabilis, 146, 255, 257, , schistostelis, 255. Streptaxis andamanicus, 163. » Blanfordianus, 163. >, Burmanicus, 161, 163. >», Hanleyanus, 146, 169, * 4, obtusus, 146, 161, 166. » feifferianus, 161. » Sankeyanus, 146, 167, % solidulus, 166, Syrnola attenuata, 5. * ,, .. dubiosa, 5, Tanychlamys, 247. *Telphusa Andersoniana, 451. * ,, Atkinsoniana, 205. * , Austeniana, 203. » cunicularis, 196. * ,, EHdwardsii, 449, » Guerini, 190, 203. * , hispida, 452, » Indica, 196, *Telphusa leevis, 201. », Leschenaultii, 202. » longipes, 199. * 9), \Gugubris; 197: » planata, 203. +. y, > Pealiana, 204: » Stoliczkana, 199. * tumida, 453. Trachia delibrata, 225. » gabata, 228. Trochomorpha, 236. - planorbis, 236. * Vertebrate Animals.: Ablabes bicolor, 33. bs bistrigatus, 33. Re collaris, 33, 422, 423, 430. af tng iy (ue? chinensis, 33. a fuscus, 33. e melanocephalus, 33. * 4, n.sp.(Muangla, ee ae ae ed nicobariensis, 33. o Rappii, 33, 422. tenuiceps, 33, Aberamis cotis, 363. Acanthodactylus Cantoris, 30, Acanthylis sylvaticus, 269, Accentor rubeculoides, 413, 419. Accipiter nisus, 270. ” Acridotheres tristis, 274. Acrocarpus intricatus, 468. “a pusillus, 468. Acrocephalus brunnescens, 273. ea dumetorum, 273. palustris, 273. Actitis ochropus, 276. » gilareola, 276. AXgialitis curonicus, 275. Aizithaliscus erythrocephalus, 379. iouschistus, 410. ABthopyga ignicauda, 378. Agrodroma sordida, 213. Avrodonix campestris, 274, Ailurus fulgens, 397. Alauda guleula, 275, Alcedo bengalensis, 271. Alseonax latirostris, 272. Alsocomus Hodgsoni, 400. Amphiroa fragilissima, 467. 5p tribulus, 467. Amblypharygnodon Atkinsonii, ‘vide Mola. es Buchanani, vide Mola, 284, in Jerdoni, 285.. % melettinus, 285. Index. 479 ala apn Mola, 284. Barbus dubius, 298. uP microlepis, 284. » Duvaucelii, 293, 333. pellucidus, 284. » filamentosus, 317, 327, 331. Ammomanes pheenicura, 216, 275. » gardonides, 298. Anastomus oscitans, 276. » gélius, 324. Anematichthys apogon, vide Cyclo- » gibbosus, 294, cheilichthys. » goniosoma, 297, Anser indicus, 215, 270. » gracilis, 299, Ansonia penangensis, 38. » Grayl, 2le Anthus rosaceus, 383. » guganis, 328, Aquila fulvescens, 207, 216, 270. » Hamiltonii, 302. » imperialis, 269, ® ,, Hampal, Si], 33 «= heevia, 269. », hexagonolepis, 301. » pennata, 269. », hexastichus, 301. Arachnechthra asiatica, 209, 272. > immaculatus, 293. Arboricola rufogularis, Note, 380. + Imnominatus, 304, Ardea cinerea, 276. », dJerdoni, 300. » purpurea, 276. » Kakus, 293. Ardeola leucoptera, 276. 5, khudree, 302. Aretrium n. sp. (Muangla,) 34. 5 kKolusy Sis 5 schistosum, 34, », Layardi, 312. Argynnis Isscea, 397. » lepidus, 317. Argyrophis truncatus, 426, »5 liacanthus, 313. Arinia scaletella, 155. ,» longispinis, 302. Artamus fuscus, 272. 3 macrocephalus, 302. Ascalaphia bengalensis, 270. » macularius, 322. coromanda, 269. » -malabaricus, 302, 307. *Asellia Stoliczkana, 263. » McClellandi, 328. Aspidoparia jaya, 362. » megalepis, 302. a morar, 361. » melanampyx, 310. sardina, 361. » micropogon, 304, 306. Athens brama, 271. 5 moral, 301, 302. radiata, 269. » mussulah, 302. Aythya nyroca, 277. » mysorensis, 298, 299. Barbus ambassis, 323. 4g) Nashii; 122." » amphibius, 314, » ~Neilli, 305. 3» apogon, 100, 322. » Obovatus, 292. » arphoides, 294. » nigrofasciatus, 327. 5, arulius, 310, 320. » parrah, 3165. » Beavani, 291. .» perlee, 315. 3 Blythii, 310. » phutunis, 326. » carnaticus, 299, » Pinnauratus, 295. » chagunio, 291. » pleuretonia, 296. » Chelynoides, 307. 3, polydor, 295. » Chilinoides, 307. » presbyter, 335. » Chola, 313. 3 progeneius, 302, » chrysopoma, 293. » Puckallis, 321. 3», chrysopterus, 330. », pulchellus, 308. . » compressus, 306. 3 punctatus, 325. d > conchonius, 323. » punjabensis, 334. | » conirostris, 299. >, puntio, 336. | » cosuatis, 335. » pyrrhopterus, 329, »» Cumingii, 326, 3» rodactylus, 298. y» curmuca, 319. » roseipinnis, 297. 3» deliciosus, 293. 5, rubripinnis, 294, », Denisonii, 319. ; Russellii, 295. » diplochilus, 189. » saramanella, 294. » dorsalis, 312. : » Sarana, 293. 61 480 Barbus sophore, 304, 320. » Sophoroides, 313, », Spilopholes, 291. » Spilurus, 294, 2» sSpinulosus, 309. » stevensonii, 309. » stigma, 329. 5, Stoliczkanus, 328. » Stracheyi, 307. » Subnasutus, 293. » terio, 332. » tetraspilus, 312. » thermalis, 317. » ticto, 325. » titius, 316. » tor, 302. »» unimaculatus, 331. vittatus, 333. Batagur Elliotti, 30. Botaurus stellaris, 215. Brachygramma Jerdoni, 285. Brachypternus aurantius, 271. ie chrysonotus, 209, 216. Branta rufina, 215. Bronchocela cristatella, 32. 7 jubata, 32. moluccana, 32. Budytes citreolus, 274, a flavus, 274, Bufo calamita, 38, » melanostictus, 38. » pantherina, 38. » sikkimensis, 38. » Viridis, 38, 386. Bulaca ocellata, 270. Bungarus czeruleus, 36, 423. a fasciatus, 36. Buteo plumipes, 409. Butorides javanica, 276. *Cabrita Jerdoni, 30. Cacopus globosus, 38, e systoma, 38. Calamodyta agricolensis, 274. Calandrella brachydactyla, 275, 398, 400. Callophis intestinalis, 36. oF MacClellandi, 36, maculiceps, 36. Callula pulchra, 39. , Calotes Emma, 32. » mystaceus, 32. » Ophiomachus, 32. » versicolor, 32, Cantoria Dayana, 34. Calliope pectoralis, 381, 383. Capoéta amphibius, sea Barbus. ” arulius, 320. 3) curmuca, see Barbus, Index. Capoéta Denisonii, see Barbus. » dorsalis, see Barbus. », javanica, see Puntius, », kolus, see Barbus. », lepidus, see Barbus. » macrolepidota, 311. », Puckelli, see Barbus, 7 ‘3 see Puntius. », thermalis, see Barbus. titius, see Barbus. Caprimulgus asiaticus, 271. c. monticolus, 271, Carassius auratus, 277, 278. Carpacanthus ilicifolius, 466. Carilla Rivolii, 217, Carpodacus erythrinus, 275 Casarca rutila, 277, 384. Catla Buchanani, 281, Centropus rufipennis, 272. Cerberus rhynchops, 34. Ceriornis satyra, 377. Certhia nepalensis, 400, Ceryle rudis, 271. Cheetomorpha indica, 463. Chamezeleo vulgaris, 32. Charadrius longipes, 215, 270. Charasia dorsalis, 32. Chatorhea caudata, 273. Chaulelasmus streperus, 277. Chelidon cashmiriensis, 383. Chelidorhynx hypoxantha, 390. , Chimarrhornis leucocephala, 384, 390. Chondrostoma boggut, 142, ay Duvaucelii, 129. 39 fulungee, 141. es gangeticum, 142, 55 kawrus, 127, ” mullya, 129, BA semivelatus, 127. wattanah, 358. Chrysocolaptes Delesserti, 271. Chrysomitris spinoides, 394. Chrysopelea ornata, 35, 422. a rubescens, 35. Ciconia episcopus, 276, Cinclus asiaticus, 400, 413. 45 cashmiriensis, 390, 413, Circaétus gallicus, 207, 269. Circus cineraceus, 270. » eruginosus, 270, -5, Swainsoni, 270. Cirrhina affinis, 116. sr anisura, 132, 136. as bata, 133, 140. as bengaliensis, 142. a5 Berdmorei,yg 132, 13 4, Ps Blochii, 134, Be calbasu, 116, Index. Cirrhina Cuverii, 134. 93 dero, 132, 157. Wy diplochilus, 133, 139. Pe Dussumieri, 119, 142, ; dyoheila, 132, 136. a fasciatus, 310. a fimbriatus, 114. iy gohama, 132, 138. 4 gonius, 117. hy isurus, 142, 133. as Kuhlii, 132, 133. 9 latius, 132, 139. 9 Leschenaultii, 132, 114, 134, “ macronotus, 113, A micropogon, 116. 99 mosario, 133, 141. 53 mrigala, 132, 135. is nandinus, 113. ss plumbea, 135. by reba, 133, 141. 8 rewah, 142. a rubripinnis, 135. a rubro-punctatus, 118. sada, 132, 138. Cirrhinichthys, Dussumieri, 142 Cisticola schcenicola, 273. Cittacincla macroura, 269. Coccystes melanoleucos, 209. Cochoa purpurea, 377. Coluber porphyraceus, 33, 422. Collocalia fuciphaga, 383, 390. Columba leuconota, 381, 412, 384. 3 intermedia, 275, 430. Compsosoma Hodgsoni, 34, 422. » 0. sp. (Muangla, Yunan), 33. > melanurum, 33. radiatum, 33, 422, 430. reticulare, 33, 422. semifasciatum, 34. Genostoms zmodium, 378. Copsychus saularis, 273. Coracias affinis, 214. » indica, 271. Corvus culminatus, 213, 396, 274. » splendens, 213, 274, Corydalla rufula, 274. 3 Sstriolata, 394, 400. Coturnix eononinndelion: 275. » communis, 275. Cotyle concolor, 208, 271. 3 rupestris, 271. >> Sinensis, 271. Crocodilus palustris, 30. » porosus, 30. Crocopus chlorigaster, 214, 275. » pheenicopterus, 214. Crossocheilus bata, 140. » barbatulus, 139. Crossocheilus diplochilus, 139. » gohama, 138. » gobioides, 141. » latius, 139, » reba, 142. » sada, 138. Cryptolopha cinereocapilla, 272. Cuculus canorus, 209, 271. Culicipeta Burkii, 212. Cursorius coromandelicus, 275. Cyanecula suecica, 278. Cyclocheilichthys apogon, 322. » pinnauratus, 295. Cylindrophis rufus, 33. Cynophis helena, 34. a malabaricus, 34. *Cynopterus brachysoma, 260. Cyornis banyumas, 273. » derdoni, 210, » Tickelliz, 210, 273. Cyprinus abramioides, 281. 3 _acra, 140. » angra, 122, 9» anjana, 358. » .. aYiza, 127. » auratus, 278. » bata, 140. » boga, 128. » cCalbasu, 116. canius, 324. » catla, 281. » chagunio, 291, » Chola, 313. 3 cirrhosus, 134, 3, conchonius, 323. » cosuatis, 335. » cotio, 363. » cura,-140. curchis, 116. » curmuca, 319. cursa, 116. - cursis, 116. danrica, 355. daniconius, 358. 39 Gero, 137. elanga, 357. falcata, 124. fimbriatus, 114. geluis, 324. gohama, 138. gonius, 116. gotyla, 109. guganio, 328. Hamiltonii, 122. jaya, 362. joalins, 126. jogia, 355. kontius, 118. 481 482 Cyprinus lamta, 109. latius, 139. McClellandi, 293. mola, 284. morala, 121. morar, 361. mosal, 301. mrigala, 135. musiha, 121, 123. nancar, 115. nandina, 113, 115, nukta, 278. pangusia, 125. pausio, 126. pausius, 121. phutunio, 326. > potail, 123. puntio, 336. putitora, 301. 5, rasbora, 360. reba, 141. » Richardsonii, 252. » rohita, 120, 5 sada, 138. > Sarana, 298. semiplotus, 280. 5, Sophore, 304, 329. 9) sucatio, 107. sutiha, 355. >» terio, 332. » ticto, 325. titius, 316. tor, 302. ©ypselus affinis, 208, 277. * batassiensis, 271. >> melba, 208, 269. Cyrtodactylus affinis, 31. » rubidus, 32. Dalesia Russellii, 37. Dangila Berdmorei, 134, » Kuhlii, 133. > Ueschenaultii, 134, », themoicus, 356. Dendrochelidon coronata, 271. Dendrocitta leucogastra, 214, 216. 5 rufa, 274, Dendrocygna arcuata, 277. Dendrophis caudilineata, 35. 4 picta, 35, 422. Dicceum minimum, 272. Dicrurus coerulescens, 272. »» macrocercus, 210, 272. Diplopelma carnaticum, 38. Ht pulchrum, 38. rubrum, 38, Dipsas boops, 35. », bubalina, 35, 441, 422. » Forsteni, 35, 423, 439. Index. Dipsas gokool, 35. 5 hexagonata, 35, 423, 439. » multifasciata, 35, 440, ey multimaculata, 35. » nhigromarginata, 441. trigonata, 35, 442. Distychus maculatus, 354. Discognathus crenulatus, 110. . fusiformis, 110. * lamta, 109, 110. i. macrochir, 100. a obtusus, 110. rufus, 110. Draco Dussumeri, 32, 5 maculatus, 32. 9, Volans, 32, Drymoica inornata, 273. neglecta, 274. Dumetia hyperythra, 273. Durgella honesta, see Macrochla- mys. Drymochares stellatus, 400. Kchis carinata, 37. Edolius paradiseus, 269. Elanus melanopterus, 270. Emberiza Huttoni, 274, Kmyda granosa, 30. Emys crassicollis, 30, 5, Hamiltonii, 30. Enhydrina schistosa, 36. BR; valakadyen, 36. Hrythrosterna acornaus, 273. parva, 273. Eryx Johnii, 36. Esacus recurvirostris, 276. Esomus danrica, 356. »» maderaspatensis, 356. », malabarica, 356. Eumyias melanops, 272. Eupodotis Edwardsii, 275. Estrelda amandava, 274. formosa, 27 4. Bublepharis Hardwickii, 32. Eumeces Hardwickii, 31. en Indicus, 31. ; nov. sp. (Momien), 31. ms indicus, var chinensis, 31. * sikkimensis, 31, nov. sp. (Yunan), 31. *Euprepes novem-carinatus, 12, 31. ss carinatus, 31. ss ongicaudatus, 18, 31. a macularius, 13, 31. a monticola, 14. San quinqueteeniatus, 31. rufescens, 18, 31. Euspiza luteola, 275. » melanocephala, 275. Kutolmaétus Bonellii, 269. Falcinellus igneus, 270. Falco jugger, 270. Felis uncia, 415, Ferania Sieboldi, 35. Francolinus pictus, 275. Fregilus graculus, 384, 396. Fringillauda nemoricola, 400. Fuligula cristata, 215. Gallinago gallinula, 276. Hs scolopacinus, 215, 276. 43 stenura, 270, Gallinura phenicura, Galloperdix lunulosus, 275. rf spadiceus, 215, 275. Gallophasis melanonotus, 379. Gallus ferrugineus, 214, 217. », Sonneratii, 215, 275. Garra alta, 110. », ceylonensis, 110. » gotyla, 110. », verdoni, 110. », lamta, 110. », malabarica, 110. Gavialis gangeticus, 30. Gazella picticauda, 413. Gecko, guttatus, 31. » Smithii, 31. » Stentor, 31. Geocichla cyanota, 273. Geophis Perroteti, 33. *Georissa Blanfordiana, 158. Geronticus papillosus, 277. Gobio angra, 122. » anisura, 136. »» anisurus, 127. 9, augraoides, 128. », bicolor, 126, 142. » boga, 128. », bongon, 142. », bovanius, 127. », canarensis, 319. » curmuca, 319, », Dussumieri, 142. », Hamiltonii, 127. » isurus, 122, 142. y, limnophilus, 141, 142. », lissorhynchus, 140. » malacostomus, 124, » pangusia, 125. ricnorhynchus, 128. Gongylophis conicus, 36. Gonoproktopterus kolus, see Hypselo- barbus. Gonorhynchus bimaculatus, 110. 3 sbrachyptera, 110. a brevis, 138. e caudatus, 110. Index. 483 Gonorhynchus fimbriatus, 138. a gobioides, 141. 3 gotyla, 110. Fs McClellandi, 110. “4 petrophilus, 352. 9 rupeculus, 109. stenorhynchus, 110. Gonyosoma g graminneum, 39. ‘ oxycephalum, 35. 35. s n. sp. (upper Burma), Graculus javanicus, 277. Grandala coelicolor, 403. Grammatoptila striata, 375. Grauculus Macei, 272. Grus antigone, 276. » cinerea, 276. », leucogeranus, 215. 5, virgo, 276. *Gymnodactylus khasiensis, 31. Gymnostomus attanah, 358. A bicolor, 126. ia fulungee, 141. o. mullya, 129. bengalensis, 270. Gyps indicus, 270. a infuscus, 208, Halcyon leucocephalus, 208, 271. smyruensis, 271. Halys himalayanus, 311. *Hemidactylus bengalensis, 14, 31. pe frenatus, 31. ae Leschenaultii, 31. on maculatus, 31. Mortoni, 31. Herodias alba, 276. re earzetta, 276. Heteronota affinis, 31. Hierococcyx varius, 271. Himantopus candidus, 276. Hinulia maculata, 31. Hipistes hydrinus, 35. Hirundo erythropygia, 271. 3 filifera, 208, 271. = fluvicola, 271, os rustica, 207, 271. Hoplopterus malabaricus, 276. Horeites brunneifrons, 401. Hormoceras flaccidum, 467. Huttonella bicolor, 170. Hydrocissa coronata, 269. *Hydrodactylus, n. sp. (Yunan), 39. Hydrophis coronata, 36 * bs crassicollis, 19, 36. * ys Fayreriana, 19, >, gracilis, 36. i granosa, 19. ” Hardwickii, 19. ” tuberculata, 18, 36. 484 Hydrosaurus salvator, 30. Hyla chinensis, 39. Hylorana erythrza, 38. flavescens, 38. mes A granulosa, 23, 38. 4 macrodactylus, 88. * hs monticola, 25, 38. AE NSS n. sp. (Moulmein) 38. * nicobariensis, 38. *Hypnale affinis, 20, 37. Hypselobarbus abramioides, 287. kolus, 318. Hypsipetes ganesa, 211, 216. mY neilgherriensis, 211. a vilatus, 116. Hypsirhina enhydris, 35, 443. na plumbea, 35. Ibidorhynchus Struthiersi, 400. Inuus pelops, 375. 5, Yrhesus, 375. lthaginis cruentus, 384, 400. *Ixalus cinerascens, 38. » glandulosa, 28. * ,, ‘lateralis, 29. * ,, punctatus, 27. », tinniens, 28. Txos luteolus, 278. Janthia rufilata, 390, 440. Japalura, nov. sp. Momien, 32. 9, variegata, 32. Jora ceylanica, 273. Kema Hodgsoni, 415. *Kerivoula aurata, 186. Ketupa ceylonensis, 270. Labeo ariza, 118, 127. y bicolor, 113, 126. », boga, 113, 128. »» calbagu, 112,115; 9, cephalus, 131. 3 Chalybeatus, 130. » curchis, 116, 117. 9 curchius, 112. 35 Denisonii, 319. » adyocheilus, 136. », tfalcatus, 112, 124. » fimbriatus, 112, 114, 120. » gonius, 117. », kontius, 112, 118. » Kawrus, 113, 127. , Ueschenaultii, 114. 3, macronotus, 113. ,, walacostomus, 124. » melanampyx, 310. » microlepidotus, 117. » morala, 112, 121. » Mmullya, 113, 129. diplostomus, 112, 124, 125. 5, Dussumieri, 112, 117, 119. Labeo nancar, 112, 115. » nandina, 112, 113, 115. » Nashii, 112, 122, » nigrescens, 112, 118. pangusia, 112, 125. » porcellus, 116. » Reynauldi, 120. » _ricnorhynchus, 112, 123. Rohita, 120. a's roita, EZ, Rouxii, 119. striolatus, 112, 126. Labeobarbus Harileontl see Barbus. ie macrolepis, 302. ¥ mosal, 307. 6 tor, 302. Lagomys Roylei, 390, 401. Lanius erythronotus, 210. » tephrodornis, 397, 410. > caniceps, 272. », erythronotus, 272. » lahtora, 272. » vittatus, 272. Larva nivicola, 399. Leptocoma zeylanica, 272. Leptoptilas javanicus, 276. Leptorhytaon jara, 36. 442. Leuciscus Alfredianus, 364. i anjana, 358. be barbatus, 356. i Belangeri, 365. AS binotatus, 304, Af catla, 281. i caverii, 358. % chitul, 285. at cosuatis, 335. . MF danda, 358. a daniconius, 358. a Duvaucelli, 333, 364. e dystomus, 358. — oe Hinthovenii, 358. ‘ filamentosus, 331. Us flavus, 358. Mt harengula, 283. ee lateralis, 358. se Mahecola, 331. ef malabaricus, 358. 7 margarodes, 362. aA melettinus, 285. Fs microcephalus, 360. a morar, 361. ss presbyter, 335, 360. ss Sandhkol, 285. ‘; sulphurens, 329, if rasbora, 358, 360. > rubripes, 101. os stigma, 329. fi thermalis, 317. Leuciscus xanthogramme, 360. Leucocerca aureola, 272. 3 pectoralis, 210. es leucogaster, 272. Leucociscus microlepis, 284. BS mola, 284. us pellucidus, 284. Leucosticte heematopygia, 413. Liolepis guttatus, 32. Lithofalco chicquera, 270. Lophophanes emodius, 384, 400. as Beavani, 384, 390, 400. dicrous, 384, ’390, 400. Lobivanellus goensis, 275. Locustella Hendersoni, 273. Lophophorus Impeyanus, 377. Lycodon aulicus, 36, 423, 442. ‘ss jara, 423, 442. pe striatus, 36. *Mabouia Jerdoniana, 31. Machlolophus Jerdoni, 213, 274. Macroglossus minimus, 261. 3 speleeus, 261, Malacocircus griseus, 269. a malabaricus, 273. Malcolmi, 273. Mayoa modesta, 108. Megalaima caniceps, 209. Megarasbora elanga, see Rasbora. Melophus melanicterus, 214, 275. Meniceros bicornis, 208, 27 ie Merops ferrugiceps, 208. ie Philippensis, 208, 271. 3 torquatus, 208. bs viridis, 208, 271. Merula albocincta, 383. » nigropileus, 211, 216, Metopidius indicus, 276. Micronisus badius, 270. Milvus govinda, 207, 270, 401. 4. major, 270. Miniopteris australis, 265. a blepotis, "265. Minla ignotincta, 410. Mirafra cantillans, 275. » erythroptera, 275. Mola Atkinsonii, 285. , Buchanani, 284, », harengula, 283. » melettinus, 285. Morar morar, 361. Motacilla dukhunensis, 274. bs maderaspatana, 274, a personata, 274. xs sulphurea, 274, Mrigala bengaliensis, 142, » Buchanani, 135. Munia malabarica, 274. Index. 485 Munia undulata, 274. Muscicapula superciliaris, 273. Myiagra azurea, 272. Myiophonus Horsfieldii, 211, 216. Myzornis pyrrhoura, 378, Naja tripudians, 36, 423. Nemorhcedus bubalinus, 397. Neophron percnopterus, 207, 270. Nettapus coromandelianus, 277. Ninox scutellatus, 271. Nuria albolineata, 355. » alta, 356. » denrica, 355, » malabarica, 356. » thermoicos, 356. thermophilus, 356. Nucifraga hemispila, 396, 410. Nycteridium himalayanum, 15. a Schneideri, 15, 31. Ochromela nigrorufa, 210, 216. Cidicnemus crepitans, 276. Oligodon dorsalis, 33. es subgriseus, 33. . subpunctatus, 33. Onychocephalus capensis, 426. Ophiophagus elaps, 36, 423. Ophiops Theobaldi, 30. Ophites, n. sp. (Momien), 36. Opsarius daniconius, 358. Oreinus Griffithii, 352. » guttatus, 350. » Hodgsonii, 342. >» maculatus, 350, 352. 3 plagiostomus, 351. » progastus, 349. >» Richardsonii, 352. sinuatus, 350. Oreocoetes cinclorhynchus, 273. Oriolus ceylonensis, 212. » kundoo, 212, 273.’ » melanocephalus, 273. Orthotomus longicauda, 273. Oriocalotes, n. sp. 32. Oriotiaris tricarinatus, 32. Ortygiornis pondiceriana, 275. Osteobrama Alfredianus, 364. os cotis, 363, 364. A microlepis, 365. & Ogilbii, 366. rapax, 365. Osteochilus cephalus, 130, 131. = Neilli, 129, 130, Ps rostellatus, 129, 130. Otocompsa fuscicaudata, 217, 269. 3 jocosa, 212, 216. * Otolygon nigrum, 272. Otus brachyotus 279. Ovis ammon, 400; 402, 413. 486 Ovis nahura, 402, 415. Palzornis Alexandri, 208. bs rosa, 271. -- teesa, 270. Hs torquata, 271. Pandion halizétus, 270. Pangshura flaviventer, 30. ” sylhetensis, 30. + tecta, 30. Pareas monticola, 36, 422. Parus cinereus, 213, 274. Passer flavicollis, 274. » indicus, 274. Passerita mycterizans, 35, 422. Fe purpurascens, 35. Pastor roseus, 274, Pavo cristatus, 275. » muticus, 214. Pelamis platurus, 36. Perdicula asiatica, 275. ES erythrorhyncha, 275. Pericrocotus erythropygium, 272. 8 peregrinus, 272, * speciosus, 269. Perilampus macrourus, 356. As recurvirostris, 356. “ thermophilus, 356. Peripia Cantoris, 31. pw heroniyel: Pernis cristata, 270. Petrocossyphus cyaneus, 211, 273. Pheenicopterus antiquorum, 277. Phelsuma andamanense, 32. Philomachus pugnax, 276. Phyllomedusa tinniens, 28. *Phyllorhina nicobarensis, 262. Phyllornis Jerdoni, 273. Rs malabarica, 212, 216. Phyllopneusterama caligata, 274. Phylloscopus indicus, 274. 5 lugubris, 383, 400. 4 maenirostris, 212. viridanus, 274, Picus hyperythrus, 398, 412. » Mahrahttensis, 271. Pipastes arboreus, 27 A, Pipistrellus coromandelicus, 461. Piprisoma agile, 272, Pitta bengalensis, 211, 269. Platurus Fisheri, 36. Platycara lissorhynchus, 110. a nasuta, 110. Ploceus baya, 274. Plotus melanogaster, 277. Podiceps Philippensis, 277. Polypedates annectans, 38. “e Hascheanus, 38. af maculatus, 38. Index. Polypedates marmoratus, 38. 3 pleurostictus, 38. im quadrilineatus, 38, % smaragdinus, 38, tuberculatus, 26, 38. Porphyrio poliocephalus, 276. Pratincola caprata, 273. 7 indica, 273, 397. Presbytes schistaceus, 397. Prinia gracilis, 273. » socialis, 273. Procarduelis nipalensis, 387. Proparus chryszus, 412. Propasser thura, 381, 383. Psammodynastes pulverulentus, 35, 422, Psammophis condanurus, 35, 436, 438. F Leithii, 438. Psammosaurus scincus, 30. Pseudopus gracilis, 31. Psilorhynchus balitora, 106, 107. . sucatio, 106, 107. variegatus, 106. Pterocles exustus, 214, 216, 275. a fasciatus, 214, 275. Ptyas Koros, 34. >» mucosus, 34. Ptychobarbus conirostris, 354, Ptychozoon homalocephalum, 31. Puellula rubida, 32. Puntius ambassis, see Barbus. apogon, see Barbus. arulius, 320. , leiacanthus, 318. » carnaticus, 299. » chrysopterus, 330. » conchonius, see Barbus, Denisonii, 319. “s dubius, 298. Duvaucelli, see Barbus. » filamentosus, see Barbus. zelius, see Barbus. » goniosoma, 297, » gracilis, 299. guganio, 328. 9) + javanica, 313. » lepidus, 317. » melanampyx, 310. » modestus, 329. » nigrofasciatus, 327. 9» parrah, 315. » perlee, 313. », phutunio, see Barbus. - » pinnauratus, 295. _y pleurotcenia, 296. » presbyter, 335. » Puckelli, 321. » punctatus, see Barbus. 39 39 Index. 487 Puntius punjabensis, 334. puntio, 336. pyrrhopterus, see Barbus. rubripennis, 294. stizma, see Barbus, Stoliczkanus, see Barbus. terio, see Barbus. ticto, see Barbus unimaculatus, see Barbus, vittatus, see Barbus, *Pxyicephalus khasianus, 23. breviceps, 37. Pycnonotus pusillus, 273. Pyctorhis sinensis, 273. Pyrrhoplectes epauletia, 377, Pyrrhospiza punicea, 387. Pyrrhula aurantiaca, 378. Pyrhulauda grisea, 216, 275. Python molurus, 36. a reticulatus, 36. Pyxidia Mouhotti, 30. Querquedula circea, 277. crecca, 277, Racoma brevis, 348, chrysochlora, 348, “a gobioides, 343, a labiatus, 343. Rana cyanophlyctis, 37. Gammii, 21, 57. gracilis, 37. 9) 39 oP) _ » Var, nicobariensis, 37, 3 « var. pulla, 37. Kuhlii, var. chinensis, 37. Liebigii, 22. sikkimensis, 22. , tigrina, 37. Rasbora Buchanani, 360. dandia, 358, daniconius, 358. Hinthovenii, 358. elanga, 357. malabarica, 358. neilgherriensis, 359. woolaree, 358. *Rhacophorus maculatus, 39, 37. maximus, 27, 39. Reinwardatii, 97, Rhizoclonium occidentalis, 464, Rhodeus indicus, 285. Fy macrocephalus, 284, Riopa albopunctata, 31, » anguina, 31, * ,, lineolata, 31. Rohtee Alfrediana, 364, Blythii, 365. - cotio, 363. », microlepis, 100, 365, ”? ”? rr) var. Andamanensis, 37, Rohtee Ogilbii, 366. » pangut, 335. » ticto, 325. » Vigorsii, 365. Rohita Belangeri, 116. bengaliensis, 120. » Buchanani, 120, » calbasu, 116, » chagunio, 291. » Chalybeata, 130. » fimbriata, 114. ¢) Gonius, LEG » Leschenaultii, 114, » lineata, 130. 49 Morala, 121, 3» mnandina, 118. » * Reynauldi, 116. $3 rostellatus, 130. 3° . Rouxii, 119. >, valenciennesi, 120. Rucervus Duvaucelli, 217. Ruticilla erythrogastra, 404, 413. bs frontalis, 383. a fuliginosa, 390. ep rufiventris, 212, 273. Salea Horsfieldii, 32. » derdoni, 32. Salpornis spilonota, 272. Sarcidiornis melanonota, 277. Sarciophorus bilobus, 215, 276. Satyrus padma, 385, Note, 397. Schizopygopsis Stoliczka, 353. Schizothorax barbatus, 338. brevis, 348. chrysochlorus, 343. curvifrons, 344. Edeniana, 346. esocinus, 347. gobioides, 343. Hodgsonii, 342. Hugelii, 345. intermedius, 339. labiatus, 343. longipinnis, 347. micropogon, 346. nasus, 345. niger; 339. nobilis, 341. plagiostomus, 351 planifrons, 341. Ritchianus, 340. sinuatus, 350. Semiplotus McClellandii, 280. modestus, 279, Silybura Ellioti, 33. Simotes bicatenatus, 422, 430. » 0, 8p, (Naga Hills.) ae punctulatus 33, 422. 62 488 Index. Simotes Russellii, 33. * ,, semifaciatus, 16, 33. » Theobaldi, 33. Siphia strophiata, 390. Sitana minor, 32. Sitta castaneoventris, 272. Siva strigula, 377, 410. Smiliogaster Belangeri, 365. Spilornis spilogaster, 270. Spizaétus cirrhatus, 269. nipalensis, 217, Stellio himalayanus, 32. », tuberculata, 32. Sterna javanica, 277. Strix indica, 269. Sturnopastor contra, 269. Sylvia affinis, 274. », orphea, 274, Sypheotides auritus, 215, 275. Syrnium sinense, 207, Syrrhaptes tibetanus, 413. Systomus amphibius, 314. 3 apogon, 322. , apogonoides, 322. -- arulius, 320, BS assimilis, 331. re canicus, 324, Ms carnaticus, 314, i chola, 313. 4. chrysomus, 293. chrysopoma, 294. 4 conchonius, 323. 4 dorsalis, 312. 5 filamentosus, 331. . gelius, 324. gibbosus, 332. Hamiltonii, 313. immaculatus, 293, 313. leptosomus, 326. macularius, 322. maderaspatensis, 331. malacopterus, 335. microlepis, 365. phutunio, 326, pyrrhopterus, 329. rubropinctus, 325. sophore, 3138, 329. tetrarupagus, 316. ticto, 325. tripunctatus, 325. unimaculatus, 331. Taccocua affinis, 272. - sir kee, 209. Tachydromus Haughtonianus 30. ¥3 sexlineatus, 30. [bus, Tambra abramioides, see Hypsela bar- Tantalus leucocephalus, 276, Tarsiger chrysceus, 400. Tchitrea paradisi, 210, 272. Temenuchus pagodorum, 274. Tephrodornis pondiceriana, 272. Testudo Phayrei, 30. Tetragonosoma effrene, 36. Tetraogallus tibetanus, 419. Thamnobia cambayensis, 212, 273. Thynnichthys harengula, see Mola, 283. Tiaris subcristata, 32. Tinnunculus alaudarius, 270. Totanus glottis, 276. Trachiscium fuscum, 422, Tragops fronticinctus, 35. Fy prasinus, 35, 422. Trimeresurus Andersoni, 421, 443, Cantoris, 37. carinatus, 37, 426. convictus, 37, 445. erythrurus, 37. eramineus, 37, 423. monticola, 37, 423, 444. * mutabilis, 37. , n. sp.(UpperBirma) 37. obscurus, 443. porphyraceus, 37, 448. strigatus, 37. Tringa damacensis, 276. Taeynieaiens 272. 9 *Trigonops persicus, 455. Trionyx gangeticus, 30. » Phayrei, 30. Trochalopteron affine, 383, 396, 400. subunicolor, 378. Troglodytes nipalensis, 383, 400. Tropidococcyx Perroteti, 35, *Tropidonotus bellulus, 432, himalayanus, 422, 434, junceus, 34, 422, 434, macrops, 421, 422, 436. macrophthalmus, 934, 421. n. sp. (Hotha), 34. platyceps, 34, 422. plumbicolor, 34, 43. quincunciatus, 34, 421, 422, 431. sikimensis, 17, 34, 436, _stolatus, 34, subminiatus 18, 34. 422, 434, trianguligerus, 433. umbratus, 433. Turnix Dussumieri, 275. Turtur humilis, 275. » cambayensis, 275. » Yrisorius, 275. 18, 34, Turtur suratensis, 275. Tylognathus ariza, 127. barbatulus, 139. boga, 128. porcellus, 116. striolatus, 126. Valenciennesii, 124, _Typhlops accedens, 426, andamanensis, 428. brahminus, 32, 422, ‘425. Diardii, 424, Horsfieldi, 32, 422, 423. mirus, 429, pammeces, 33, 426. ae porrectus, 422, 426. a tenuicollis, 4:29. * Theobaldanus, 429. Upupa ceylonensis, 272. epops, 404: », nhigripennis, 209. Uromastix Hardwickii, 32. Ursus tibetanus, 397. Varanus draczena, 30. 9 bothriorhynchus, 33, 424, Index. 489 Varanus flavescens, 30. - lunatus, 30. es nebulosa, 30. Varicorhinus bobree, 114. diplostomus, 124, *Vespertilio auratus, 186, marginatus, 460. - murinus, 461. *Vesperus shiraziensis, 459. Vultur calvus, 270. Xantholzma indica, 271, 209. Xenelaphis hexagonotus, 34. Xenochrophis cerasogaster, 34. Xenopeltis unicolor, 33. Xenophrys monticola, 29, 38. Yuhina occipitatus, 377, 410. Yungipicus Hardwickii, 209, 271. Yunx torquilla, 209, 271. Zamenis brachyurus, 34. diadema, 34. fasciolatus, 16, 34, 431. = ladacensis, 16. Zaocys nigromarginatus, 34, 422. Zosterops palpebrosus, 274. 9 32 39 LLL OLIN PF LDL Kleteorological Observations. Ixxxiv Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the mouth of November 1870. Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East. Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet. Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements dependent thereon. = Ge | . ie & _ | Range of the Barometer | ae [Range of the Tempera- = z = during the day. | i g tare during the day. pees x: Date. | FA So | | z 5 so° | Max. | Min. | Dif. | 3 | Max. | Min. | Diff. ie oS ist EH Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o Oo 0 o 1 | 29.852 | 29.916 | 29.789 | 0.127) 81.4 86.8 | 76.5 | 3 2 .806 865 745 420) 5822 | 87.0 77-6, oid 3 799 865 750 Tie | 80.1 84.0 | 784] 5.6 4 .798 845 Fa) AOL |) 784 83.7 | 755 | 82 5 817 878 552 106 | 79.3 86.1 | 75.5 | 10.6 6 826 899 774 125 | 80.9 86.2 | 76.7 | 9.5 7 843 90] 803 098 | 82.0 86.7 |.790) 97 8 goi| 949 | 848 | 101 | 81.9 | 865 | 786) 79 9 965 | 30.024 921 103 | 80.7 85.0 | 775 | 75 10 .967 033 907 125 | 80.0 84.6 | 765 | 8.1 11 956 018 892 126 | 962 | 82.0 | 705| 115 12 976 052 927 126 1° 74.5 80.8 | 68.3 | 12.5 13 .970 O44 913 138i |" 76.7 82.0 | 90a) aes 14 .960 1025 905 120 | 75.9 $1.8 | 706 | Be 15 974. 043 929 4i4| 75.9 | 813 | 7061 116 16 992 067 | .940 127 1. 76.8 820 | 72.0 | 10.0 17 | 30.009| .091| .956| .135| 74.5 | 815 | 69.0] 125 18 | 29.977 O55 919 ee) 582 805 | 68.0 | 12.5 19 | 30.011] O81 952 129 73.8 | 806 | 68.0 | 126 20 .067 147 | 30.020 127 | 74.3 | 815 | 685 | 13.0 21 .058 129 OLL seaa| Gao 809 | 69.0! 11.9 22 | 29.988 075 | 29.911 164 | 732 800 | 68.0 | 12.0 23 .913 | 29.978 B54 124| 473.9 82.0 | 68.0 | 14.0 24 | 30008 | 30.065 926 139 | 74.5 $3.0 | 68.7 | 14.3 25 048} 190! 997| 123) 70.8 | 79.0 | 63.7| 15.3 26 048 113 | 30.005 108 | 69.2 77.0 | 62.0 | 15.0 27 034 087 | 29.975 113) 710 782 | 65.0 | 13.2 28 OAL .109 .996 113 | 70.9 78.2 | 64.0 | 142 29 039 .102 988 Th Os 79.4 | 65.0 | 14.4 30 O41 .105 .996 199 | 70.5 78.6 | 64.0 | 14.6 i t The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the several hours during the day. Ixxxv Meteorological Observations. Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the month of November 1870. Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements dependent thereon.—/(Continwed.) (¢ |e lai2.)3 | ee |=oa = Sloe a 8 ae | Boe | eee 3 ae © aS = Oo "On & sy ae pe =| s 2 e 3 S 36 | S32 ea : 3 = ae ee 2 af) eo | Date.) ag | 7s A i ar, "an | 4 ge ee | Ee || 2) e212) 8s | 25 Bigs 3S | @a | Po | Fo | 22a 7 5 a, ae aR aR Roe = Coe rs) b = eA = } revtee "© ios) 3 | ay 3 Filo! nia ie ae © OT H ‘ = A Oo A a = a | Inches.“ 7. ree) eee 7 1 172 42| 74.3 7.1 |. 0.835 8.99 2.28 0.80 2 78.0 ae E81 vet 857 9.21 33 .8O 3 77.8 Pie ard 3.9 887 5 1.26 88 4 76.4 A Ne AN Nea 851 ail 14 .89 5 ve 2.0 | 75.9 3.4 879 51 08 90 6 78.2 wy. | Yea 4.6 890 59 blo ee 7 78.0 4.0 | 75.9 6.8 60 24 2.95 8h 8 78.2 3.7 | 75.6 6.3 871 37 .07 82 9 78.0 eo we Vea 4.6 885° |. BB 1.51 86 10 | 476.8 St Fae 54° | 8438 aa 70 84 11 69.8 6.4] 65.3 10.9 623 6.78 2.88 70 12 68.5 6.0) 64-32) - elO2 603 69° | >> ae 72 13 70.6 5.1 | 67.0 8.7 659 FAy B34 je 14 0:7 5.2 | 67.1 8.8 661 19 38 45 16 70.6 5.38 | 66.9 9.0 .657 15 42 Ts 16 69.5 Go | G5 10. 619 - 6.74 .80 Bi 17 68.7 5.8 | 64.6 9.9 609 64 5A 73 18 67.6 6.1 | 63.3 10.4 | .584 38 Rijs) ek 19 68.0 5.8 | 63.9 9.9 | | .695 50 48 72 20 | 69.3 BO! 65.8419, 18.5 634 91 oT 76 o1. | 68.5 5.7 | 64.5 9.7 G07 62 47 aes oh | AZ-9 oe 63.7 = eo |. 46 oe is 2 68.3 6 | 64.4 9.5 605 61 4) Bs 24~| 68.3 62:1 b4.0-| 2105 597 50 68 wi 25 62.8 LT i eco 13.9 .467 5.13 3.00 63 26 63.4 5.8 | .§8.8 10.4 503 4 2.27 vt oF 65.7 5.3 | 61.5 9.5 550 6.04 21 73 28 66.1 48 | 62.3; 8.6 505 20 |. 0G 45 29 65.6 4.9 | 62.7 8.8 572 27 viel 15 30 64.6 5.9 |- 59.9 |... 106 521 5.72 Al 70 | All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants. Meteorological Observations. IxXxxvk Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, am the month of November 1870. Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements dependent thereon. O3 Range of the Barometer =. |Range of the Tempera- Sane for each hour during m8 ture for each hour Bo the month. eee during the month. oes 22 a= : Hour.) = oe a : a3 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | &3 | Max. | Min. | Diff. a3 EG | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | 0) fe) ) | ° Mid- night.| 29.953 | 30.063 | 29.797 | 0.266 73.5 81.0 65.5 | 15.5 1 945 .055 785 oe (ok 80.0 64.8 | 15.2 2 .936 O44 470 274 72°6 79.9 64.0 | 15.9 3 .929 .032 157 ts ea eee 79.8 63.0 | 16.8 4, 931 .038 756 .282 aly: 79.5 62.81) 16:7 5) 942 056 .760 .296 71.4 79.5 62.5 | 17.0 6 961 079 192 .287 71.0 79.0 62.0 |} 170 7 981 101 814 297 71.3 79.2 62.0 | 17.2 8 30.004 128 .820 .308 73.5 81.2 66.0 | 15.2 9 .020 147 838 309 75.8 82.4, 68.5 | 13.9 10 .020 142 843 .299 78.0 84.0 70.5,| 13.5 dh | O01 LI 823 .296 79.9 86.2 73.2 | 13.0 I | | Noon. | 29.973 087 804 | .283 80.8 86.5 | 75.0 | 11.5 1 943 061 175 .286 81.4 86.8 76.0 | 10:8 2 .923 .038 753 285 81.6 87.0. | 77.0) | (BGs 3 .910 .029 744 .285 81.4 86.3 77.0 9.3 4, .907 .020 147 .273 80.5 86.0 76.0 | 10.0 5 .918 O31 762 .269 79.6 85.6 750 | 10.6 6 .928 046 173 273 77.6 84.0 72.0) Jip 7 947 .060 187 273 76.4 83.0 | 70.6 | 12.5 8 .962 .067 804 .263 75.6 82.4 69.0 | 13.4 9 .970 *.077 .809 .268 74.8 82.5 68.0 | 14.5 10 973 .080 .809 271 74.1 82.0 66.8 | 15.2 11 | .968 075 798 297 73.6 81.5 | 66.5 | 15.0 The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several hours during the month. IXxxvll Meteorological Observations. Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the mouth of November 1878. Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hy grometrical elements dependent thereon.—/(Continned.) Be | ase 43 C4 S s | Se i = 2 = E . aa )| oe Es z A is. A = > S | eos ae a | 2 S) St 45 2.46 | Se 9 BAS ote we BE i: £3) |e 2o Hour. i = A = 6 "Ene ee 3 a 3A ce (2g) |e 13 | dg) 82 2 | eS S el eae Ja; | Me | BS | 625 (Oa ae ee eee ea = soi SRE) gee so | ble | be 4 8S | 6s |S ae | = ot oe eee a | Dy. bs 0 o Inches. | T. gr. | F. ge. Mid- night.| 70.8 2.7 | 689 4.6 0.701 7.66 1.24 0.86 L 70.5 2.6 | 68.4 4.7 -690 od .25 .86 2 70.1 2.5 | 68.1 4.5 .684 AZ Ad 86 3 69.8 2.3 | 68.0 4.1 681 AZ 06 8S 4 69.6 aa Gs 3.8 .679 AS 0.98 8S 5 69.3 ab | (6786 3.8 .672 38 OF: 88 6 69.0 2.0 | 67.4 3.6 .668 oo .92 89 vi 69.3 a0) (67s 3.6 674 AO 93 89 8 70.2 3.0 | 67.9 5.6 .679 A2 1.48 83) 9 71.2 4.6 | 68.0 7.8 681 Al 2.13 kom 10 71.8 6.2) GK.o 10.5 .670 .26 .93 By) | 11 72.1 78 | 66.6 13.3 651 .O2 3.76 65 Noon.| 72.1 8.7 | 66.0 14.8 .638 6.87 4.20 62 1 72.4 9.3 | 65.6 15.8 .630 18 49 60 2 719 9.7°'| 65.1 16.5 619 .66 68 5S 3 718 9.6 | 65.1 16.3 619 G9. .60 59 A 71.5 9.0 | 65.2 15.3 .621 .70 .28 6L 5 72.0 71 COZ 12.9 .653 7.04, 3.65 66: 6 72.6 5.0 | 69.1 8.5 .706 64 2.43 76 7 72.4 4.0 | 67.6 8.8 .672 ol i Sete 75 8 71.9 3-7 | 69.3 6.3 ye: ap 74 1.74 82 9 71.4 3-4 | 69.0 5.8 704 67 59 83: 10 TO 3.1 | 68.8 5.3 .699 63 44 84. 1l 70.6 3.0 | 68.5 5.1 .692 57 06 85 All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Constants Meteorological Observations. Ixxx vill Abstract of the Results of the Tlourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla, am the month of November 1870. Solar Radiation, Weather, &e. General aspect of the Sky. B to 9a. M., “ito 5 P. M., B to 5 a. u., \i'to 9 4. M., “1&\ito 5 p. mu. S after- wards. Lon S at 7 p. mu. \i & Ui tod a. mM. O to 6p. M.S afterwards. Slight R at 10 a. u., 1, 2, 63 P.M. Chiefly O. Rat 12 4. mw., & Vito 8a. M., “ito 4p.m.,, \i to 7 Pp. M., B afterwards T at 15 P. M. Slightly foggy at9 &10Op.m. R at 2p. m.. Bto7 Aa.M., -i afterwards. ‘Foggy from 2 to 7 a. m., Lon Nat6p.m., Tat 62&7P. m., Chiefly “i. T at 44 a.m. D \ni to 12 4. M., “ito 4p. mM. B afterwards. Slightly foggy Wi & 71 D at 43 Pp. “i to 4 p.m., B afterwards. Bto124.m., “ito 5 p. m. B to 104. M., ni to 4 P.M, B to 10 a. m., “i to 4 Pp. M., B afterwards. Slightly foggy B to 54. mM., “ito 5p. M., B to 9 vp. M., --i afterwards. Ni & Vito 6 a. M., “ito Pp. M., B afterwards. B to 11 a. u., “i to 4 P. M., Chiefly B. Slightly fogey at 8 P. M. B tolla.m., ito 4p. m. a ltoe WIND. me las" # = ot ee Paaeees iS |e direction. m4 a — Pte = lie | A sch ema | o |Inches [by W) ib | Miles | A) 347.0) 0.0 INE, ENE & N! ... | 79.0 | Ni afterwards. 2} 140.0 NE. & N. . | 64.2 3} 122.0} 0.03 INNE,ENESSSE! ... 87.4 AV 1IT.O.} 1.22 SE,EbyN&ENE. 59.5 from 5: to 7 Pp. M. 6} 143.4; 041 ENE.& SSW. 60.9 6) 145.2 SSW. & W. 16.6 Datli&4prp.m. 7| 145.5 W.&N E. 24.3 at 3 & 45 a. Mu. 8) 137.8 ESE. & SE. 37.8 at 7 & 8 P. M., 9} 142.0 Variable. 44,.2 10] 142.0 N N W& variable! ... | 61.6 11) 142.7 NNE.& Why N,| ... | 125.5 B afterwards. 12) 135.0 WbyN&WNW.|.... | 34.7) B 13} 138.0 WNW. & NW. tea B afterwards. 14) 138.5 NW. & Eby N. 50.2 from 3 to 6 a. M., 15} 139.5 NE,ENE&NbyW) ... | 58.2 [byN. 16) 142.3 NbyW,NbyE&W) ... | 32.7 17; 140.8 W by N.&S W. 29.7 B afterwards. 18) 140.0 SW &S by W. 24.2) B 19} 145.0 Sby W. &5S W. 69.0 20) 141.3 SW. 74.3 B afterwards. 21) 135.6 SW,SSW&WbyS, ... |. 58.5 B. Foggy at 9& 10 p. m. \i Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, i Cumulo-strati, _i Nimbi, \ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, § stratoni R rain, D drizzle. , O overcast, T thunder, L lightning Ixxxix Meteorological Observations. Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the month of November 1870. Solar Radiation, Weather, &c. General aspect of the Sky. | as ae WinD. o |S 5c ~ (BE es we ee ilk ag cd eae Prevailing Ke os 42 KO GS | : Ko o CEI BS i om poi Fr 5 2 direction. Solas he ese 7 ee Inches| (S W.) ib | Miles 22) 135.4 Sby W.8S,WSW& 46.8 23] 137.2 | SW&SSW. 89.4. 24) 138.5 SSW,SW&WNW| ... | 100.0 25) 134.8 NW &NbyE.. | 0.2) 165.1 26) 128,8 NbyE&N by W. | 144.5 27| 130.6 Nby W.&N 0.4 | 145.8 28) 134.2 N by W.&NW. . }@ 80.0 | 29) 133.0 NW. &QN. 64.7 e 133.8 | N. & N by W 76.8 Bto 104. M.,\i to4P. M., B afterwards. Slightly egy from 8 toll P. M. B. Chiefly B. a Foggy at 9 P.M. B to 10 a. M., \_i to 2 P.M. B afterwards. Btolla.m.,\ito4 Pp. M. B afterwards. Slightly foggy from 7 to 10 Pp. M. B. Foggy from 7 to 10 P. M. B to 5 a. M., \ito 114. ™. B afterwards. Foggy from 7 {o-4 1 P.M. ——_—$——— ee ea \i Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Cirro-strati, —_1 Cumulo-strati, Wil Ninel oe \ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning, ee ee, PA ee Ee ae ‘> Meteorological Observations. xd Abstract of the Resulis of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, wn the month of November 1870. Montuty Resvtrs. Inches. Mean height of the Barometer for the month. ... 29.956 Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 A. M. on the 20th. .. SOLT4F Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3p. M.on the 4th. ws 29.7 4h Lrtreme range of the Barometer during the month oe ee AOS Mean of the gees Max. Pressures... ee i ... 30.023 Ditto ditt Min. ditto 4. we. 29.902 Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month ... we Oak re) Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month __.., oa Ae Uae hee Max. Temperature occurred at 2 p. M. on the 2nd. iy Ate. pons Min. Temperature occurred at 6&7 a.m, on the 26th. ak fe ae Jixtreme range of the Temperature during the month oe ine ee Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... ae oo spat Aer Ditto ditto Min. ditto, a 2 eos Mean duily range of the Temperature during the month.. i) pba Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 71.0 Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Tiermomeatde 4.9 Computed Mean Dew-point for the month dn ses) SORE Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point . 8.3 ° ied Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .,., 4 Be a Bae Troy grain. Mean Weight of Vapour for the month A 4) see Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2°25 Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation ae unity 0.77 fo) Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 137.4 Inches. Rained 6 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours... sas, pele Total amount of rain during the month Coe oo Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo- meter during the month aby, ee = 1.56 Prevailing direction of the Wind.. oe SWE&N by Wi * Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground. xe ys on y particular wind blew, together with the number of da articular wind was blowing, it rained. Montaty Ressvutts. which at the same hour, when any p fo) Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Nov. 1870. Tables shewing the number of days on which at a given hour an % Meteorological Observations. N10 Ss QO OD SA AOD OM RSS FRAN eSB ARR eS GO 2D 6D 6a TH CN NaNO AO AAA AIG Sq Rae Aaa ee oS SOwm AANNOAN NANNANAANANAAA Se Aan as a Ponte ee ee ee aS oH AMNNANA uo UIBy a “mM “9 SASHA ASANO NAAR AHM O16 SAAS uO Uleyy "M'S'*G] AN AAANAAAA TAH Tm — SANANAAAAA "WO UIRAT M 4q-g NANAN RK AANMA 4S SS UO UIBYT = 9 MSs AHAN AAS = N AN = uo Uleyy . a = ° nm a Aq ‘s} = nS oS uo Urey] So _ or Boge OANA = c= =NNN “uo WIRY) > -' “T'S aeee N ee a WO UTByT = qT Sy Ss ee RM NANN an NA eS os ce re ie X uo Ley * g Aq “7 meets oso | a L “HO ULeIyY ro “7 asa IN wo WIRY ih Nt Aq a ANAANM SS. _ |...) es uO WLR ai GN ‘a SSS RRR NTMMMAMMANR SSS “WO Tey, “TN NANAANSAAMANARA NRAMAAAAAS UO UIRIT x i uo Ulery q Aq ‘ny MON AAA RNR TINH MN [oem ieee fila Mien foe oon eee een ADS | UO TILeyT “NI SHAH ANANMAMAAMAANHAAANNAAAAAN ot e INOS BANAMAWONMDARBOH CHANMAWONDABOG ss 0 i) — as 7, 3 | ‘ Meteorological Observations. xeIL Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, an the month of December 1870. Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Hast. Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet. Daily Means, &e. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements dependent thereon. ras | 2S | Range of the Barometer | |x (Range of the Tempera- qao+ during the day. bets ture during the day. | 8b Ba | hea 8 4 o Fe oes rh ee ie tal ene oP a re ae Q | | | s : | | | go> | Max. | Min. | Dif. | £8 | Max. | Min. | Dif ~ ot ee ee ae hs Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o oO fe) oO 1 | 30.058 | 30.135 | 30.011 | 0.124] 69.5 79.0 | 61.5 | 17.8 2 065 132 °| . .009 123 | 69.9 "85 | 61.9 3 We 3 094 164} .039 125 | 68.1 78.0 | 60.4 | 17.46 4 .086 149 | 025 124} 67.6 77.3 | 60.2 | 1721 5 .078 144 O17 sy a es 74.4 | 60.0 | 14.4 6 059 126 009 117 1. 65.8 74.7 | 58.2 | 16.5 y 082 .150 .039 111] 67.1 | 76.6 | 60.2 | 16.4 8 .083 152: |. 1038 114 | 66.4 76.8 | 58.5 | 178 9 076 | .157|} .024| .133| 656 | 74.6 | 57.8 | 16.8 10 .066 J21-| « 090 101 | 65.8 75.5 | 58.6 | 16.9 li 051 125 | 29.979 146 | - 65.4 74.5 | 75.6 | 16.9 12 .022 102 964 138 | 64.5 728% |r S76, 9 Tes 13 .032 091 988 103 | 66.0 74.9 | 58.5 | 16.4 14, ,083 152 | 30.038 114 | 665.4 75.2 | 57.6 | 17.6 15 .100 184, 045 139 | 66.4 75.5 | 68.5 | 17.0 iG 057 136 | 29.986 150 | 67.1 75.8 | 60.61 15.2 17 018 104, 958 146 | 65.9 | 475.0 | 58.6] 16.4 18 | 29.994 .068 927 141 | 64.8 43.5 | 75.5 | 16.0 19 | 30.008 095 940 155; 63.9 994.) | 572 oes 90 | 29.929 010 851 159.) “64S. “FS4 15 0e eiee 21 .850 | 29.919 788 130| 66.1 | 75.8 | 58.0 | 17.8 22 .930 | 30.019 846 Bee Gime 77.0 | 59.0 | 18.0 23 | 30.043 126 991 1385 | 66.4 | 75.5 | 59.0 | 16.5 24 .058 137 | 30.015 | 2 .122 | 66.7 | 753 | 60.5 | 148 25 029 118 | 29.956 162 | 65.8 | 74.0 | 69.1} 14.9 26 | 29.983 .063 929 1341 663...) <9) eae et 27 .982 052 932 120| 65.7 | .74.6 |°580] 166 28 | 30.018 108 .969 139 | 66.2 45.9 | 585 | 17.4 29 004, 078 .939 139 | 670 77m braee |: Deg 30 | 29.961 025 .900 125 | 682 77.8 { 60.8 | 17.0 31 916 | 29.997 852 148") “76.2 So. 4:68.46 > 123 The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the several hoyrs during the day. XClil Meteorological Observations. Abstract of the Results of the lHourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, an the month of December 1879. Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements — dependent thereon.—/(Continwed) : te tage a ete, © SH | SSe les. Bo) ge) a ee 2 a8 | oe A caries a S's | aos | aes 2 © m iM & 2 | -o-2 8 beg e rd 2) S) S = é Eos See my 2 re a 4 e oS -e2 Bg Date. | oz a A ‘2 = 80,9 || Sg ee 28 | & | BS ) 8.) 88°) es (ses ee - 3 a = a 2 FS EOS 2 OE Oe g8 ]e)] 8 | ba) oF | oe (es ae | | fo) ) ) o | Inches.) T gr. | T. gr. | 1 63.3 6.2 | 583) 11.2 | 0.494 5.44, 2.44 2 62.4, GG) SIAN TRO: A AGG .23 58 3 69.7 74.| Sas 133 ALO 4.85 70 4 69.5 PA t BAe 128 440 35 59 5 58.6 16 S25 Ie 407 51 1 6 59.6 6.2 | 546) 112 | 437 | 85 | 19 y 61.5 5.6 | 57.0). 10.1 ARS) | BS .09 8 | 60.6 5.8 | 56.0} 10.4 .458 .08 | .09 9 60.2 Sid. | FRO (O17 3 466. G6 1.94, 10 6).2 5.64 Sag: TOT As ee 93 | 2.01 11 50d | 60 1 54.64 108 4387 4.850 |. 7am 12 59.2 5.3 | 55.0) 9.5 | As2 92 1.84 13 60.9 6.0 | 55.2} 10.8 | 445 94, 2.14, 14, 69.3 6.1.| 56.2 9.2 A6l | 5.12 3.83 15 60.7 5.7 | 56.1) 103, 4 49 10 2.07 16 62.0 1. BAN geoa 9.884) aes | 39 1.93 ~ 17° | 60.4 5.5 | 56.0 9.9 458 | 08 .98 18 53.6 6.2)| 63.6 | 11.2 422 | 4.69 2.14 ig. | > 58-2 61 53.1) Loe) abo ae .00 20 58.9 5.8! 64.1] 104.3) ~ -429 78 1.90 21 59.9 6.2) 54:9°)* 970 Aa | BO 2.21 22 61.3 5.8 | 56.7/ 104 ) .469 5.18 14 23 60.4 6:0 |} 65.6) 10:8: 7") 452 ae .16 24 61.1 5.6 | 56.6 | 10.1 467 ay .06 25 60.8 5.0 | 56.8 9.0 ATO BY 1.83° 26 60.5 5.6 | 56.0} 10.1 458 .08 2.02 27 60.5 5.2 |. 56:3 9.4 ABST). ae 1.88 23 61.6 4.61 67.9| 83 488 40 72 29 61.4 5.6 | 56.9] 101 A7Q ‘21 2.99 30 62.7 5.5 | 58.3 9.9. | .494 AS Ac eae 31 63.9 6.3 ; 1.3 504, Meteorological Observations. xcly Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations d J g taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Caleulta, an the month of December 1870. Hourly Means, &e. of the Observations and of the iygrometrical elements dependent thereon. | | | S3 Range of the Barometer = . | Range of the Tempera: oa | for each hour during faa g ture for each hour 8h S a the month. 8 during the month. eS hee ar we is | EON Hour. mee A | ec | Max. | Min. | Diff <4 | Max. | Min. | Dif oO a Ge aks | S| | eae | | | aw 2 ees Tnches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | oO Oo Oo ° Mid- | night.| 30.029 | 30.108 | 29.964 | 0.244 62.8 66.0 | 60.2| 58 Siecle | 021) - 095 858 | .237 62.1 65.2 | 59.5] 67 2 013. 088 855) 239 61:5 65.0 | 59.0] 60 3 .006 081 (848; \.1988 60.9 64.0 | 59.0] 5.0 4 00E.| 074 823 | .251 60.3 64.0 | 58.3] 6.7 5 011 O91} | 884} 257 59.8 63.5 |c57.4e |) G3 6 | .026 106 | .842| 964, | 59.3 62.8 | 673.01) Ge vi £050 124 853 | 271 59.2 63.0 | 57.0|} 60 8 078-| 164)" 884} 986 61.7 65.0 | 5851 66 Se) 096") £181 906 | 275 64.8 | 694 | 608] 86 10 | 099 184 919 | .265 68.5 73.2 | 640] 93 11 081 .170 894 | 276 71.3 75.5 | 66.7) $8 | i oh | | Noon.| .050/ .136 859 | .277 73.1 77.1 | 69.0| S24 1 | O15 .100 825 | .275 | 74.5 78.5 | 69.8 | 8.7 3 | 29.999 .063 803 | .260 95.4 79.5 | 7161 7g 3 .978 051 789 | 262 75.5 80.1 | 42.4 14 oe 4 973 | 048 790 | .258 74.2 79.5 | YOR |. eae & .979 057 796 | .261 FOF 78.0 | 697.) 83 6 989 .062 807 | .255 69.8 74.0 | 6741 66 7 | 30.008 .088 829 | 259 67.8 | ZUG eee ek eae 8 025 100 845 | .255 66.5 70.5 | 64.5 1° 6.0 9 .037 .110 869 | 241 65.3 69.2 | 63.0! 62 10 .040 .120 876 | 244 64.3 68.0 | 62.0) 6.0 11 034 119 867 | .252 63.5 66.5 | 612 | 6S | | ! The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several hours during the month. ney Beleorolog ical Observations. Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations } taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the month of December 1870. =_— Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements dependent thereon.—(Continewed.) OE a k ie : 5 | Sea gy weer = 45 a fis Ras H | © : S84 Boole. oe = Yh pig se: EL aM Bay = eS (mss | Aes | font ; ro) S) 4 45 "SH | see ee : Za Seb na e 28 |Ree gma Hour. oS St A 2 3 ‘he 1 ae ae } (@ fi > ee | ) 2 8 OS | oa g on ge. |e |/372)3. | as | es )ss5 ) ee FA = man: a 8, a ERS) ake ’ | So bs | b. 5 Sa ae So 5 S96 ewe S| al iS) Ay Loy we TH 3:8 | 2 A o A = = < = tlie ir | fC) ) o Co) Inches... pr. >| Praga Mid- aight.| 59.7 3.1] 56.9 5.9 | 0.472 5.26 1.15 0.82 1 59.0 34 B62 5.9 461 15 12 2 2 58.5 3.0 | 55.81). 5.7 A55 09 .07 83 3 58.1 2.8 | 55.6 5.3 452 07 0.97 84 4 57.5 9.8 | 55.0 5.3 4A2 4.97 96 84 5 57.1 9.7 | 54.7 5.1 438 .92 91 84, 6 56.7 9.6 | 54.4 4.9 AZA .87 87 85 7 56.7 9.5 | 54.4 4.8 434 87 0.86 85 8 58.1 3.6 | 54.9 6.8 AAL .93 1.26 80 9 59.7 5.1 | 55.6 9.2 A52 5.03 .80: 74 10 61.5 70| 55.9! 12.6 456 .03 2.62 66 11 62.5 8.8 | 55.5 | 15.8 A50 4.94 3.39 59 | | Noon.| 62.7 | 104] 544] 18.7% ASA 73 4.06 5S 1 63.2. ps 65.3.1° 19.3 AAT 38 | 1330 53. 2 63.6 | 11.8 | 55.31 20.1 447 .87 56 52 3 63.4 | 12.1) 5491 20.6 AAL 79 67 51 4, 63.0. 1 112 Wy 65.3 80 ASS 86 | °.23 54 5 63.4 9.3] 56.0| 16.7 458 | 5.00 3.68 5S 6 63.5 6.3 | 58.5 | 11.3 498 48 2.47 69 7 | 62.8 5.0 | 58.8 9.0 503 | 55 1.93 74 8 62.1 4.4 | 58.6 7.9 499 | “358 66 Ties 9 61.3 4.0 | 68.1 7.9 AOL}? 145 48 7H, 10 60.7 3.6 | 57.5 6.8 oS) ae ee 37 .80 11 60.1 3.4. | 57.0 6.5 G3 | BF 28 81 | All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Constante. q see Meteorological Observations. Xevl Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, im the month of December 1870. Solar Radiation, Weather, &e. i Date. wo fe) oa Noone Se) 23 24 eat. . Winp ar =| 8 Ord i. ae : Az ca 3 we Meta ree ct of the Sk peelS é Prevailing Wie| oe xeneral aspect o e Sky. = 3 3 ae direction. Is gi As | _ aaa Bee ESE ie 0 |Inches lb | Miles 132.0| ... INbyW&NbyE! ... | 89.1] B. Foggy at midnight and from 7 to 11 p. m. 132.0 NONE. & Ne by Wis: (> 68:9: |B, Slightly foggy at mid- night & 1 a. m., & from 7 to lay 133.5 NbyW,NNW&N 120.5 B. —.ghtly foggy from 8 to 1] Pp, >. 133.5 N &Nby E. (168.6 | Bead 132.8 N&WbyN. [W)... |116.4] B. 130.0 WNW,W byN & ... | 115.0] B. 132.0 W&WN W. 99.3) Chiefly B. Slightly foggy at 1 P.M. 130.5 WNWEW byN.! ... 73.0| B. Slightly foggy from mid- night to 44a.m.,&7toll p. ue. 131.5 Wide W. by N; 82.3; B to9a.m., ito 3. p. x. B afterwards. Slightly foge~ from midnight to 8 a. M-34u5 7to9 Pp. m.. & at 11 p. a. 130.8 WbyN& W 64.2 i B. Foggy from midnight to aA. M. 130.0 W. 65.0; B to7 a. m.,\ito6 Pp. mu. B afterwards. Slightly foggy from 8 to 11 Pp. m. 134.0 W &W byN. 99.5; B to4a.M., \ito6 Pp. u., B afterwards. 128.0 W byN. 106.8 ae Slightly foggy from 8 to P.M. 129.2)" ., |W&W NW. a 83.6; B to 64.M.,\itodr. m., . B afterwards. Slightly foggy | at midnight & 1 a. m., & at 6 P. M. 128.0 WNW &NW. 126.9; B to 6:4. m, \i to 5 Pp. M., B afterwards. 129.5 NbyE&NE. Fee. 128.5 N by E. 166.4| B. 129.4, N by E& WNW. 99.3) B. 126.7 WNW&NNE. 1340 We 127.8 NNE&WhyN. 115.2 Pes Slightly foggy from 7 to P. M. 132.0} ... |WSW&WbyS. 104.2| Btolda.m., Wito 4p. x. B afterwards. Slightly foggy at 5 & 6 a. M. 129.0 W by S&N W. 80.2) B. Slightly fogey at 6 & 7 P.M, 129.5 IW aN by’ By (A! (121.4 Re 127.0 Nby E&N NE. | ... [205.4] B. 5 \i Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, i Ciro-strati, i Cumulo-strati, ~_i N imbi, \ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, § stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, R rain, D drizzle, L lightning xevil Meteorological Observations. Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the month of December 1870. Solar } tadiation, Weatl ter, &e. rm o 2 Wow Bg 2 s es WIND eit : ee 5% s econ AE) a General aspect of the Sky. S| SBS oS direction. is o| 2 3 Ala F jaa rey ee ae, inches | ib | Miles 95(130.0; ... INNE&N. ‘. 1126.0} Bto 11 alm. tebe | B afterwards. a 129.4; ... IN,NbyE&WNW| ... | 131.2; Bto6a. u.,\4i to 7 BF M, | | B afterwards. o7| 126.8) ... [WNW | 87.7 | B. Boggy ab 11 p. a. ool ZAM 6S. ME AW. i ne Shghtly foggy from mid- | night to 3 & at 7 a. M. & : from 7 to 11 Pp. uw. 99) 180,8'.... | WN W: «| 75,8) B. Foggy toni mide to i7 A.M. & 7 to ll Pp. mM. 9) 1300: >". NOW .. | 88.6; Btoda. w., \wite 10g | \i afterwards. Foggy from midnight to2 & at 6a. M., & from 7 to ll p. M. 97) 184.81... (W& WW: 121.7} Chiefly B. Shghtly from 7 to ll Pp: mM. | } | | | a] | | | | { | | | } \G Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Cirro-strati, i Cumulo-strati, —iN imbi, } ‘Ge Nal Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L ilies: cay Meteorological Observations. xeviil Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meleorological Observations: taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, am the month of December 1870. Montrury Rzsu rs. Inches. Mean height of the Barometer for the month ... 80.026 Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 «. ‘MM. on the: 15th. ... 30.184, Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3 vp. M. on the 2lst. ... 29.789 dtxtreme range of the Barometer during the month 2 » O2895 Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... ree < ot BOO} Ditto ditto: - Min: ditto % ie ... 29.969 lean daily range of the Barometer during the month ... 40 Onloe o Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month ie 66.5 Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. M. on the 31st. hi ae OS Min. Temperature occurred at 6&7 a.m, on the 20th... 4s) eee Extreme range of the Temperature during the month 23.1 Mean of the daily Max. Temperature .. 75.6 Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 59.1 Afean daily range of the Temperature during the month.. 16.5 Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... a ae GOS Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 5.9 Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ; 55.9 Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed m mean Dew- -point 10.6 ce Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .,,, wae .. 0.456 Troy grain. Mean Weight of Vapour for the month + ee OB Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2°14 Mean degree of humidi ty for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.70 oo) Mean Rfax. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 130.2 Inches. Rained No day,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours... 35 Ns Total amount of rain during the month io SNR Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo- iy, meter during the month __. pe Nilv Prevailing direction of the Wind... “i WN Ww, W by N & W. * Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground. taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Dec. 1870. Montauy Resutts. s on which at a given hour any p ons which at the same hour, when any particu Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorrlogical Observat d blew, together with the number of days on ar wind was blowing, it rained. lar win articu ] r Nf g the number of da Tables shewin Meleorological Observations. ODO OONNNAAA MR SS aN On I oe Bl cn Bl eel oe Be ee = mato N AAS AA aS MON NTN NANA ~KXKXDWDA AD SOL NHHOARDAAWDNRBAAIDAIH SD — eo OD OMNANAAA SID DDHOWOANIDMHMIDHM~ OSODSDSOSOSSOOHANHHAANAAT SASS es A oon le Oc ee oO on cB Fl oe cs en | [on Boon en Bien Ben heen ee ee tee eS | Soret SS st St St St ot a re No.of days » oO A ‘Inoyf Se, a ap Srl ae Se Se ae =| aes ON O60 00 oO SA I SH SH OD AN MAANAATAA A pS 8 Se ee ee ee ee SWIMM AipD ARAM ODA OAN “TI Ad 1D LD 1D 1D 1D LO n. No “ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, EDITED BY ) THE HONORARY SECRETARIES. _NEW SERIES. OF THE WARA4 Bees en “A f JOURNAL PAAR AR Part IT, No. I.—1871. NO. OLXVII . a le eens ( on eo h f | He ae mT ali all =| ij HL ) gl ; : | : | A. 3 This A A | a om i \ == / ts ——>" — TP nae a FP ry SS a = z ot EUM it ABIATTC SOCIETY, CALCUTTA = oe =X Wr ihe Euan The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia : and within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by gare to Subscribers, per } umber, Rs. 1-8——To N on-Subscribers, Rs, 2—— *,* Communications shor Ad be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soe., to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lo don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietia Street. a ta a tn it i ote nein tn tn hen in orn a OO OCC OCCT VCC OTA PR AR AARARARRAARAARAARRAAAKA he man or produced by -ature.—Sin WILLIAM JONES. 2 AAA AA AARON, (CALCUTTA: PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, CIRCULAR ROAD. : 1871. — OO en en tn nn, es | eee — 2 aennw — ee ~ 6 ga ~ S 5 we. eel Sard Sins AD a8 un CONTENTS. DEscRIPTIONS OF NEW MoLuuscA FROM THE Tuxinis Ruecions a by Mzssrs. G. anp H. NEVILLE). ee see eeeeeeneeeeee A List or tHe Reprimian AccEssIon TO THE INDIAN M sEUM, CaLcurTa, FRoMm 1865 To 1870, WITH A DESCRIP- — ? TION OF SOME NEW SPECIES,—by Jo OHN ee M. D Be H..S, ann, 2: Z. _ wee cece ete e eect eeersenres DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF haat KNOWN ‘TO. HABIT THE Kuasi How ria Mason "ice Duron bel 1 87 0. es NEW SERIES. PALA LP AAA JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, 2 ~ EDITED BY THE HONORARY SECRETARIES. aaa ean anl Part II, No. I.—1871. TI er N | Koo Aatgliem ST artes Al! | | t 5 ety “t 4 " | | (| i} = SST 4h = ||| E=He fl OO —_—$ $$ —— SSS SSS SSS ST Prinsyi det ==> MUSEUM ASIATIC SOCIETY CALCU LPL LLL LLL LLL LLL LPP LLLP LLL LAID ee AAA SZ TTA == : § The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia ; and _ ‘within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by - sman or produced by nature.x—Sig Wittiam JonEs. Price to Subscribers, per Number, Rs. 1-3 ——To Non-Subscribers, Rs, 2—— ~}. *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soc., “to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon- don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street. aN ES CALCUTTA: Hue PRINTED BY OC. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, Ww om | CIRCULAR ROAD. ee eS y, a ., PS7 i: ee : oe “ | a ovr Pee . SSR a Too Me eo ne OED DLP D RR REPL PLEADS | ata e) MonocrarH oF INDIAN Oyprinipés, (Part 1) by | - FRANCIS CE oF MoviMEIN (akan ee cote 8 WITH TIONS OF NEW SPECIES,—by Dr, F. SroxrozKa, logist, Geol. Surv. of India, Hon. Secy. Asiat Bengal, ie fa Vine cede set sae ere te sigh ne eetiemes ON A QUANTITATIVE METHOD OF TESTING A “' _‘Kartu,’”—by — E. tae aa Fe CONTENTS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART OF THE JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1870. PartiII. (Naturat Sorence). No. 1, (issued 15th March, 1870). Gopwin-AvUSTEN, New species of Diplommatine from the Khasi hills, (with pl. I-IT).— W. T. BuanForp, New species of Paludomus, Cremnoconchus, Cyclostoma, and of Helicide, (with pl. IIl).—V. Baut, Notes on the geolorv and the fauna in the »~bourhood of the Nancowry harbour, .. :vbar islands.—IF’. Dax, Notes on the genus Hara (with pl. TV).—W. Venvixkor, Statistical data on the area of Asiatic Russia —T. G. Monta@omeERtiz, Narrative report of Trans-Himalayan explorations made during 1868.—SvuRvEYoR Gunzrat, Abstract of Meteorological Observations for Nov. and Dec., 1869. : No. 2, (issued 7th June, 1870). S. Kurz, on new or imper- fectly known Indian plants.—H. H.Gopwin-Avsten, List of Birds obtained in the Khasi and North Cachar hills.—A. O. Humes, Observations on some species of birds.—H. F. Bi an- FORD, on certain irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal. —F,SrouicozKa, on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia.—Surveyor GENERAL, Meteorological Observations for January and February, 1870. No. 3, (issued Ist September, 1870). F.Srozticzxa, Indian and Malayan Reptilia and Amphibia.—S. Kurz, Gentiana Jesch- ket re-established as a new genus of Gentianacea.—V. B Aut, Geology of Port Blair.—V. B 41 1—Birds from Port Blair.—H. F. Buawnrorp, on the rain fall of Bengal—H. H. Gop wrn- AvsTEN, second list of birds from the Khasi and North Cachar © Hills, &.—Surveyor GxEnerat, Meteorological Observations for March to June, 1870. am S No. 4, (issued 28th Deg, 1870). F. Sroifcozxa, Malayan Orni- thology.—W. T. Branrorp,—Reptilia and Amphibia of Central -India.—H. E. Busrzep, Method of assaying silver W. TunoBaxp, Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu.—G. Nuvi, Land shells of Bourbon.—Absiract of Met. Obs, for July to Oct. 1870, ca PUBLICATIONS OF THE Pgs 7 Lev. ASIATIG SOCIETY OF BE. for Sale at the Society’s Premises, No. 45, Pai 6 Sty B. H. Hodgson, Esq., B.C. 4 Aborigines of India, by Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII t Vols. XXV to XXIX and from XXXI to date, per title page. Se age ie. Ditto Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vols. SM, Sachi. eyy t's vig dst 9 28 er sci en Saitek eovree Ditto ditto Index, at, ...2 ++ 2s sere re eget ___ of Curiosities in the Museum of the Asiati by Babu R. Mita, oo: ce ee ne ees Se ESR __ 6f the Books and Maps in the Library of — Society, by ditto ditto, 1856, ..s..censes see —— of Sanscrit Books and MSS. in ditto, sss: ____ of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian and of the Fossil Remains of Vertebrata from th Hills, the Nerbudda, Perim Island, &e. 1 t of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by 1 Esq., M. D., F. BR. g.,G. 8. and L. &., .... tis of the Recent Shells in the Museum of Society, by W. Theobald, Tre, Bbgpjide Poe _— of Mammalia in the Museum of the of Bengal, by E. Blyth, Esq., +--+ we -—— of Reptiles in the Museum of the Asia W. Theobald, Junr., Hsq., .-.. Pee ee Sea Vk ee ee Ny ik aR ae tate 5 ad ya oe! er ae eee te aT ARE. ae P . eh . isk, Be Rs he Pao re 7» Se SF 4 Z act Me a va “g n a fen “6 3 ys x ‘< aa ph 7 ” 8 Sines i co 2 “ . * _ r NEW SERIES. VOL. XL. NO, CLXX. Gf NINN LRN PR NIN PR OPENPR L ADAP LRL PAPAL Pm PP PtP rare nn ne ee JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, EDITED BY THE HONORARY SECRETARIES. - § WOR ARAN. RARADRRR RAR Sata ae Part II, No., ITI.—1871. PAPAL PIAL ALO ohh i NPR ILRI IND PPL LD ie ay = — fA UE 0! (és TAA i= = SSS SS = SS == > —— a a F Painssi WP = MUSEUM A SIATIC: SOCIETY CaLeurne are “‘ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia ; and ‘within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by ‘man or produced by nature, —Stz WILLIAM J ONES. « Price to Subscribers, per Number, Rs. 1-8 To Non-Subscribers, Rs, 2—— *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soc. to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lo don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street. ae OSA PNP APA PARRA EAL, SARARAAALS CALCUTTA: ern PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, . CIRCULAR ROAD. 1871. | | | 3 | OI ee errr, 1G On InDIAN Mason, Esq., SD eae ‘ Norzs on Brrps_ OBSERVED IN THE : ic enorneioon! oF Nac- PORE AND KAMPTEE, (CENTRAL ete we Cu AND Axon In Berar,—by et: ae A. _ Mc ‘Madras Staff Corps, Mii helg alviaie #8 eisbnisier sun espa ee oN CoLoNEL McMaster’ S Tae. oF Bruns Pow PORE, &o,,—by W. aC BLANFORD, eee eyn saa ace TRIAL Motivsca FROM THE rm NBIOHNOTR 10 or MovuLMEIN (TENASSERDI PROVINCES), WITH D. TIONS OF NEW SPECIES, (continued), —by D ‘Dr. F.. Ss Dusorrprion OF OUR NEW SPECIES OF Mssaran eae: THE COLLECTION oF DR. SroxrozKA,—b y G. BE eee AY M. B., Asst. Surgeon i. M.’ s Betish J \CTED OR OBSERVED IN THE “Wanrpia ee OF ‘Breps COLLE LEY AND ITS. VICINITY NEAR Cuanpa,—by W. T BORD, seeeeersensenseereenses Norzs ON TERRE “Monocnar oF Lypian Corea ae Dat y Si Meee pa te ‘be CONTENTS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART OF THE JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1870. Part IT. (Narvran Science). No. 1, (issued 15th March, 1870). Gopwin-AvUsTEN, _ New species of Diplommatine from the Khasi hills, (with pl. I-II).— W. T. BhanrForp, New species of Paludomus, Oremnoconchus, Cyclostoma, and of Helicide, (with pl. I1I).—V. Bau, Notes on the geology and the fauna in the neighbourhood of the Nancowry harbour, Nicobar islands.—F. Day, Notes on the genus Hara (with pl. IV).—W. Vunvixor, Statistical data on the area of Asiatic Russia.—T. G. Monte@omeERtisE, Narrative report of © Trans-Himalayan explorations made during 1868.—SurRveEyor GenerAt, Abstract of Meteorological Observations for Nov. and Dec., 1869. No. 2, (issued 7th June, 1870). S. Kurz, on new or imper- fectly known Indian plants.—H. H.Gopwin-AvstTeEn, List of Birds obtained in the Khasi and North Cachar hills.—A. O. Hume, Observations on some species of birds.—H. F. Bran- F ORD, on certain irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal. —F.StroxurezKa, on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia.—Surveyror Genera, Meteorological Observations for January and February, 1870. No. 3, (issued 1st September, 1870). F. StoticzxKa, Indian and Malayan Reptilia and Amphibia._S. Kurz, Gentiana Jesch- ket ve-established as a new genus of Gentianacee.—V. Bau L, Geology of Port Blair.—V. B au t—Birds from Port Blair.—H. F. BLANFORD, on the rain fall of Bengal—H. H. Gop win- - AvsTEN, second list of birds from the Khasi and North Cachar Hills, &c.—Surveyor GENERAL, Meteorological Observations for March to June, 1870. No. 4, (issued 28th Dec. 1870). F. Sroziozxa, Malayan Orni- thology.— W. T. Buanrorp,—Reptilia and Amphibia of Central India.—H. E. Bustzrp, Method of assaying silver.—W. THEoBaLp, Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu.—G. Nevitz, Land _ shells of Bourbon.—Abstract of Met. Obs. for July to Oct. 1870. PUBLICATIONS ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, for Sale at the Socrety’s Promises. No: 45, Park Street. RS. AS. Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, Bsq., B. C.'Siceiue ees Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXIT, Vols. XXV to XXIX and from XXXI to date, prices as — per title page. ae Ditto Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vols. XVII to XX, each at, . ee ce cee cece cece ce ce cece cence Pa Ei Ditto ditto Index, at,<. 5.5/5.6 e+ scselse ce'enl eco m eet mien of Curiosities in the Museum of the Asiatic Society, by Babu R. Mitra, .. 0... 0... 02 Sess eee ee of the Books and Maps in the Library of the Asiatic — Society, by ditto ditto, 1856, ......... se eeee eee ew ee of Sanscrit Books and MSS. in ditto, .......0.sseseee FL of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian and Urdu,...... 1 of the Fossil Remains of Vertebrata from the Sewalik Hills, the Nerbudda, Perim Island, &c. in the Museum ew of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by H, Falconer, Esq., M. D., F. R.S., G. S. and L.S., ceasserscesseneeeee i ae al —— of the Recent Shells in the Museum of the Asiatic APE oe Society, by W. Theobald, Jr., Pisa ..ds ns 'dosineyeeteay eae —— of Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society ie of Bengal, by E. Blyth, Esq., .....+--++- seresees a ~—— of Reptilesin the Museum of the Asiatic Society, by wae W. Theobald, Jumr., Hsq., ...sesccseseccssererecssearserscsen 20% rere Oo MO Soo © 8 PLP PLD ID PINE A AAP AE RAR AAPL LLLP EEL III I SLA AAA JOURNAL SAAAAALRAALO ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, THE HONORARY SECRETARIES. aa vee Dien PEoNot Ev—1871. Ti Pail V2 ql ih | | ae fe Ve ile {ie | | il = — auf i itt | ex a l ail) The rater of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia : and; within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by} man or produced by nature.—SIk WILLIAM JONES. + Price to Subscribers, per Number, Rs. 1-8——To Non-Subscribers, Rs. 2—— *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soe.,} fo whom ail orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon- don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street. —~ os RI ns ert ROP OL LEA RLS TBE PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, CIRCULAR ROAD. CALCUTTA: 1871 NEW SERIES. VOL: ol NO, CLXXII. ey _ CONTENTS, et Be: u . TEP ees iP ak Peer aye ¢ Mare ‘ N ; ; ‘ ; Fix de Mownocrare or Inpran Ovrnmm, Part thee Surg HV Dayan ¢ re as nlctals thea. i alptate (o's o'e'e s elehuitigie at aa mar ths OF A VISIT To THE HAsTERN anp N ORTHERN TIERS oF INDEPENDENT SIKKIM, WITH NOTES ON ‘THE LOGY OF THE ALPINE AND SuBarine REGIONS, ‘Part 1 by Wixt1am T. Brayrorp, F. G. S., O. M. Z.8. »é NorvEs on some Inpran AND Burmese (Orin: F. Srorrozxa NS Eg ot eo Vics eilc TER, COMPARED WITH THOSE OP Kew AND ‘Greenwi by HLF. BLANForp, Esq spile'ee evel et yeaa pba ewe Ow Invian AND Matavan Teuexvst, Pt. L—by J.W Bess ae eh a Mason. Higa: es uh ale agli’ wed esas eek ct ta ee oh A On A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF Rutroxorma, ie ae Me . me te _ SCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF VESPERUS, : AND om : a aa | Ne _ SOME OTHER SPECIES oF INSECTIVOROUS: BATS — oe _ 8A, by G. EL Donsoy, B. AS M. B., se ist Laer or ALG COLLECTED By Mr. § Aarne _ ApsAcent Istanps, by Dr. G. — gandt. He i 199 thee eee. 1 oad es Singee? Te iguueraatetgee— SEEN ore CONTENTS bc OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART OF THE JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR A Part II. (Narvrat Screnog). - i No. 1, (issued 15th March, 1870). Gopwin-A ssp HN, New species of Diplommatine from the Khasi hills, (with »)!. 1-1. ‘a4 W. T. Buanrorp, New species of Paludomus, Cremnoce rchite, Cyclostoma, and of Helicide, (with pl. IID).—V. Barz, Neics on the geology and the fauna in the neighbourhood of io Nancowry harbour, Nicobar islands.—F. Davy, Notes on the genus Hara (with pl. IV).—W. VuenvuixorF, Statistical data on the area of Asiatic Russia.—T. G. MontGomERIE£Z, Narrative report of Trans-Himalayan explorations made during i868.--SURVEYOR Genzrat, Abstract of cree guciue Observations for Nov. and Dec., 1869. No. 2, (issued 7th June, 1870). S. Kurz, on new or imper- fectly known Indian plants —H. H.Gopwin-AvstTeEn, List of Birds obtained in the Khasi and North Cachar hills.—A. O. Hume, Observations on some species of birds —H. F. Bran- | F ORD, on certain irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal. — —F.SrourezKa, on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and — _Reptilia.—Surveyor Genera, Meteorological Observations for January and February, 1870. : No. 3, (issued Ist September, 1870). F. StrotiezxKa, Indian and Malayan Reptilia and Amphibia._S. Kurz, Gentiana Jesch- ket re-established as a new genus of Gentianacee.—V. B Aut, Geology of Port Blair.—V. B Au 1t—Birds from Port Blair.—H. F. BLANFORD, on the rain fall of Bengal—H. H. Gop wrvn- AwvustTEN, second list of birds from the Khasi and North Cachar - . Hills, &e.—Surveyor Generar, Meteorological Observations for March to June, 1870. No. 4, (issued 28th Dec. 1870). F. Sroxiczka, Malayan Orni- thology.—W. T. Buanrorp,—Reptilia and Amphibia of Central India.—H. E. Busrzxp, Method of assaying silver.— W. THEOBALD, Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu.—G. Nevinz, Land- shells of Bourbon.—Abstract of Met. Obs, for July to Oct. 1870. % i | “PUBLICATIONS — | WR os ok ea eee a) ‘ OF THE ag 10 es OF Fee Aborigines of India, by F B. H. ean Heqiae. Oru dees Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXII, Vols. XXV to XXIX and from XXXI to date, prices as_ _ per title page. — 5 Ditto Researches, from Vols. VI to XI ind Wales XVII don NAR RT eR Ss aaa aie Liaw Bie alan welled Mel er cela sabia Ditto ditto Index, at, eR 7 De pts hal ng Ms os bt le La of Curiosities in the Museum of the Asiatic ite 7 ae oat tm Ban: Hae ea eG mR an Pega Myce eed -— of the Books and Maps in the Library of the Asiatic Wy: S@Gbietys by dibtoditio «1956, ........j:c.c oes ica ae —- of Sanscrit Books and MSS. in ditto, ve dpaninss'e ietalalatet of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian and Urdity ce of the Fossil Remains of Vertebrata from the Sewalik | Oe ag the Nerbudda, Perim Island, &c. in the Micsene | of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by H, Falépnery; Bie ae © Heq., M. Dike S, G. Bogmd' Li. 8.) tacnt)s5e sens eae — of ro Recent Shells in ae te os the > Asiatic a ig ¢ Bey ae Fi , ae na é: ; i 4 v Both \ sal At fag re ye » x ana Nb tiene 0p be ey SR AC Sal id it ony Span a ed ie “hes A Ve een + ar NAN PAA